U.S. patent application number 13/345135 was filed with the patent office on 2012-07-12 for chemosensory receptor ligand-based therapies.
This patent application is currently assigned to Elcelyx Therapeutics, Inc.. Invention is credited to Alain D. BARON, Nigel R.A. BEELEY, Martin R. BROWN, Mark S. FINEMAN, Christopher R.G. JONES.
Application Number | 20120177730 13/345135 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 46455434 |
Filed Date | 2012-07-12 |
United States Patent
Application |
20120177730 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
BARON; Alain D. ; et
al. |
July 12, 2012 |
Chemosensory Receptor Ligand-Based Therapies
Abstract
Provided herein are methods for treating conditions associated
with a chemosensory receptor, including diabetes, obesity, and
other metabolic diseases, disorders or conditions by administrating
a composition comprising a chemosensory receptor ligand, such as a
bitter receptor ligand. Also provided herein are chemosensory
receptor ligand compositions, including bitter receptor ligand
compositions, and methods for the preparation thereof for use in
the methods of the present invention. Also provided herein are
compositions comprising metformin and salts thereof and methods of
use.
Inventors: |
BARON; Alain D.; (San Diego,
CA) ; BROWN; Martin R.; (Coronado, CA) ;
JONES; Christopher R.G.; (San Diego, CA) ; BEELEY;
Nigel R.A.; (Solana Beach, CA) ; FINEMAN; Mark
S.; (San Diego, CA) |
Assignee: |
Elcelyx Therapeutics, Inc.
San Diego
CA
|
Family ID: |
46455434 |
Appl. No.: |
13/345135 |
Filed: |
January 6, 2012 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
61430914 |
Jan 7, 2011 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
424/452 ;
424/400; 424/465; 514/635 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61K 31/198 20130101;
A61K 31/155 20130101; A61K 9/0053 20130101; A61K 9/209 20130101;
A61K 31/19 20130101; A61K 31/7016 20130101; A61K 9/4808 20130101;
A61K 9/2846 20130101; A61K 9/2054 20130101; A61P 9/00 20180101;
A61K 31/704 20130101; A61K 45/06 20130101; A61P 3/10 20180101 |
Class at
Publication: |
424/452 ;
424/400; 514/635; 424/465 |
International
Class: |
A61K 31/155 20060101
A61K031/155; A61P 3/10 20060101 A61P003/10; A61K 9/52 20060101
A61K009/52; A61P 3/04 20060101 A61P003/04; A61K 9/00 20060101
A61K009/00; A61K 9/28 20060101 A61K009/28 |
Claims
1. A pharmaceutical dosage form comprising: (a) a pH 6.5
enterically coated immediate release component comprising metformin
hydrochloride and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and b) a
pH 6.5 enterically coated extended release component comprising
metformin hydrochloride and a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient; and wherein the combined amount of metformin from both
components is less than 400 mg and wherein the metformin has
sub-therapeutic plasma AUC and sub-therapeutic plasma Cmax.
2. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
proportion of metformin hydrochloride in the immediate release
component to the metformin hydrochloride in the extended release
component is about 20/80, 30/70, 35/65, 40/60, 45/55 or 50/50.
3. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
dosage form exhibits a dissolution release profile of 20-50% amount
of metformin hydrochloride in about 30 to about 60 minutes after
oral administration and 80-100% amount of metformin hydrochloride
after 60 minutes after oral administration.
4. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
sub-therapeutic plasma AUC and sub-therapeutic plasma Cmax
resulting from administration of the dosage form is 50% or less
than the plasma AUC and Cmax resulting from administration of a
single dose of GLUMETZA 500 mg.
5. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
dosage form further comprises a DPP-IV inhibitor in (a), (b) or
both.
6. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
dosage form further comprises an antidiabetic or antiobesity
agent.
7. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
dosage form further comprises (c) an immediate release component
comprising metformin hydrochloride.
8. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 7, wherein the
(c) immediate release component has a pH 5.0 enteric coating.
9. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 7, wherein the
combined amount of metformin from components (a)-(c) is less than
600 mg.
10. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
excipient in the extended release component is selected from the
group consisting of ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose,
hydroxypropylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, xanthan gum, sodium
alginate, polysorbate-80 and mixtures thereof.
11. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
combined amount of metformin hydrochloride is about 250 mg.
12. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
dosage form is a bi-layer tablet.
13. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the
dosage form is a capsule with the two components as encapsulated
mini-tablets.
14. A pharmaceutical dosage form comprising (a) a pH 6.5
enterically coated immediate release component comprising metformin
hydrochloride and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and b) a
pH 6.5 enterically coated extended release component comprising
metformin hydrochloride and a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient; and wherein the metformin hydrochloride has reduced
average bioavailability.
15. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
average bioavailability is less than the average bioavailability of
an immediate release metformin formulation having an equivalent
amount of metformin.
16. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
average bioavailability is less than 15%.
17. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
proportion of metformin hydrochloride in the immediate release
component to the metformin hydrochloride in the extended release
component is about 20/80, 30/70, 35/65, 40/60, 45/55 or 50/50.
18. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
dosage form further comprises a DPP-IV inhibitor in (a), (b) or
both.
19. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
dosage form further comprises (c) an immediate release component
comprising metformin hydrochloride.
20. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
(c) immediate release component has a pH 5.0 enteric coating.
21. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
excipient in the extended release component is selected from the
group consisting of ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose,
hydroxypropylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, xanthan gum, sodium
alginate, polysorbate-80 and mixtures thereof.
22. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
combined amount of metformin hydrochloride is less than 400 mg.
23. A pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 14, wherein the
combined amount of metformin hydrochloride is about 250 mg.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional
Application No. 61/430,914, filed Jan. 7, 2011, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Despite the longstanding, massive, effort to develop
effective treatments for diabetes, metabolic syndrome, obesity,
overweight and related metabolic conditions, the number of people
worldwide who suffer from them is rapidly growing. These conditions
result in numerous medical complications, a lowered quality of
life, shortened lifespan, lost work productivity, a strain on
medical systems, and a burden on medical insurance providers that
translates into increased costs for all. Additionally, maintenance
of health, including healthy body weight and healthy blood glucose
levels is desirable.
[0003] Type II diabetes treatments in use or development are
designed to lower blood glucose levels. They include mimetics of
GLP-1 (glucagon-like peptide-1), a hormone that plays a key role in
regulating insulin, glucose and hunger. Examples of mimetics are
the GLP-1 receptor agonist, Exenatide (Byetta.RTM.) and the GLP-1
analog Liraglutide. Other drugs inhibit DPP-IV, an enzyme that
rapidly degrades endogenous GLP-1. Exenatide is a GLP-1 receptor
agonist that is degraded more slowly by DPP-IV. Liraglutide, a
GLP-1 analog, is attached to a fatty acid molecule that binds to
albumin and slows the rate of GLP-1 release and its degradation.
(See, e.g., Nicolucci, et al., 2008, "Incretin-based therapies: a
new potential treatment approach to overcome clinical inertia in
type 2 diabetes," Acta Biomedica 79(3):184-91 and U.S. Pat. No.
5,424,286 "Exendin-3 and exendin-4 polypeptides, and pharmaceutical
compositions comprising same.")
[0004] Metformin is an antihyperglycemic agent which improves
glucose tolerance in patients with type II diabetes by lowering
both basal and post-prandial plasma glucose. Its pharmacologic
mechanisms of action are different from other classes of oral
antihyperglycemic agents. Metformin decreases hepatic glucose
production, decreases intestinal absorption of glucose, and
improves insulin sensitivity by increasing peripheral glucose
uptake and utilization. However, metformin is reported to be
substantially excreted by the kidney, and the risk of metformin
accumulation and lactic acidosis increases with the degree of
impairment of renal function. For example, in patients with known
or suspected impaired renal function such as those with advanced
age, metformin administration requires close dose monitoring and
titration to prevent lactic acidosis, a potentially fatal metabolic
complication. Patients with concomitant cardiovascular or liver
disease, sepsis, and hypoxia have also increased the risk of lactic
acidosis. Thus, metformin remains an unavailable and/or risky
treatment for certain patient groups due to its side effects.
[0005] Until very recently, obesity treatments include two
FDA-approved drugs. Orlistat (Xenical.RTM.) reduces intestinal fat
absorption by inhibiting pancreatic lipase. Sibutramine
(Meridia.RTM.), taken off the market in Europe and the USA,
decreases appetite by inhibiting deactivation of the
neurotransmitters norepinephrine, serotonin, and dopamine.
Undesirable side-effects, including effects on blood pressure, have
been reported with these drugs. (See, e.g., "Prescription
Medications for the Treatment of Obesity," NIH Publication No.
07-4191, December 2007). Surgical treatments, including gastric
bypass surgery and gastric banding, are available, but only in
extreme cases. These procedures can be dangerous, and furthermore
may not be appropriate options for patients with more modest weight
loss goals.
Enteroendocrine Cells and Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
[0006] Certain intestinal cells, L cells, have been reported to
produce GLP-1 in response to glucose, fat and amino acid
stimulation. These and other such "enteroendocrine cells" also
reportedly produce other hormones involved in processes relating to
glucose and fuel metabolism, including oxyntomodulin, reported to
ameliorate glucose intolerance and suppress appetite, PYY (peptide
YY), also observed to suppress appetite, CCK (cholecystokinin),
which reportedly stimulates the digestion of fat and protein and
also reduces food intake, GLP-2, which reportedly induces gut cell
proliferation, and GIP (gastric inhibitory polypeptide, also called
glucose-dependent insulinotropic peptide), an incretin secreted
from the intestinal K cells that has been observed to augment
glucose-dependent insulin secretion. (See, e.g., Jang, et al.,
2007, "Gut-expressed gustducin and taste receptors regulate
secretion of glucagon-like peptide-1," PNAS104(38):15069-74 and
Parlevliet, et al., 2007, "Oxyntomodulin ameliorates glucose
intolerance in mice fed a high-fat diet," Am J Physiol Endocrinol
Metab 294(1):E142-7). Guanylin and uroguanylin are peptides of 15-
and 16-amino acids in length, respectively, that are reportedly
secreted by intestinal epithelial cells as prohormones and require
enzymatic conversion into active hormones. Recently, it has been
reported that uroguanylin may have a satiety-inducing function.
(See Seeley & Tschop, 2011, "Uroguanylin: how the gut got
another satiety hormone," J Clin Invest 121(9):3384-3386; Valentino
et al., 2011, "A Uroguanylin-GUCY2C Endocrine Axis Regulates
Feeding in Mice," J Clin Invest doe:10.1172/JCI57925.)
[0007] It has also been reported that there are taste receptor-like
elements present on the L-cells and K-cells in the intestine
(Hofer, et al., 1996, "Taste receptor-like cells in the rat gut
identified by expression of alpha-gustducin" Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
93:6631-6634). For example, the sweet taste receptors are
heterodimers of the T1R2 and T1R3GPCRs and have been proposed to be
identical to those sweet taste receptors found on taste buds. The
umami receptors are reported to be T1R1 and T1R3 heterodimers (Xu,
et al., 2004, "Different functional roles of T1R subunits in the
heteromeric taste receptors," Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 101:
14258-14263 and Steprnini, et al., 2008, "Enteroendocrine cells: a
site of `taste` in gastrointestinal chemosensing," Curr Opin
Endocrinol Diabetes Obes 15: 73-78). Stimulation of taste or
taste-like receptors by luminal nutrients has reportedly resulted
in apical secretion of L-cell products such as GLP-1, PYY,
oxyntomodulin and glycentin, and K-cell products such as GIP, and
into the portal vein (Jang, et al., 2007, PNAS 104(38):15069-74).
In a glucose-dependent manner, GLP-1 and GIP reportedly increase
insulin release from beta cells (an effect known as the incretin
effect). In addition, GLP-1 reportedly inhibits glucagon release
and gastric emptying. GLP-1, oxyntomodulin and PYY 3-36 are
considered to be satiety signals (Strader, et al., 2005,
"Gastrointestinal hormones and food intake," Gastroenterology 128:
175-191). Receptors for fatty acids (e.g., GPR40 and/or GPR120)
(Hirasawa, et al., 2005, Free fatty acids regulate gut incretin
glucagon-like peptide-1 secretion through GPR120, Nat Med 11:
90-94) and bile acids (e.g., Gpbarl/M-Bar/TGR5) (Maruyama, et al.,
2006, "Targeted disruption of G protein-coupled bile acid receptor
1 (Gpbarl/M-Bar) in mice." J Endocrinol 191: 197-205 and Kawamata,
et al., 2003, "A G protein-coupled receptor responsive to bile
acids," J Biol Chem 278: 9435-9440) are also reported to be present
in enteroendocrine cell lines. There are also a large number of
over 50 T2R5 along with a large number of haplotypes which have
been proposed to comprise bitter receptors. The putative sour and
salty receptors, which may include ion channels, have not been
completely characterized in humans. See, e.g., Chandrashekar et
al., 2010, "The cells and peripheral representation of sodium taste
in mice," Nature 464(7286): 297-301. Although it has been proposed
that ablation of certain taste cells resulted in loss of behavior
response to only sour stimuli, no specific taste behavior tests
were performed. Thus, the status of identification of a sour
receptor is unclear. See, e.g., Shin et al., "Ghrelin is produced
in taste cells and ghrelin receptor null mice show reduced taste
responsivity to salty (NaCl) and sour (citric acid) taste," 2010,
PLoSONE 5(9): e12729. GP120, a GPCR corresponding to a fatty acid
receptor, has also been identified in the taste buds of mice and,
furthermore, .omega.3 fatty acids have been shown to mediate
anti-inflammatory effects and reverse insulin resistance in obese
mice via their actions on GP120 present in macrophages. See, e.g.,
Oh et al., "GPR120 Is an Omega-3 Fatty Acid Receptor Mediating
Potent Anti-inflammatory and Insulin-Sensitizing Effects," 2010,
Cell 142(5): 687-698; Satiel, "Fishing Out a Sensor for
Anti-inflammatory Oils," 2010, Cell 142(5): 672-674; also see
Matsumura et al., "Colocalization of GPR120 with phospholipase
Cbeta2 and alpha-gustducin in the taste bud cells in mice," 2009,
Neurosci Lett 450: 186-190.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0008] Provided herein are compositions having at least one bitter
receptor ligand and methods of treatment using the compositions.
Conditions, disorders or diseases to be treated with the
compositions provided herein disorders or conditions associated
with chemosensory receptors. In certain embodiments, the methods
comprise modulating hormone concentrations in a subject having a
disorder or condition associated with a chemosensory receptor
selected from metabolic syndrome, diabetes type I, diabetes type
II, obesity, binge eating, undesired food cravings, food addiction,
a desire to reduce food intake or to lose weight or maintain weight
loss, desire to maintain healthy weight, desire to maintain normal
blood glucose metabolism, anorexia, pre-diabetes, glucose
intolerance, gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM), impaired fasting
glycemia, (IFG), post-prandial hyperglycemia, accelerated gastric
emptying (dumping syndrome), delayed gastric emptying,
dyslipidemia, post-prandial dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia,
hypertriglyceridemia, post hypertriglyceridemia, insulin
resistance, bone loss disorders, osteopenia, osteoporosis, muscle
wasting disease, muscle degenerative disorders, polycystic ovary
syndrome (PCOS), non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFL),
non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), immune disorders of the gut
(e.g., celiac disease), bowel irregularity, irritable bowel
syndrome (IBS), inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), including, e.g.,
ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, short bowel syndrome and
peripheral neuropathy (e.g., diabetic neuropathy).
[0009] In certain embodiments, the methods comprise modulation of
hormone concentrations in a subject having a disease or disorder
associated with a chemosensory receptor in which the disease or
disorder is sadness, stress, grief, anxiety, anxiety disorder
(e.g., generalized anxiety disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder,
panic disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder or social anxiety
disorder or a mood disorder (e.g., depression, bipolar disorder,
dysthymic disorder and cyclothymic disorder). In certain
embodiments, the methods comprise methods of inducing feelings of
happiness, well-being or contentment in subjects by administering a
composition comprising a chemosensory receptor modulator that
modulates the concentrations of one or more hormones in a
subject.
[0010] Additionally, the compositions and methods of the embodiment
herein may be used for the dietary management of the conditions
associated with a chemosensory receptor listed above. For example,
disorders such as frailty, anorexia, cachexia, loss of lean body
mass, food associated or food-induced nausea and vomiting, food
allergies, food associated aversive reactions may be treated with
chemosensory receptor antagonists.
[0011] The compositions described herein can be adapted for release
to the upper or small intestine, to the lower or large intestine,
or both. For certain indications, the compositions described herein
can be adapted for release in the stomach. Administration of the
compositions into the intestine is via any known method including
oral.
[0012] In one aspect, the compositions described herein comprise a
bitter receptor ligand selected from absinthine, artemorine,
amorogentine, arglabine, azathioprine, azepinone, benzoin, brucine,
camphor, cascarillin, chlorhexidine, N,N'-diethylthiourea,
herbolide A, isohumulone, noscapine, papaverine, parthenolide,
picrotoxinin, arborescine, or (-)-.alpha.-thujone, including but
not limited to suitable derivatives, wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject. The
structural formulae of these compounds are shown below,
##STR00001## ##STR00002##
[0013] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from compounds
structurally related to absinthine, arglabine, arborescine,
artemorine, noscapine, or parthenolide having the structural
Formula I,
##STR00003##
wherein
X is 0 or S;
[0014] Y is selected from: [0015] O-, S-, NH-, and N-alkyl; R.sub.1
and R.sub.2 are joined together to form: [0016] a substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, a substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl ring where the heterocycle contains one or more
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, a substituted or
unsubstituted alicyclic system, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl
ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl ring where the
heterocycle contains one or more hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N; and R.sub.3 is selected from: [0017] H, OH, O-alkyl,
O-cycloalkyl, O-alkylcycloalkyl, O-acyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom is in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; wherein the bond adjacent to
R.sub.3 is a single or a double bond; and wherein the composition
is adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the
ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0018] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula I,
[0019] Y is selected from: [0020] O--, S--, NH--, and
N--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or branched chain alkyl, O--,
S--, NH--, N--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl and O--, S--, NH--,
N--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl; and R.sub.3 is selected from:
[0021] O-alkyl selected from O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, [0022] O-cycloalkyl selected from
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0023] O-alkylcycloalkyl selected
from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl, [0024] O-acyl selected
from O-ester and O-thioester, [0025] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with S-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl, [0026] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0027] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0028] substituted or unsubstituted aryl
selected from phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted
naphthyl, [0029] substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected
from alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl,
alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0030] substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl,
substituted or unsubstituted furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted oxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0031] substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
oxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl diazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl triazolyl.
[0032] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from andrographolide,
antazoline, amorogentine, artemorine, berberine chloride, brucine,
camphor, and cascarillin, including but not limited to suitable
derivatives wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject. The structural formulae of
these compounds are shown below,
##STR00004## ##STR00005##
[0033] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula II,
##STR00006##
wherein
X is 0 or S;
[0034] Y is selected from: [0035] O--, S--, NH--, and N-alkyl; Z is
CR.sub.4R.sub.5 in each instance wherein the bond adjacent to
(Z).sub.n is a single or a double bond; R.sub.1 is selected from:
[0036] H, OH, O-alkyl, O-cycloalkyl, O-alkylcycloalkyl, O-acyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in the case of the
presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom is in
the form of an amide, carbamate or urea; R.sub.2 is selected from:
[0037] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.8 cycloalkyl, an alicyclic system, C.sub.2 to C.sub.7
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom is in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; R.sub.3 is in each instance
independently selected from: [0038] Halogen, NO.sub.2, CN,
OR.sub.6, NR.sub.6R.sub.7, COOR.sub.6, CONR.sub.6R.sub.7,
NR.sub.4COR.sub.5, NR.sub.4CONR.sub.6R.sub.7, NR.sub.5SO.sub.2A,
COR.sub.6, SO.sub.2NR.sub.6R.sub.7, OOCR.sub.4, CR.sub.4R.sub.5OH,
R.sub.4OH and A; R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.6 and R.sub.7 are each
independently selected from: [0039] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.8 cycloalkyl, an alicyclic system,
C.sub.2 to C.sub.7 heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains
one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N and in the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic
ring, the nitrogen atom is in the form of an amide, carbamate or
urea, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl
and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; [0040] or
R.sub.6 and R.sub.7 join together to form a substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl or a heterocycloalkyl system; A is
selected from: [0041] O-alkyl, O-cycloalkyl, O-alkylcycloalkyl,
O-acyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.8 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.7 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in the case of the
presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom is in
the form of an amide, carbamate or urea, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; m is an integer from 0 to 4; and n
is an integer from 1 to 5; and wherein the composition is adapted
to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one
or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0042] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula II,
Y is selected from: [0043] O--, S--, NH--, and N--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8)
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, O--, S--, NH--,
N--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl and O--, S--, NH--,
N--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl; and R.sub.1 is selected from:
[0044] O-alkyl selected from O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, [0045] O-cycloalkyl selected from
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0046] O-alkylcycloalkyl selected
from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl, [0047] O-acyl selected
from O-ester and O-thioester, [0048] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with S-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl, [0049] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH-alkyl;
R.sub.2 is selected from: [0050] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with
silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
hetero substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0051] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0052] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkynyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0053] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0054]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0055] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0056] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl; R.sub.4, R.sub.5,
R.sub.6 and R.sub.7 are each independently selected from: [0057]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0058] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0059] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkynyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0060] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0061]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0062] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0063] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl; and A is selected
from: [0064] O-alkyl selected from O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, [0065] O-cycloalkyl selected from
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0066] O-alkylcycloalkyl selected
from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl, [0067] O-acyl selected
from O-ester and O-thioester, [0068] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0069] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0070]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0071] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0072] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl.
[0073] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected andrographolide,
antazoline, amorogentine, artemorine, berberine chloride, brucine,
camphor, and cascarillin, including but not limited to suitable
derivatives, wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject. The structural formulae of
these compounds are shown below,
##STR00007##
[0074] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand ligand selected from
1,8-naphthaldehyde acid, 1-naphthoic acid, 1-nitronaphthalene,
picrotin, picrotoxinin, piperonylic acid, sodium benzoate,
(-)-.alpha.-thujone, parthenolide, herbolide A, herbolide D
acetate, hydroxyl-8.alpha.-parthenolide, pseudo-artabsine,
including but not limited to suitable derivatives, wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject. The structural formulae of these compounds are shown
below,
##STR00008##
[0075] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula III,
##STR00009##
R.sub.1 is selected from: [0076] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain
or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl,
C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl, and M wherein M is a cation
selected from Li.sup.+, Na.sup.+, K.sup.+, NH.sub.4.sup.+,
Ba.sup.2+, Ca.sup.2+, Mg.sup.2+, and Al.sup.3+; and R.sub.2,
R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are each independently selected from: [0077]
H, OH, O-alkyl, O-cycloalkyl, O-alkylcycloalkyl, O-acyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in the case of the
presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom is in
the form of an amide, carbamate or urea, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; or R.sub.2 and R.sub.3, and/or
R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 join together to form: [0078] a substituted or
unsubstituted 3-10 membered cyclic ring, a substituted or
unsubstituted 5-6 membered aryl ring, a substituted or
unsubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclic ring where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, a
substituted or unsubstituted 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N; and wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0079] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula III,
R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are each independently selected from:
[0080] O-alkyl selected from O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, [0081] O-cycloalkyl selected from
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0082] O-alkylcycloalkyl selected
from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl, [0083] O-acyl selected
from O-ester and O-thioester, [0084] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with S-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl, [0085] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0086] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0087] substituted or unsubstituted aryl
selected from phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted
naphthyl, [0088] substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected
from alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl,
alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0089] substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl,
substituted or unsubstituted furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted oxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0090] substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
oxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl diazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl triazolyl.
[0091] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula IV,
##STR00010##
R is selected from: [0092] acyl ester, acyl thioester,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl, an
alicyclic system, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom is in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; and wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0093] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula IV,
R is selected from: [0094] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with
silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
hetero substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0095] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0096] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkynyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0097] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0098]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0099] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0100] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl.
[0101] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula IV is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00011## ##STR00012##
[0102] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula V,
##STR00013##
R.sub.1 is selected from: [0103] H, OH, O-alkyl, O-cycloalkyl,
O-alkylcycloalkyl, O-acyl, S-alkyl, S-cycloalkyl,
S-alkylcycloalkyl, S-acyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom is in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; and wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0104] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula V,
R.sub.1 is selected from: [0105] O-alkyl selected from
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or branched chain alkyl, [0106]
O-cycloalkyl selected from O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0107]
O-alkylcycloalkyl selected from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl, [0108] O-acyl selected from O-ester and
O-thioester, [0109] S-alkyl selected from S--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8)
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, [0110] S-cycloalkyl
selected from S--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0111]
S-alkylcycloalkyl selected from S--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl, [0112] S-acyl selected from S-ester and
S-thioester, [0113] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0114] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0115] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkynyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0116] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0117]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0118] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0119] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl.
[0120] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula VI,
##STR00014##
R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are each independently selected from:
[0121] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in the case of the
presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom is in
the form of an amide, carbamate or urea, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; and wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0122] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula VI,
R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are each independently selected from:
[0123] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0124] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0125] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkynyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0126] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0127]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0128] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0129] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl.
[0130] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula VII,
##STR00015##
wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from:
[0131] H, CO-alkyl, CO-cycloalkyl, CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0132]
substituted or unsubstituted CO-aryl selected from CO-phenyl,
CO-substituted phenyl, CO-naphthyl, substituted CO-naphthyl, [0133]
substituted or unsubstituted CO-alkylaryl selected from
CO-alkylphenyl, CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl, CO-alkylnaphthyl,
CO-alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0134] substituted or unsubstituted
CO-alkenylaryl selected from CO-alkenyl phenyl, CO-alkenyl
substituted phenyl, CO-alkenyl naphthyl, CO-alkenyl substituted
naphthyl, CO-cinnamoyl, CO-coumaroyl, CO-caffeoyl, and
CO-ferruloyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0135] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula VII,
R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are independently selected from: [0136]
CO-alkyl selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, [0137] CO-cycloalkyl selected from
CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, and [0138] CO-alkylcycloalkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl.
[0139] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula VII is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00016## ##STR00017##
[0140] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00018##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0141] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula VIII,
##STR00019##
wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are independently selected from:
R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are independently selected from: [0142] H,
beta-Glc, beta-Glc-beta-Glc(2->1),
beta-Glc[beta-Glc(3->1)]-beta-Glc(2->1),
beta-Glc-alpha-Rha(2->1),
beta-Glc[beta-Glc(3->1)]-alpha-Rha(2->1),
beta-Glc[beta-Glc(3->1)]-alpha-Xyl(2->1) wherein Glc is
glucose, Rha is rhamnose and Xyl is xylose; and wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0143] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula IX,
##STR00020##
R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are each independently
selected from: [0144] H, OH, O-alkyl, O-cycloalkyl,
O-alkylcycloalkyl, O-acyl, acyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom is in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; or R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 or
R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 are joined together to form: [0145] a
substituted or unsubstituted 3-10 membered cyclic ring, a
substituted or unsubstituted 5-6 membered aryl ring, a substituted
or unsubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclic ring where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N, a substituted or unsubstituted 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N; and wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0146] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula IX,
R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are independently selected
from [0147] O-alkyl selected from O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, [0148] O-cycloalkyl selected from
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0149] O-alkylcycloalkyl selected
from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl, [0150] O-acyl selected
from O-ester and O-thioester, acyl selected from carboxylic acid,
aldehyde, ketone, ester and thioester, [0151] C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with S-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl, [0152] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0153] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0154] substituted or unsubstituted aryl
selected from phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted
naphthyl, [0155] substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected
from alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl,
alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0156] substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl,
substituted or unsubstituted furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted oxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0157] substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
oxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl diazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl triazolyl.
[0158] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula IX is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00021## ##STR00022## ##STR00023##
[0159] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00024##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0160] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula X,
##STR00025##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently selected
from: H, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl and C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl; and
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0161] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula X is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00026##
[0162] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XI,
##STR00027##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, and R.sub.5 are each
independently selected from: [0163] H, OH, O-alkyl, O-cycloalkyl,
O-alkylcycloalkyl, O-acyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom is in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; X is selected from: [0164] O, S,
NH, and NR where R is C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0165] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XI,
R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, and R.sub.5 are each
independently selected from: [0166] O-alkyl selected from
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or branched chain alkyl, [0167]
O-cycloalkyl selected from O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0168]
O-alkylcycloalkyl selected from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl, [0169] O-acyl selected from O-ester and
O-thioester, [0170] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0171] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0172] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkynyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0173] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0174]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0175] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0176] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl; and R is selected
from: [0177] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with
NH-alkyl.
[0178] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XI is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00028## ##STR00029## ##STR00030##
[0179] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00031##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0180] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XII,
##STR00032##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.6, and
R.sub.7 are each independently selected from: [0181] H, OH,
O-alkyl, .beta.-cycloalkyl, O-alkylcycloalkyl, O-acyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in the case of the
presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom is in
the form of an amide, carbamate or urea, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; with the proviso that [0182] when
one of R.sub.1 or R.sub.2 is substituted the other of R.sub.1 and
R.sub.2 must be hydrogen [0183] or [0184] R.sub.1 and R.sub.2
combine to represent a carbonyl (C.dbd.O) group, a thiocarbonyl
(C.dbd.S) group, an imino (C.dbd.NH) group or a substituted imino
C.dbd.NR) group; and wherein the bond adjacent to R.sub.7 may be a
either a single CC bond or a double CC bond; and wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0185] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XII,
R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.6, and R.sub.7
are each independently selected from: [0186] O-alkyl selected from
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or branched chain alkyl, [0187]
O-cycloalkyl selected from O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0188]
O-alkylcycloalkyl selected from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl, [0189] O-acyl selected from O-ester and
O-thioester, [0190] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0191] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkenyl substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkenyl substituted with NH.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
substituted with NH-alkyl, [0192] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkynyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkynyl substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with SH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkynyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0193] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0194]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0195] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0196] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl.
[0197] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XII is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00033## ##STR00034## ##STR00035## ##STR00036##
[0198] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XIII,
##STR00037##
wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from:
[0199] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, and C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl; X
and Y are independently is selected from: [0200] O and S; R.sub.3,
R.sub.4 and R.sub.5 are each independently selected from:
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl and
substituted or unsubstituted aryl; R.sub.6 is selected from: [0201]
H, OH, O-alkyl, O-cycloalkyl and O-alkylcycloalkyl; R.sub.7 is
selected from: [0202] C.sub.7 to C.sub.12 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.7 to C.sub.12 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, and C.sub.7 to C.sub.12 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or
more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0203] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XIII,
R.sub.3, R.sub.4 and R.sub.5 are each independently selected from:
[0204] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl; R.sub.6 is
selected from: [0205] O-alkyl selected from O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8)
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, [0206] O-cycloalkyl
selected from O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, and [0207]
O-alkylcycloalkyl selected from O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl.
[0208] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XIII is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00038##
[0209] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XIV,
##STR00039##
wherein R.sub.1 is selected from: [0210] H, 6-deoxy carbohydrate
residue, a polymer of 2-20 6-deoxy carbohydrate residues,
2,6-dideoxy carbohydrate residue, a polymer of 2-20 2,6-dideoxy
carbohydrate residues, glucose residue, a polymer of 2-20 glucose
residues and a 2-20 subunit polymer consisting of a combination of
6-deoxy carbohydrate residues, 2,6-dideoxy carbohydrate residues,
and glucose residues; R.sub.2 is selected from: [0211] H,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl, tigloyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aroyl and alkoyl; and R.sub.3 is selected from:
[0212] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N; and wherein the dotted
lines indicate the optional presence of either a C4-C5 double bond
or a C5-C6 double bond; and wherein the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or
more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0213] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XIV,
R.sub.2 is selected from: [0214] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with
silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
hetero substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0215] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0216]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0217] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0218] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl, [0219] substituted or
unsubstituted aroyl selected from substituted or unsubstituted
benzoyl; and R.sub.3 is selected from: [0220] C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with O-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with S-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl.
[0221] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XIV is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00040## ##STR00041##
[0222] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a pinolenic acid
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject. In some embodiments, the pinolenic acid
is
##STR00042##
[0223] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XV,
##STR00043##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently selected
from: [0224] H, CO-alkyl, CO-cycloalkyl, CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0225]
substituted or unsubstituted CO-aryl selected from CO-phenyl,
CO-substituted phenyl, CO-naphthyl, substituted CO-naphthyl, [0226]
substituted or unsubstituted CO-alkylaryl selected from
CO-alkylphenyl, CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl, CO-alkylnaphthyl,
CO-alkylsubstituted naphthyl, and [0227] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-alkenylaryl selected from CO-alkenyl phenyl,
CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl, CO-alkenyl naphthyl, CO-alkenyl
substituted naphthyl, CO-cinnamoyl, CO-coumaroyl, CO-caffeoyl, and
CO-ferruloyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject. In some embodiments, for a
compound of Formula XV, R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are
independently selected from: [0228] CO-alkyl selected from
CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.8) straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
[0229] CO-cycloalkyl selected from CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7)
cycloalkyl, and [0230] CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from
CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl.
[0231] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XV is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00044##
[0232] In other embodiments, a compound of Formula XV is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00045## ##STR00046##
[0233] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XVI,
##STR00047##
wherein X is selected from: [0234] O, S, NH, and NR where R is
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl or
CO-alkyl; R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from:
[0235] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; CO-alkyl, CO-cycloalkyl,
CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0236] substituted or unsubstituted CO-aryl
selected from CO-phenyl, CO-substituted phenyl, CO-naphthyl,
substituted CO-naphthyl, [0237] substituted or unsubstituted
CO-alkylaryl selected from CO-alkylphenyl, CO-alkylsubstituted
phenyl, CO-alkylnaphthyl, CO-alkylsubstituted naphthyl, and [0238]
substituted or unsubstituted CO-alkenylaryl selected from
CO-alkenyl phenyl, CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl, CO-alkenyl
naphthyl, CO-alkenyl substituted naphthyl, CO-cinnamoyl,
CO-coumaroyl, CO-caffeoyl, and CO-ferruloyl; and wherein the bond
adjacent to the heterocyclic ring is a single or a double bond; and
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0239] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XVI,
R is selected from: [0240] CO-alkyl selected from
CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl;
R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from: [0241]
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.20
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl, substituted
phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0242] substituted or
unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted
phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0243]
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from substituted
or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted furanyl,
substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0244] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl, [0245] CO-alkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.22) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, [0246] CO-alkenyl selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.22)
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, [0247] CO-cycloalkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, and [0248]
CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl.
[0249] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XVII,
##STR00048##
wherein X is selected from: [0250] O, S, NH, and NR where R is
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, or
CO-alkyl; and Y is selected from: [0251] CHO, COOH and COOZ where Z
is C.sub.1 to C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3 to C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4 to C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl
or CO-alkyl, R.sub.2 is selected from: [0252] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.20
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl,
C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains
one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl
and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; CO-alkyl,
CO-cycloalkyl, CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0253] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-aryl selected from CO-phenyl, CO-substituted
phenyl, CO-naphthyl, substituted CO-naphthyl, [0254] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-alkylaryl selected from CO-alkylphenyl,
CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl, CO-alkylnaphthyl, CO-alkylsubstituted
naphthyl, and [0255] substituted or unsubstituted CO-alkenylaryl
selected from CO-alkenyl phenyl, CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl,
CO-alkenyl naphthyl, CO-alkenyl substituted naphthyl, CO-cinnamoyl,
CO-coumaroyl, CO-caffeoyl, and CO-ferruloyl; and and wherein the
bond adjacent to the heterocyclic ring is a single or a double
bond; and wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0256] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XVII,
R is selected from: [0257] CO-alkyl selected from
CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl; Z is
selected from: [0258] CO-alkyl selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10)
straight chain or branched chain alkyl; R.sub.2 is selected from:
[0259] C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.20
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0260] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0261]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0262] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0263] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl, [0264] CO-alkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.22) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, [0265] CO-alkenyl selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.22)
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, [0266] CO-cycloalkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, and [0267]
CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl.
[0268] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XVI or Formula
XVII is selected from the following structures,
##STR00049## ##STR00050## ##STR00051##
[0269] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XVIII,
##STR00052##
wherein X is an organic or inorganic anion; or X is an internal
zwitterion when R.sub.1 is H; R.sub.1 is selected from: [0270] H,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl; CO-alkyl, CO-cycloalkyl,
CO-alkylcycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CO-aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted CO-alkylaryl, and substituted or
unsubstituted CO-alkenylaryl; and R.sub.2 is selected from: [0271]
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N; and wherein the composition
is adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the
ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0272] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XVIII,
X is selected from: [0273] F, Cl, Br, acetate or sulphate; R.sub.1
is selected from: [0274] C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.20
straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with
silicon, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
hetero substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.20
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0275] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0276]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from substituted
or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted furanyl,
substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0277] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl; and R.sub.2 is
selected from: [0278] C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.20
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with
NH-alkyl.
[0279] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XVIII is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00053##
[0280] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XIX,
##STR00054##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are each independently
selected from: [0281] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl, CO-alkyl, CO-alkenyl,
CO-cycloalkyl, CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0282] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-aryl selected from CO-phenyl, CO-substituted
phenyl, CO-naphthyl, substituted CO-naphthyl, [0283] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-alkylaryl selected from CO-alkylphenyl,
CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl, CO-alkylnaphthyl, CO-alkylsubstituted
naphthyl, [0284] substituted or unsubstituted CO-alkenylaryl
selected from CO-alkenyl phenyl, CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl,
CO-alkenyl naphthyl, CO-alkenyl substituted naphthyl, CO-cinnamoyl,
CO-coumaroyl, CO-caffeoyl, and CO-ferruloyl; and R.sub.4, R.sub.5
and R.sub.6 are each independently selected from: [0285] H, OH,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, O--(C.sub.2-C.sub.6)
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.10)
alkylcycloalkyl, O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.9) alkylheterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N,O--CO-alkyl, O--CO-alkenyl, O--CO-cycloalkyl,
O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl, O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0286] substituted or
unsubstituted O--CO-aryl selected from O--CO-phenyl,
O--CO-substituted phenyl, O--CO-naphthyl, substituted
O--CO-naphthyl, [0287] substituted or unsubstituted O--CO-alkylaryl
selected from O--CO-alkylphenyl, O--CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl,
O--CO-alkylnaphthyl, O--CO-alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0288]
substituted or unsubstituted O--CO-alkenylaryl selected from
O--CO-alkenyl phenyl, O--CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl,
O--CO-alkenyl naphthyl, O--CO-alkenyl substituted naphthyl,
O--CO-cinnamoyl, O--CO-coumaroyl, O--CO-caffeoyl, and
O--CO-ferruloyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0289] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XIX,
R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are each independently selected from:
[0290] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0291] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0292]
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl,
[0293] substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from
substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted
furanyl, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0294] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl, [0295] CO-alkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, [0296] CO-alkenyl selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10)
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, [0297] CO-cycloalkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, and [0298]
CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl; and R.sub.4, R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are each
independently selected from: [0299] O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain
or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with silicon, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with OH, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with SH, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with S-alkyl,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with NH.sub.2, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl, [0300] O--CO-alkyl
selected from O--CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, [0301] O--CO-alkenyl selected from
O--CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
[0302] O--CO-cycloalkyl selected from O--CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7)
cycloalkyl, and [0303] O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from
O--CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl.
[0304] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XIX is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00055## ##STR00056##
[0305] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XX,
##STR00057##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently selected
from: [0306] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl, CO-alkyl, CO-alkenyl,
CO-cycloalkyl, CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0307] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-aryl selected from CO-phenyl, CO-substituted
phenyl, CO-naphthyl, substituted CO-naphthyl, [0308] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-alkylaryl selected from CO-alkylphenyl,
CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl, CO-alkylnaphthyl, CO-alkylsubstituted
naphthyl, [0309] substituted or unsubstituted CO-alkenylaryl
selected from CO-alkenyl phenyl, CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl,
CO-alkenyl naphthyl, CO-alkenyl substituted naphthyl, CO-cinnamoyl,
CO-coumaroyl, CO-caffeoyl, and CO-ferruloyl; and R.sub.4, R.sub.5
and R.sub.6 are independently selected from: [0310] H, OH,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, O--(C.sub.2-C.sub.6)
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.10)
alkylcycloalkyl, O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.9) alkylheterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N,O--CO-alkyl, O--CO-alkenyl, O--CO-cycloalkyl,
O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl, O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0311] substituted or
unsubstituted O--CO-aryl selected from O--CO-phenyl,
O--CO-substituted phenyl, O--CO-naphthyl, substituted
O--CO-naphthyl, [0312] substituted or unsubstituted O--CO-alkylaryl
selected from O--CO-alkylphenyl, O--CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl,
O--CO-alkylnaphthyl, O--CO-alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0313]
substituted or unsubstituted O--CO-alkenylaryl selected from
O--CO-alkenyl phenyl, O--CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl,
O--CO-alkenyl naphthyl, O--CO-alkenyl substituted naphthyl,
O--CO-cinnamoyl, O--CO-coumaroyl, O--CO-caffeoyl, and
O--CO-ferruloyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0314] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XX,
R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are each independently selected from:
[0315] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl, substituted
phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, [0316] substituted or
unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted
phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0317]
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from substituted
or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted furanyl,
substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0318] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl, [0319] CO-alkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, [0320] CO-alkenyl selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10)
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, [0321] CO-cycloalkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, and [0322]
CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl; and R.sub.4, R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are each
independently selected from: [0323] O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain
or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with silicon, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with OH, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with SH, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with S-alkyl,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with NH.sub.2, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl, [0324] O--CO-alkyl
selected from O--CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, [0325] O--CO-alkenyl selected from
O--CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
[0326] O--CO-cycloalkyl selected from O--CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7)
cycloalkyl, and [0327] O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from
O--CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.s) alkylcycloalkyl.
[0328] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XX is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00058## ##STR00059##
[0329] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XXI,
##STR00060##
wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are independently selected from: [0330]
H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl heteroaryl, CO-alkyl, CO-alkenyl,
CO-cycloalkyl, CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0331] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-aryl selected from CO-phenyl, CO-substituted
phenyl, CO-naphthyl, substituted CO-naphthyl, [0332] substituted or
unsubstituted CO-alkylaryl selected from CO-alkylphenyl,
CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl, CO-alkylnaphthyl, CO-alkylsubstituted
naphthyl, [0333] substituted or unsubstituted CO-alkenylaryl
selected from CO-alkenyl phenyl, CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl,
CO-alkenyl naphthyl, CO-alkenyl substituted naphthyl, CO-cinnamoyl,
CO-coumaroyl, CO-caffeoyl, and CO-ferruloyl; and R.sub.3, R.sub.4
and R.sub.5 are independently selected from: [0334] H, OH,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, O--(C.sub.2-C.sub.6)
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.10)
alkylcycloalkyl, O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.9) alkylheterocycloalkyl, where
the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O,
S, and N,O--CO-alkyl, O--CO-alkenyl, O--CO-cycloalkyl,
O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl, O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl, [0335] substituted or
unsubstituted O--CO-aryl selected from O--CO-phenyl,
O--CO-substituted phenyl, O--CO-naphthyl, substituted
O--CO-naphthyl, [0336] substituted or unsubstituted O--CO-alkylaryl
selected from O--CO-alkylphenyl, O--CO-alkylsubstituted phenyl,
O--CO-alkylnaphthyl, O--CO-alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0337]
substituted or unsubstituted O--CO-alkenylaryl selected from
O--CO-alkenyl phenyl, O--CO-alkenyl substituted phenyl,
O--CO-alkenyl naphthyl, O--CO-alkenyl substituted naphthyl,
O--CO-cinnamoyl, O--CO-coumaroyl, O--CO-caffeoyl, and
O--CO-ferruloyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0338] In some embodiments, for a compound of Formula XXI,
R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from: [0339]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with oxygen, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with silicon,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with sulphur, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted
with SH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with S-alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH.sub.2, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl,
[0340] substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkylaryl selected from alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted
phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl, [0341]
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl selected from substituted
or unsubstituted pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted furanyl,
substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted diazolyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted or
unsubstituted triazolyl, and [0342] substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl heteroaryl selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl furanyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl thiophenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
pyrrolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl oxazolyl, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl isoxazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl diazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl pyrazolyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl triazolyl, [0343] CO-alkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, [0344] CO-alkenyl selected from CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10)
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, [0345] CO-cycloalkyl
selected from CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, and [0346]
CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8)
alkylcycloalkyl; and R.sub.3, R.sub.4 and R.sub.5 are each
independently selected from: [0347] O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain
or branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with oxygen,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl hetero
substituted with silicon, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl hetero substituted with sulphur,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with OH, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with O-alkyl,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with SH, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with S-alkyl,
O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkyl
substituted with NH.sub.2, O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl substituted with NH-alkyl, [0348] O--CO-alkyl
selected from O--CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, [0349] O--CO-alkenyl selected from
O--CO--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
[0350] O--CO-cycloalkyl selected from O--CO--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7)
cycloalkyl, and [0351] O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl selected from
O--CO--(C.sub.4-C.sub.8) alkylcycloalkyl.
[0352] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XXI is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00061##
[0353] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00062##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0354] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XXII,
##STR00063##
wherein R.sub.1, and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from:
[0355] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted
O--[C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl],
substituted or unsubstituted O--[C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl], substituted or unsubstituted O--[C.sub.1
to C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl]; and wherein
the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0356] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XXII is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00064## ##STR00065##
[0357] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XXIII,
##STR00066##
wherein R.sub.1, and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from:
[0358] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl, alpha or beta glucosyl, alpha or beta
fructosyl, alpha or beta mannosyl, alpha or beta galactosyl, alpha
or beta fucosyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0359] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XXIII is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00067## ##STR00068##
[0360] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XXIV,
##STR00069##
wherein
X is C.dbd.O or CHOH; and
[0361] R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are each independently selected
from: [0362] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl; and wherein the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or
more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0363] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XXIV is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00070## ##STR00071## ##STR00072## ##STR00073## ##STR00074##
##STR00075## ##STR00076##
[0364] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XXV,
##STR00077##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 are each
independently selected from: [0365] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted
or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkynyl; and wherein
the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0366] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XXV is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00078##
[0367] In some embodiments, the composition comprising a compound
of Formula XXIV further comprises turmeric extract compounds,
beta-carotene, saw palmetto extract compounds, fermented noni juice
compounds, L-ascorbic acid, aloe vera compounds, Solanum Dulcamara
extract compounds, Celastrol, Garcinia mangostana L (Guttiterae)
pericarp extract compounds, rutin, quercetin, ginko bilboa extract
compounds, ocimum sanctum extract compounds, rosemary extract
compounds, blueberry extract compounds, Withania somnifera Dunal
extract compounds, Rhodiola extract compounds, Schizandra berry
extract compounds, astralagus root, Coenzyme Q10, cinnamon oil
(flavor), plant derived glycerine (solubilizer), or a combination
thereof.
[0368] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00079## ##STR00080##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0369] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00081## ##STR00082## ##STR00083## ##STR00084##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0370] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00085##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0371] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00086## ##STR00087##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0372] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00088## ##STR00089## ##STR00090##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0373] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XXVI or XXVII,
##STR00091##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 are each
independently selected from: [0374] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted
or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
--C(O)--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl), --C(O)-(substituted or
unsubstituted aryl) with particular preference for the esters of
gallic acid; and wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0375] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the following
structures,
##STR00092## ##STR00093##
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0376] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XXVIII,
##STR00094##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.6 and R.sub.7 are each
independently selected from: [0377] H, CN, F, Cl, Br, I, OH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl, COOH, COOalkyl, COO(substituted or unsustituted aryl);
R.sub.3, R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.8, R.sub.9, and R.sub.10 are each
independently selected from: [0378] H, CN, F, Cl, Br, I, OH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl, --O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, COOH, COOalkyl, COO
(substituted or unsustituted aryl); and R.sub.11 is selected from:
[0379] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl, --C--(O)--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
--C--(O)-(substituted or unsustituted aryl); and wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0380] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XXVIII is
selected from the following structures,
##STR00095##
[0381] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from a compound of
structural Formula XXIX,
##STR00096##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.6,
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are each independently selected from: [0382] H,
CN, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl, --O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted
or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl, COOH,
COOalkyl, COO(substituted or unsubstituted aryl); R.sub.9 is
selected from: [0383] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
--C--(O)--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, --C--(O)-(substituted or
unsubstituted aryl); and R.sub.10 and R.sub.11 are each
independently selected from: [0384] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted
or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkynyl; Or R.sub.10
and R.sub.11 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are
attached form a 3 to 8 membered saturated heterocycle optionally
containing a further 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
and wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0385] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XXIX is selected
from the following structures,
##STR00097## ##STR00098##
[0386] In any of the embodiments, in certain instances, wherein the
bitter receptor ligand comprises a compound having an asymmetric
center or centers, the compound is a racemic mixture, a
diastereoisomeric mixture, a single enantiomer, an enantiomeric
diastereomer, a meso compound, a pure epimer, or a mixture of
epimers thereof.
[0387] In any of the embodiments, in certain instances, wherein the
bitter receptor ligand comprises a compound having one or more
double bonds, the compound is a cis/trans, E/Z or geometric isomer
thereof.
[0388] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a plant extract
selected from the group consisting of Gentian (Gentiana lutea),
Bitterroot (Lewisia rediviva), Saffron Flowers (Crocus sativus),
Senna leaves (Cassia Senna), Manna (Fraxinus ornus), Myrrh
(Commiphora molmol), Angelica Root (Angelica archanelica), Dwarf
elder root (Sambucus ebulus), Camphor (Cinnamomum camphora),
Japanese Gentium (Gentiana scabra), Chinese rhubarb root (Rheum
palmatum), Burnet-saxifrage root (Theriac veneziam), Zedoary root
(Curcuma zedoaria), Carline thistle root (Carlina acaulis) and
combinations thereof, wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject. In some embodiments, the
plant extract is a root extract.
[0389] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising Fennel fruit, Rhubarb,
Licorice, Phellodendron, Zedoary, Japanese bitter wood, Chamomile,
Cranesbill, Carrot, Dried orange peel, Scutellaria root, Magnolia
bark, Borei, Cyperus rhizome, Platycodon, Chinaberry bark, and
Cnidium, wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0390] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising cinnamon (Cinnamonum
verum) and bitter melon (Momordica charantia), wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises
maltitol, cocoa butter, cocoa powder, milk fat, chocolate liquor,
soya lecithin, vanilla extract, calcium carbonate and/or
Omega-3-fatty acid.
[0391] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the group
consisting of Thiamin, Chromium, Vanadium, Alpha lipoic acid,
L-carnosine, Cinnamon Bark extract, Banana Leaf extract, Boswellic
acid, Miracle fruit (Gymnema sylvestre) leaf extract, Bitter melon
(Momordica charantia) extract and combinations thereof, wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0392] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the group
consisting of Jiaogulan (Gynostemma pentaphyllum) extract, Green
tea (Camellia sinensis) extract, Chinese Hawthorn (Crataegus
pinnatifida) extract, Bitter melon (Momordica charantia) extract,
Mulberry (Morus species) extract and combinations thereof, wherein
the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0393] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the group
consisting of dextromorphan, chlorhexidine, guaifenesin,
pseudoephedrine, caffeine, peroxide, atorvastatin, aspirin,
acetaminophen, diphenhydramine, doxylamine, sildenafil citrate,
loperamide and combinations thereof, wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0394] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the group
consisting of Acteoside, Adhumulone, Adlupulone, Aesculetin,
Aesculin, L-Alanine, L-alanyl-L-alanyl-L-Alanine,
L-alanyl-L-isoleucyl-Alanine L-, L-valyl-L-valyl-Amarogentin,
Amaropanin Amaroswerin, Amygdalin, Angustifoline,
Antiacetylhumulone, Antiisohumulone, Arginine, L-Arginyl Leucine,
Arginyl Leucy Leucine, Arginyl Proline, Asaronaldehyde, Aspartyl
Aspartic acid, Asparasaponin I, Atropine, Benzyl
beta-D-arabinoside, Benzyl beta-L-arabinoside, Benzyl
beta-D-fructoside, Benzyl beta-D-galactoside, Benzyl
alpha-D-glucoside, Benzyl beta-D-glucoside, Benzyl
alpha-D-mannoside, Bitter Peptides, Bitter Peptides from Soy
Proteins, Butyl alpha-D-glucoside, Butyl beta-D-glucoside,
Caffeine, Carnosifloside II, Camosifloside III, Camosifloside IV,
Catechin, Epicatechin, Epicatechin gallate, Chaconine,
alpha-Chaconine, beta2-Chloramphenicol, Cholic Acid, Cichoriin,
Cohumulone, Colupulone, Cryptochlorogenic Acid, gamma-lactone,
Cucurbitacin B, Cucurbitacin D, Cyclo Alanine-glycine, Cyclo
Alanine-phenylanaline, Cyclo Alanine-valine,
Cyclo(L-arginylglycyl-L-prolyl-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-isoleucyl-L-valy-
-1), Cyclo Asparagine-phenylalanine, Cyclo Glycine-phenylalanine,
Cycloheximide Cyclo Lucine-Tryptophan,
Cyclopent(b)azepin-8(1H)-one,
7-Methyl-2,3,6,7-Tetrahydro-Cyclopent(b)azepin-8(1H)-one,
2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-7-hydroxy-7-methyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
2,5-dihydroxy-5-methyl-3-(1-piperidinyl)-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
2,5-dihydroxy-5-methyl-3-(1-pyrrolidinyl) Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
2,3-di-1-pyrrolidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
5-hydroxy-5-methyl-2,3-di-1-piperidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
5-hydroxy-5-methyl-2,3-di-1-pyrrolidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
5-methyl-2,3-di-1-pyrrolidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
5-methylene-2,3-di-1-pyrrolidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
3-methyl-2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-Cyclo Phenyalanine-aspartic acid, Cyclo
Proline-alanine, Cyclo Proline-asparagine, Cyclo Proline-glycine,
Cyclo Proline-isolucine, Cyclo Proline-leucine, Cyclo
Proline-methionine, Cyclo Proline-phenylalanine, Cyclo
Proline-proline, Cyclo Proline-valine, Cyclo Valine-phenylalanine,
Cynaratriol, Cynaropicrin, Cynaropicrin, Daidzein, Daidzin,
Dhurrin, Dihydroxybenzoic Acid, 2,3-Dihydroxybenzoic Acid,
2,4-Ethyl b-L-arabinoside, Ethyl alpha-D-Glucoside, Ethyl
beta-D-Glucoside, Eustomoroside, Eustomoside, Gallic Acid,
Gaudichaudioside F, Gelidoside, Genistein, Genistin,
Gentiopicroside, Gentistic Acid, Gentomoside, Geshoidin,
6'-O-beta-D-Glucosylgentiopicroside, ucozaluzanin C, Glutamyl
Aspartic Acid, Glutamyl Glutamic Acid, Glycyl Leucine, Goitrin,
Gramine, Grosshemin, Haematoxylin Tetramethyl Ether Helicin,
Heptadeca-16-ene, 1-Acetoxy-2,4-Dihydroxy-Heptadeca-16-ene,
1,2,4-Trihydroxy-Histidine, L-Hulupone, Humulinone, Humulone,
Hydroxybenzoic Acid, 4-Hymenoside A, Hymenoside B, Hymenoside C,
Hymenoside D, Hymenoside E, Hyrnenoside F, Isohumulone,
cis-Isohumulone, trans-Isoleucine, L-lsolupanine, Isosparteine,
beta-Isosparteine, 10,17-Dioxo-beta-Isosparteine,
10-oxo-beta-Lactucin, L-Leucine,
L-alanyl-L-alanyl-L-Leucine,N-[(2R)-6-amino-2-[(4S)-2,5-dioxo-4-(phenylme-
-thyl)-1-imidazolidinyl]-1-oxohexyl]-L-leucyl-L-methionyl-N-methyl-L-pheny-
l-alanyl-, (4-1)-lactam, L-Leucine, glycyl-L-alanyl-Leucine,
L-L-Leucine, N--(N2-L-leucyl-L-glutaminyl)-L-Leucine,
N--(N-L-leucyl-L-a-glutamyl)-L-Leucine,
N--[N2-[N2-[N-(1-L-leucyl-L-prolyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-L-asparaginyl]-L-glut-
a-minyl]-L-Leucine,
N--[N2-[N--[N-(1-L-leucyl-L-prolyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-L-seryl]-L-glutaminyl-
]-L-Leucine, L-leucyl-L-valyl-Leucy Leucine, Leucyl Phenylalanine,
Limonin, Limoninmonolactone, Unamarin, Lotaustralin, Lupine,
Lupanine, 13-Hydroxy-Lupanine, 7-hydroxy-Lupinine, Epilupinine
Lupoxes B, Lupoxes C, Lupulone, Luputrione, Mellein,
6-Methoxy-Methionine, L-Methyl alpha-L-arabinoside, Methyl
beta-L-arabinoside, Methyl beta-D-Glucoside, Methyl
alpha-D-Glucoside 2,3-Di-isoleucine, Methyl alpha-D-Glucoside
2,3-Di-leucine, Methyl alpha-D-Glucoside 2,3-Di-L-phenylalanine,
Methyl alpha-D-Glucoside 2,3-Di-threonine, Methyl alpha-D-Glucoside
2,3-Di-tyrosine, Methyl a-D-mannoside, Methyl
beta-L-xylopyranoside, Methyl alpha-D-xyloside, Naringin,
Neochlorogenic Acid, gamma-Lactone, Neohesperidin, Nuezhenide,
Oleonuezhenide, Oleuropein, Olivieroside A, Olivieroside B,
Olivieroside C, Perrottetin H, Phenylalanine, L-Phenyl
alpha-D-galactoside, Phenyl alpha-D-glucoside, Phenyl
beta-D-glucoside, Phenylthiourea, Phlomisoside II,
Piperidine-2-carboxylic acid,
4-[(2-carboxy-2-hydroxyethypthio]-Piperidinecarboxylic
acid-2,4[(2-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl)thio]-Prehumulone, Prelupulone,
Propyl beta-D-fructoside, Propyl alpha-D-glucoside, Propyl
beta-D-glucoside, Protocatechuic Acid, Prunasin, Pulcherrimine,
Quinidine, Quinine, Quinolizinium-7-olate, Ranitidine, Rebaudioside
C, Salicin, Salidroside, Scabraside, Scandenoside R5, Sclareolide,
Scopolin, Septemfidoside, Seryl Lysyl Glycyl Leucine, Sinapine,
Solanine, alpha-Sparteine, Sparteine, 17-oxo-Stevisalioside A,
Strychnine, Suavioside Cl, Suavioside D2, Suavioside F, Sucrose
Octaacetate, Sweroside, Swertiamarin, Swertiapunimarin,
Taxiphyllin, TFI (Furostan, beta-D-galactopyranoside), Theaflavin,
Theaflavin Gallate A, Theaflavin Gallate B, Tomatidine, Tomatine,
alpha-Tricyclodehydroisohumulone, Trifloroside, Trihydroxybenzoic
Acid, 2,4,6-Tryptophan, L-Uracil, 6-propyl-2-thio-L-Valine,
L-arginylglycyl-L-prolyl-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-isoleucyl-(BP1a)Valine-
-, L-Yohimbin and combinations thereof, wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0395] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from the group
consisting of acesulfame K, acetaminophen, 2' acetylpyrazine,
aloin, amino-2-norbornane-carboxylic acid, amygadalin,
andrographolide, p-Arbutin, aristolochic acid, atropine, brucine,
4-benzylpiperidine, caffeine, chloramphenicol, chloroquine,
ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clindamycin, cycloheximide,
cyclooctanone, dexmethasone, diltiazem hydrochloride,
diisobutylamine, dimethylbiguanide, 2,6-dimethylpiperidine,
doxepin, enalapril maleate, edrophonium, enoxacin, (-) epicatechin,
(-) erythromycin, ethylpyrazine, famotidine, gabapentin, Ginkgolide
A, goitrin, guaiacol glyceryl ether, labetalol HCl, linamarin,
lomefloxacin, (-) lupinine, N-methylthiourea,
1-methyl-2-quinolinone, methylprednisone, nitrophthalene,
nitrosaccharin, ofloxacin, oleuropein, omeprazole, oxybutynin
chloride, oxyphenomium HBr, peptide-LPFSQL,
Peptide-YQEPVLGPVRGVRGPFPIIV, peptide-PVLGPVRGFPIIV,
peptide-PVRGPFPHV, peptide-RGPFPIIV, N'-ethyl-N'5-phenylurea,
2-picoline, picric acid, pirenzepine dihydrochloride, prednisone,
procainamide-HCl, Quassin, Quinacrine, quinine, ranitidine,
saccharin, salicin, spartein sulfate pentahydrate, sucrose
octaacetate, strychnine, sulfamethoxazole, theobromine,
thioacetanilide, thiocarbanilide, tolazoline tolylurea, trapidil,
trimethoprim, L-tryptophan and combinations thereof, wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0396] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a bitters selected
from the group consisting of Alomo Bitters, Appenzeller
Alpenbitter, Amargo Vallet, Amaro Cora, Amaro Erbes, Amaro
Jannamico, Amaro Lucano, Amaro Montenegro, Amer Picon, Amaro
Quintessentia, Aperol, Araucano, Arnbitter, Averna, Becherovka,
Beerenburg, Old Men Bitters, Boonekamp's, Borsci San Marzano,
Cappellano Chinato, Campari, Carpano Antica, Cio Clara, Cocchi
Chinato, Cock props, Collins Orange, Cynar, Demanovka, Dimitri,
China Martini, Echt Stonsdorfer, Fernet Branca, Fernet Stock,
Fernet 1882, Gammel Dansk, Gran Classico Bitter, Hoppe Orange,
Killepitsch, Kuemmerling, Lauterbacher Tropfen, Licor Beirao,
Luxardo Amaro, Luxardo Bitters, Luxardo Fernet, Marcarini Chinato,
Meletti, Nardini Amaro, Nijmeegs Neutje, Par-D-Schatz, Pelinkovac,
Pimm's No. 1, Quinquina, Ramazzotti, Ratzeputz, Riemerschmid
Angostura, Riga Black Balsam, Santa Maria al Monte Amaro,
Schrobbeler, Schwartzhog, St. Vitus, Sirop de Picon, Sommer, Suze,
Swedish bitters, Tilus, Torani, Underberg, Unicum, Versinthe La
Blanche, Wurzelpeter, Wurzelpeter Bitter Orange, Weisflog Bitter,
Zucca, Amargo Chuncho, Angostura bitters, Angostura Orange Bitters,
Bittermens (including Xocolatl Mole Bitters, Grapefruit Bitters,
`Elemakule Tiki Bitters, Boston "Bittahs"), The Bitter Truth
bitters (including Aromatic Bitters, Orange Bitters, Lemon Bitters,
Celery Bitters, Creole Bitters. Grapefruit Bitters, Chocolate
Bitters, and Jerry Thomas Bitters), Fee Brothers bitters (aromatic,
orange, mint, lemon and peach), aromatic bitters containing
Angostura bark and/orcontains glycerin; Dr. Adam Elmegirab's
Boker's Bitters, Dandelion & Burdock Bitters, Limited Edition
Spanish Bitters, Hermes Orange, Hermes Regular, Peychaud's Bitters,
Regans' Orange Bitters No.6, Urban Moonshine (citrus and maple
bitters), Appenzeller, Boker's, Calisaya bitters, Gordon & Co.
Pale Orange Bitters, Hartwig-Kantorowicz, Hostetter's, Malort,
Kabanes, Kina Lillet, Maraschino bitters, Meinhard's Bitters, Dr.
Teodoro Meinhard's Angostura Bitters, Meyer's Bitter, Flimm's,
Reichs-Post Bitter, West Indies Bitters, New York Bitters, Boston
Bitters, St Louis Bitters, Frisco Bitters, Lupulins Bitters, Dr
Grants Bitters, Philadelphia Bitters, Kent Bitters, Dixons Bitters,
Milwaukee Bitters, Gippsland Bitters, Utica Bitters, Steanes
Bitters, Ralays, Bairnsdale, McDonalds, Weisflog Bitter, Bradley's
Bitters, Bitter KAs, Chin , Crodino, Fanta Chinotto, Gioia,
Sanbitter, and Stirrings Blood Orange, wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0397] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a polyphenol selected
from anthocyanins, anthroquinones, chalcones, lignans,
napthoquinones, neolignans, pyroanthocyanins, pigmented tannins,
tannins, xanthones, or combinations thereof, wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0398] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an herbal, plant,
flower, fruit, vegetable, root or algal extract or combinations
thereof that provides a bitter taste and wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject. In some
embodiments, the amount of the ligand is at least 100 fold lower
than an NOAEL amount.
[0399] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising phenylthiocarbamide
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0400] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a flavanone, a
flavone, a flavonol, a flavan, a phenolic flavonoid, an isoflavone,
a limonoid aglycone, a glucosinolate or hydrolysis product thereof
and an organic isothiocyanate.
[0401] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a mixture of gentian
root (Gentiana scabra) extract and bitter melon (Momordica
charantia) extract wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0402] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract from
Salacia oblonga wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0403] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a hop acid selected
from the group consisting of (+)-tetrahydro-.alpha.-acids,
(+)-trans-tetrahydro-iso-.alpha.-acids,
(-)-cis-tetrahydro-iso-.alpha.-acids,
(+)-transhexahydro-iso-.alpha.-acids,
(-)-cis-hexahydroiso-.alpha.-acids, and mixtures thereof wherein
the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0404] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from
3-Epi-11,13-dihydrodeacylcynaropicrin, Subexpinnatin,
11,13-Dihydrodeacylcynaropicrin, 11 beta, 13-Dihydrocynaropicrin,
lsoamberboin, 3,11,13-Trihydroxy-10{14)-guaien-12,6-olide,
Dehydrocynaropicrin, Sibthorpin, 8-Deoxy-11,13-dihydroxygrosheimin,
lsolipidiol, 8-Hydroxy-3-oxo-4{15), 10{14)guaiadien-12,6-olide,
3,8-Dihydroxy-10{14), 11 (13)-guaiadien-12,6-olide, Grossheimin,
Integrifolin, 8beta-Hydroxydehydrozaluzanin C, Muricatin,
Cynaropicrin, 13-Chloro-3,11-dihydroxy-4(15),
10{14)-guaiadien-12,6-olide,
3-Acetyl-13-chloro-13-deoxysolstitialin, Cynaroside A
8-Deoxy-11-hydroxy-13-chlorogrosheimin, Cynarascoloside A
Cynarascoloside 8, Cynarascoloside C, Cynarinin A, and Cynarinin 8
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0405] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand selected from Denatonium
benzoate, Denatonium saccharide, glycyrrhizic acid ammonium salt,
Epigallocatechin, Epigallocatechin gallate, hyperforin, coptisine
chloride, allyl methyl sulfide, rotterlin, curcumin, ellagic acid
and embelin wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0406] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising is a quercetin-rich
apple peel extract (QAE) or a triterpene-rich apple peel extract
(TAE) wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0407] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract selected
from Artemisia absinthium, Acer tegmentosum Maxim, Crinum asiaticum
and Ganoderma Lucidum wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0408] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract selected
from fruit of Vitis vinifera, fruit of Emblica officinalis, fruit
of Phoenix dactylifera, any part of Cichorium intybus, haulm of
Andrographis paniculata and haulm of Phyllantus amarus wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0409] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract selected
from Andrographis paniculata, Curcuma longa, Glycyrrhiza glabra and
Terminalia chebula wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0410] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of olive
leaves wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0411] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract selected
from Andrographis paniculata, Curcuma longa, Glycyrrhiza glabra and
Terminalia chebula wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0412] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract selected
from Garcinia mangostana L, Myristica fragrans, Zizyphus Jazeiro
and combinations thereof wherein the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or
more regions of the intestine of a subject. In some embodiments,
the composition further comprises an extract of oregano, magnolia,
cranberry, rosemary, Camellia, morin, zingiber officinale, yristica
fragrans, Punica granatum, Zizyphus Joazeiro, Jabara, Azadirachta
indica, Acacia, olong tea, Juglans regia, Zanthoxylum alantum,
Mimusops elengi, Hibiscus abelmoschus, yurvedic, Carapa procera,
Khaya senegalensis, Salvadora persica, Cucurbitaceae (Citrullus
olocynthis), Acacia catechu, Acacia nilotica, Achyrathes aspera,
Azadirachta indica, ristolochia bracteolate, Cinnamomum camphora,
Cinnamomum verum, Curcuma Zanga, ucalyptus globulus, Ficus
bengalensis, Juglans regia, Madhuca longifolia, Mimusops elengi,
cimum sanctum, Oolonga tea, Piper betel leaves, Piper longum, Piper
nigrum, Potentilla ulgens, Syzygium aromaticum, Spilanthes calva,
Vaccinium macrocarpon, Zanthoxylum rmatum, and mixtures
thereof.
[0413] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an herb selected from
Asparagus, Gossypium, Foeniculum, Lepidium, Chlorophytum, Ipomoea,
Withania and Leptadenia. In some embodiments, a bitter receptor
ligand is an herb selected Asparagus racemosus, Gossypium
arboreturn (herbaceum), Foeniculum vulgare, Lepidium sativum,
Chlorophytum borivilianum, Ipomoea digitata, Withania somnifera and
Leptadenia reticulate wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0414] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a mixture of extracts
selected from Emblica officinalis, Tinospora cordifolia, Embelia
basaal, Cyperus rotunduns, Asparagus racemosus and Lepidium sativum
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0415] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a mixture of extracts
selected from Acanthopanax sessiliflorum, Cervi cornu, garlic,
Cassia tora L., Rehmannia glutinosa, Cornus officinalis, Ganoderma
lucidum, Schizandra chinensis Baill, Zizyphus jujuba var and
Chinese yam wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0416] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a juice, oil, puree,
or extract of Morinda citrifolia wherein the composition is adapted
to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one
or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0417] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand is selected from the group
consisting of isoxanthohumol, xanthohumol, chlorpheniramine,
dapsone, diphenidol, falcarindiol, helicon, saccharin, cromolyn,
cnicin, crispolide, hydrocortisone and orphenadrine wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0418] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of Coptidis
Rhizoma, Pharbitidis Semen or mixtures thereof wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0419] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of Muscari
comosum, Aloe Vera barbadensis, or mixtures thereof wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0420] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of dried
Du-Zhong leaves (Eucommia ulmoides) wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0421] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of
Auklandia (Costus Root) wherein the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or
more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0422] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of a plant
of genus Hemerocallis wherein the composition is adapted to release
a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0423] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a hop extract from
cones of hop plants of the genus Humulus wherein the composition is
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand
to one or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0424] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising deoxynojirimycin,
fagomine or combinations thereof wherein the composition is adapted
to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one
or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0425] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising pterostilbene wherein
the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0426] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of black
pepper, cumin, ginger, turmeric, cinnamon, rose hip and saffron
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine of a subject.
[0427] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of a plant
of genus Gynostemma wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0428] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of
Colocasia antiquorum var stems wherein the composition is adapted
to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one
or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0429] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of a plant
of the Scophulariaceae family wherein the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or
more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0430] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising bitter buckwheat
powder wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0431] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract selected
from Chrysanthemum zawadskii, Artemisia capillaries, and Maitake
mushroom wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0432] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising Makkoli wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0433] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of
Momordica charantia or Sohporae tonkinesis radix wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0434] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of Guarana,
Paraguay, Kola, Buchu, Vervain, Damiana and Ginseng wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0435] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of bitter
melon, sesame seed lignans and mixtures thereof wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0436] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of
fenugreek seeds wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0437] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract of
fenugreek seeds wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0438] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising a humulone wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0439] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising an extract from a
plant used in Ayurvedic medicine wherein the composition is adapted
to release a therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one
or more regions of the intestine of a subject.
[0440] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising agmatine wherein the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of the ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of a
subject.
[0441] In another aspect, the compositions described herein
comprise a bitter receptor ligand comprising metformin or salt
thereof wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of the ligand to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject. In a further aspect, the
compositions described herein comprise a metformin or salt thereof
wherein the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of the metformin or salt thereof to one or more
regions of the intestine of a subject. In some embodiments, the
metformin salt is metformin hydrochloride. In other embodiments,
the therapeutically effective amount of metformin or salt thereof
is about 1 mg to about 2000 mg. In yet other embodiments, the
therapeutically effective amount of metformin or salt thereof is
about 10 mg to about 1500 mg. In further embodiments, the
therapeutically effective amount of metformin or salt thereof is
about 50 mg to about 1000 mg. In yet further embodiments, the
therapeutically effective amount of metformin or salt thereof is
about 100 mg to about 500 mg. In other embodiments, the composition
further comprises a DPP-IV inhibitor.
[0442] In some embodiments, the compositions described herein are
adapted to release a therapeutically effective amount of a bitter
receptor ligand to one or more regions of the intestine. In some
embodiments, the compositions described herein further release at
least some of the bitter receptor ligand in the stomach. In certain
instances, the compositions release about 10%, about 20%, about
30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80% or about
90% bitter receptor ligand in the stomach.
[0443] In some embodiments, the compositions are adapted to release
in the duodenum, jejunum, ileum, caecum, colon and/or rectum. In
other embodiments, the compositions are adapted to release in the
jejunum, ileum, caecum, colon and/or rectum. In some embodiments,
the composition is formulated for release in the lower intestine.
In further embodiments, the composition is formulated for release
in the upper intestine. In still further embodiments, the
composition is formulated for release in the upper intestine and
lower intestine.
[0444] In one embodiment, a composition releases a bitter receptor
ligand at an onset of about 5 to about 45 minutes, about 105 to
about 135 minutes, about 165 to about 195 minutes or about 225 to
about 255 minutes, or a combination of times thereof following oral
administration to a subject.
[0445] In other embodiments, a composition releases a bitter
receptor ligand at an onset of about pH 5.0, about pH 5.5, about pH
6.0, about pH 6.5, about pH 7.0, or combination thereof following
oral administration to a subject.
[0446] Also provided herein are compositions comprising bitter
receptor ligands that further comprise a chemosensory receptor
enhancer selected from the group consisting of a sweet receptor
enhancer, a bitter receptor enhancer, an umami receptor enhancer, a
fat receptor enhancer, a sour receptor enhancer and a bile acid
receptor enhancer. In certain embodiments, the chemosensory
receptor enhancer is an umami receptor enhancer that enhances the
effect of food on umami receptors in the intestine.
[0447] Also provided herein are compositions comprising bitter
receptor ligands that further comprise one or more chemosensory
receptor ligands is selected from a sweet receptor ligand, an umami
receptor ligand, a fat receptor ligand, a bile acid receptor
ligand, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the
composition further comprises a sweet receptor ligand. In other
embodiments, the composition further comprises an umami receptor
ligand. In other embodiments, the composition further comprises a
sweet receptor ligand and an umami receptor ligand.
[0448] Sweet receptor ligands include glucose, sucralose,
aspartame, Stevioside, Rebaudioside, Neotame, acesulfame-K, and
saccharin. Umami receptor ligands include glutamate salts,
glutamines, acetyl glycines, or aspartame. Fat receptor ligands
include linoleic acids, oleic acids, palmitates,
oleoylethanolamides, mixed fatty acid emulsion, omega-3 fatty acids
and N-acylphosphatidylethanolamine (NAPE). Sour receptor ligands
include citric acid and hydroxycitric acid. Bile acids include
deoxycholic acids, taurocholic acids and chenodeoxycholic acids. In
certain embodiments, the chemosensory receptor ligand is
nonmetabolized. In certain embodiments, the chemosensory receptor
ligand is an agonist. In certain embodiments, the chemosensory
receptor ligand is an enhancer.
[0449] The compositions described herein can be formulated with an
enteric coating. In some embodiments, the composition has an
enteric coating. In another aspect, the compositions described
herein can be formulated with a modified release system. In yet
another aspect, the compositions described herein can be formulated
with a timed release system. In a further aspect, the compositions
described herein can be formulated with a modified release and
enteric coating. In yet a further aspect, the compositions
described herein can be formulated with a timed release and enteric
coating.
[0450] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor in a subject comprising
administering a composition described herein to the subject. In one
aspect, the composition comprises a bitter receptor ligand selected
from any of the compounds previously described herein to the
subject and wherein the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of a bitter receptor ligand to one
or more regions of the gastrointestinal tract.
[0451] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor in a subject by
administering a composition comprising at least two bitter receptor
ligands to the subject.
[0452] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor in a subject by
administering a composition comprising at least one bitter receptor
ligand and a cognate metabolite. In some embodiments, the
metabolite is administered after the administration of the bitter
receptor ligand. In another embodiment, the metabolite is
co-administered with the bitter receptor ligand. In further
embodiments, the bitter receptor ligand is co-administered with the
ingestion of food by the subject or the bitter ligand is
administered before the subject ingests food. In certain instances,
food itself may comprise one or more bitter receptor ligands. In
certain instances, food itself may serve as a metabolite.
[0453] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor by administering a
composition having at least one bitter receptor ligand to the lower
intestine of a subject. In another embodiment, the composition
comprising at least one bitter receptor ligand is administered to
the upper intestine of a subject. In yet another embodiment, the
composition comprising at least one bitter receptor ligand is
administered to the upper intestine and lower intestine of a
subject. In certain instances, bitter receptor ligand in the upper
intestine and lower intestine is the same bitter receptor ligand.
In certain instances, a bitter receptor ligand in the upper
intestine and lower intestine are different chemosensory receptor
ligands.
[0454] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor by administering a
composition having at least one bitter receptor ligand to the
duodenum, jejunum, ileum, caecum, colon and/or rectum. In other
embodiments, the composition comprising at least one bitter
receptor ligand is administered to the duodenum of a subject. In
another embodiment, the composition comprising at least one bitter
receptor ligand is administered to the jejunum of a subject. In
another embodiment, the composition comprising at least one bitter
receptor ligand is administered to the ileum of a subject. In
another embodiment, the composition comprising at least one bitter
receptor ligand is administered to the caecum of a subject. In
another embodiment, the composition comprising at least one bitter
receptor ligand is administered to the colon of a subject. In
another embodiment, the composition comprising at least one bitter
receptor ligand is administered to the rectum of a subject. In
another embodiment, the composition comprising at least one bitter
receptor ligand is administered to the duodenum, jejunum, ileum,
caecum, colon and/or rectum of a subject. In yet another
embodiment, the composition releases at least some of the bitter
receptor ligand into the stomach.
[0455] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor by administering one or
more bitter receptor ligand compositions that release at an onset
about 5 to about 45 minutes, about 105 to about 135 minutes, about
165 to about 195 minutes, about 225 to about 255 minutes or a
combination of times thereof following oral administration to a
subject.
[0456] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor by administering one or
more bitter receptor ligand compositions that have an onset of
release at about 10 minutes, about 30 minutes, about 120 minutes,
about 180 minutes, about 240 minutes or a combination of times
thereof following oral administration to a subject. In one
embodiment, the composition releases at an onset of about 10
minutes following administration to a subject. In one embodiment,
the composition releases at an onset of about 30 minutes following
administration to a subject. In one embodiment, the composition
releases at an onset of about 120 minutes following administration
to a subject. In one embodiment, the composition releases at an
onset of about 180 minutes following administration to a subject.
In one embodiment, the composition releases at an onset of about
240 minutes following administration to a subject. In one
embodiment, the composition releases at an onset of about 10
minutes, 30 minutes, about 120 minutes, about 180 minutes and about
240 minutes following oral administration to a subject.
[0457] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor by administering a one or
more bitter receptor ligand compositions that has an onset of
release at about pH 5.5, about pH 6.0, about pH 6.5, and/or about
pH 7.0.
[0458] Provided herein is a method of treating a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor by administering one or
more compositions having at least one bitter receptor ligand
wherein the compositions release at an onset of two different pH
ranges, wherein said two pH ranges are selected from about pH 5.0
to about pH 6.0, about pH 6.0 to about pH 7.0 and about pH 7.0 to
about pH 8.0.
[0459] Provided herein are methods of modulating circulating
concentrations of one or more hormones, including but not limited
to GLP-1, GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin, PYY, CCK, glycentin, insulin,
glucagon, ghrelin, amylin, insulin, C-peptide and uroguanylin, by
administering a composition comprising at least one bitter ligand
described herein to a subject. Provided herein are methods of
modulating the hormonal profile of lower intestine by administering
a composition having at least one bitter receptor ligand to the
lower intestine of a subject. In one embodiment, the hormonal
profile is that of GLP-1, oxyntomodulin, and PYY.
[0460] Provided herein are methods of modulating the hormonal
profile of upper intestine by administering a composition having at
least one bitter receptor ligand to the upper intestine of a
subject. In one embodiment, the hormonal profile is that of GLP-1,
GLP-2, oxyntomodulin, PYY, GIP, C-peptide, glucagon, insulin, CCK,
or any combination thereof.
[0461] Further provided herein are methods to sensitize lower
intestinal chemosensory receptors by stimulating bitter receptors
in the upper intestine.
[0462] Provided herein are methods of treating conditions
associated with a chemosensory receptor with the compositions
described herein. Conditions associated with a chemosensory
receptor include metabolic syndrome, diabetes type I, diabetes type
II, obesity, binge eating, undesired food cravings, food addiction,
a desire to reduce food intake or to lose weight or maintain weight
loss, desire to maintain healthy weight, desire to maintain normal
blood glucose metabolism, anorexia, pre-diabetes, glucose
intolerance, gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM), impaired fasting
glycemia (IFG), post-prandial hyperglycemia, accelerated gastric
emptying, dumping syndrome, delayed gastric emptying, dyslipidemia,
post-prandial dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia,
post hypertriglyceridemia, insulin resistance, bone loss disorders,
osteopenia, osteoporosis, muscle wasting disease, muscle
degenerative disorders, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS),
non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFL), non-alcoholic
steatohepatitis (NASH), immune disorders of the gut, (e.g., celiac
disease), bowel irregularity, irritable bowel syndrome (IBS),
inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), including, e.g., ulcerative
colitis, Crohn's disease, short bowel syndrome and peripheral
neuropathy, e.g., diabetic neuropathy. In some embodiments, the
condition is obesity. In other embodiments, the condition is
diabetes. In further embodiments, the subject has undergone
bariatric surgery. In yet other embodiments, methods provided
herein further include administering a drug for diabetes or
obesity.
[0463] In certain embodiments, the condition or disorder associated
with a chemosensory receptor in is sadness, stress, grief, anxiety,
anxiety disorder (e.g., generalized anxiety disorder,
obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic disorder, post-traumatic
stress disorder or social anxiety disorder or a mood disorder
(e.g., depression, bipolar disorder, dysthymic disorder and
cyclothymic disorder). In certain embodiments, the compositions
described herein may be used for inducing feelings of happiness,
well-being or contentment.
[0464] Additionally, the compositions described herein may be used
for the dietary management of the conditions associated with a
chemosensory receptor listed above. For example, disorders such as
frailty, anorexia, cachexia, loss of lean body mass, food
associated or food-induced nausea and vomiting, food allergies,
food associated aversive reactions may be treated with chemosensory
receptor antagonists.
[0465] Also provided herein are methods for treating a disease,
disorder or defect in energy homeostasis in a subject comprising
administering a composition described herein. In one aspect, the
composition is adapted to release a therapeutically effective
amount of a bitter receptor ligand to one or more regions of the
intestine.
[0466] Also provided herein are methods for treating overweight in
a subject comprising administering a composition described herein.
In one aspect, the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of a bitter receptor ligand to one
or more regions of the intestine.
[0467] Also provided herein are methods for treating obesity in a
subject comprising administering a composition described herein. In
one aspect, the composition is adapted to release a therapeutically
effective amount of a bitter receptor ligand to one or more regions
of the intestine.
[0468] Also provided herein are methods for reducing food intake in
a subject comprising administering a composition described herein.
In one aspect, the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of a bitter receptor ligand to one
or more regions of the intestine.
[0469] Also provided herein are methods for treating type II
diabetes in a subject comprising administering a composition
described herein. In one aspect, the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of a bitter receptor
ligand to one or more regions of the intestine.
[0470] Also provided herein are methods for maintaining healthy
body weight in a subject comprising administering a composition
described herein. In one aspect, the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of a bitter receptor
ligand to one or more regions of the intestine.
[0471] Also provided herein are methods for treating pre-diabetes
in a subject comprising administering a composition described
herein. In one aspect, the composition is adapted to release a
therapeutically effective amount of a bitter receptor ligand to one
or more regions of the intestine.
[0472] Also provided herein are methods for increasing GLP-1
concentration in a subject comprising administering a composition
described herein. In one aspect, the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of a bitter receptor
ligand to one or more regions of the intestine.
[0473] Also provided herein are methods for increasing PYY
concentration in a subject comprising administering a composition
described herein. In one aspect, the composition is adapted to
release a therapeutically effective amount of a bitter receptor
ligand to one or more regions of the intestine.
[0474] In some embodiments of the methods provided herein, prior to
administration of the composition, the subject is prescreened for
endogenous chemosensory receptor levels and types for use in
adjusting the amount of the composition for administration.
[0475] Also provided herein are pharmaceutical dosage forms
comprising (a) a pH 6.5 enterically coated immediate release
component comprising metformin hydrochloride and a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient; and (b) a pH 6.5 enterically coated extended
release component comprising metformin hydrochloride and a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and wherein the combined
amount of metformin from both components is less than 400 mg and
wherein the metformin has sub-therapeutic plasma AUC and
sub-therapeutic plasma Cmax.
[0476] In some embodiments, the proportion of metformin
hydrochloride in the immediate release component to the metformin
hydrochloride in the delayed release component is about 20/80,
30/70, 35/65, 40/60, 45/55 or 50/50. In other embodiments, the
dosage form exhibits a dissolution release profile of 20-50% amount
of metformin hydrochloride in about 30 to about 60 minutes after
oral administration and 80-100% amount of metformin hydrochloride
after 60 minutes after oral administration.
[0477] In some embodiments, the sub-therapeutic plasma AUC and
sub-therapeutic plasma Cmax resulting from administration of the
dosage form is 50% or less than the plasma AUC and Cmax resulting
from administration of a single dose of GLUMETZA 500 mg.
[0478] In some embodiments, the dosage form further comprises a
DPP-IV inhibitor in (a), (b) or both. In other embodiments, the
dosage form further comprises an antidiabetic or antiobesity
agent.
[0479] In some embodiments, the dosage form further comprises (c)
an immediate release component comprising metformin hydrochloride.
In some instances, the (c) immediate release component has a pH 5.0
enteric coating. In some instances, the combined amount of
metformin from components (a)-(c) is less than 600 mg.
[0480] In some embodiments, the excipient in the extended release
component is selected from the group consisting of ethylcellulose,
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose,
polyvinylpyrrolidone, xanthan gum, sodium alginate, polysorbate-80
and mixtures thereof.
[0481] In some embodiments, the combined amount of metformin
hydrochloride is about 250 mg.
[0482] In some embodiments, the dosage form is a bi-layer tablet.
In other embodiments, the dosage form is a capsule with the two
components as encapsulated mini-tablets.
[0483] Also provided herein are pharmaceutical dosage forms
comprising (a) a pH 6.5 enterically coated immediate release
component comprising metformin hydrochloride and a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient; and (b) a pH 6.5 enterically coated extended
release component comprising metformin hydrochloride and a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and wherein the metformin
hydrochloride has reduced average bioavailability.
[0484] In some embodiments, the average bioavailability is less
than the average bioavailability of an immediate release metformin
formulation having an equivalent amount of metformin. In other
embodiments, the average bioavailability is less than 15%.
[0485] In some embodiments, the combined amount of metformin
hydrochloride is less than 400 mg.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[0486] All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned
in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the
same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent
application was specifically and individually indicated to be
incorporated by reference.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0487] FIG. 1 shows plasma hormone concentrations, PYY (total) and
GLP-1 (active) in response to gastric infusion of bitter receptor
ligands.
[0488] FIG. 2 shows L-cell index of the infusion of bitter receptor
ligands as compared to water control.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0489] The present invention relates to methods and compositions
for treating conditions associated with a chemosensory receptor,
for example, metabolic conditions including obesity and diabetes,
using a ligand or combination of ligands that stimulates
chemosensory receptors present on cells lining the gut. Binding of
ligand(s) to these chemosensory receptors modulates the synthesis,
secretion and/or storage of hormones, e.g., GLP-1, GLP-2,
oxyntomodulin, PYY, GIP, insulin, C-peptide, glycentin, glucagon,
amylin, ghrelin, uroguanylin and/or CCK that are key regulators of
energy and metabolic processes such as glucose metabolism. The
specific hormone(s) produced vary depending on the receptor(s)
stimulated. Chemosensory receptor ligands include receptor ligands
that are metabolizable or can be metabolized as an energy source,
e.g. food or metabolites, as well as receptor ligands that are
nonmetabolized, e.g. tastants. Nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor
ligands, as used herein, include ligands that are not substantially
metabolized, i.e., ligands having insignificant caloric value.
[0490] In some embodiments, one or more nonmetabolized chemosensory
receptor ligands are used to modulate the secretion of hormone
molecules and regulate metabolic processes. In other embodiments, a
nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor ligand(s) is combined with a
metabolized or metabolizable chemosensory receptor ligand(s). It is
contemplated that the addition of one or more metabolized
chemosensory receptor ligands along with activation of the
enteroendocrine cell chemosensory receptors by a nonmetabolized
chemosensory receptor ligand(s), may result in enhanced stimulation
of hormone release.
[0491] The present embodiments described herein additionally
contemplate targeting administration of chemosensory receptor
ligands to specific sites throughout the gut. Enteroendocrine
cells, e.g., L cells, K cells, and I cells, that each secrete a
different set of metabolic hormones in response to chemosensory
stimulation, occur throughout the length of the intestine. The
concentrations and proportions of these enteroendocrine cell types
are different in the various intestinal segments, and, as noted
above, each cell type has a different metabolic hormone expression
profile. Targeted administration of the compositions of the
invention to specific intestinal segments, for example, through the
use of formulations designed for release within one or more desired
segments of the stomach and/or intestine, provides an additional
level of control over the effect of such compositions, e.g., in the
modulation of hormones involved in metabolism.
[0492] The present embodiments described herein thus include a
novel approach to treating important chemosensory
receptor-associated conditions by, for example, modulating the
secretion of metabolic hormones through enteroendocrine
chemosensory receptor activation. The embodiments further include
the capability to select combination therapies tailored to the
specific needs of individuals having varying hormone profiles.
Chemosensory Receptors
[0493] Mammalian chemosensory receptors and ligands are discussed,
e.g., in U.S. Pat. App. Pub. Nos. 2008/0306053 and 2008/0306093,
both titled "Modulation of Chemosensory Receptors and Ligands
Associated Therewith," and U.S. Pat. No. 7,105,650, titled "T2R
taste receptors and genes encoding same." Complete or partial
sequences of numerous human and other eukaryotic chemosensory
receptors are currently known (see, e.g., Pilpel, Y. et al.,
Protein Science, 8:969 77 (1999); Mombaerts, P., Annu. Rev.
Neurosci., 22:487 50 (1999); EP0867508A2; U.S. Pat. No. 5,874,243;
WO 92/17585; WO 95/18140; WO 97/17444; WO 99/67282).
[0494] Sweet and Umami Receptors: In humans, different combinations
of the T1R5, a family of class C G-protein-coupled receptors,
respond to sweet and umami taste stimuli. T1R2 and T1R3 reportedly
recognize sweet taste stimuli. The T1R subunits that comprise the
heteromeric sweet and umami taste receptors are described by, e.g.,
Xu, et al., 2004, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 101: 14258-14263. Xu, et
al., report that aspartame and neotame require the N-terminal
extracellular domain of T1R2, G protein coupling requires the
C-terminal half of T1R2, and that cyclamate and lactisole, a sweet
receptor inhibitor, require the transmembrane domain of T1R3. Their
results suggest the presence of multiple sweetener interaction
sites on this receptor.
[0495] T1R1 and T1R3 recognize umami taste stimulus L-glutamate.
This response is reportedly enhanced by 5' ribonucleotides (Xu, et
al., 2004).
[0496] Bitter Receptors: Bitter chemicals are detected by around 50
T2R receptor (GPCR) family members (Adler et al., 2000, Cell
100:693-702; Chandrashekar et al., 2000, Cell 100:703-711;
Matsunami et al., 2000, Nature 404:601-604). Certain T2R5 and
methods for expressing them are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. App.
Pub. No. 2008/0306053 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,105,650. Haplotypes of
many of the bitter receptor have also been identified which confer
differences in the sensitivity of individuals to particular bitter
tastant (Pronin et al., 2007, Current Biology 17(6):
1403-1408).
[0497] Bile Receptors: There are multiple bile acid receptors. The
bile acid receptor having subunits Gpbarl and M-Bar is reportedly
involved in the influence of bile acids on fat solubilization,
cholesterol maintenance, and bile acid homeostasis (Maruyama, et
al., 2006, J. Endocrinol. 191, 197-205). Maruyama, et al., report a
possible role for Gpbar in energy homeostasis. Kawamata, et al. ("A
G protein-coupled receptor responsive to bile acids" J. Biol. Chem.
278, 9435-9440, 2003), report a possible role for bile acid
receptor TGR5 in the suppression of macrophage function.
[0498] Sour and Salty Taste Receptors: A number of candidate
receptors and transduction mechanisms for sensing sour and salty
taste have been proposed (Miyamoto et al., 2000, Prog. Neurobiol.
62:135-157). For example, acid-sensing ion channel-2 (ASIC2) is
proposed to function as a sour receptor in the rat (Ugawa et al,
2003, J. Neurosci. 23:3616-3622; Ugawa et al., 1998, Nature
395:555-556). HCN1 and HCN4, members of hyperpolarization-activated
cyclic nucleotide gated channels (HCNs) are also candidate sour
receptor channels (Stevens et al., 2001, Nature 413:631-635). Among
TRP channel families, members of the PKD family (polycystic kidney
disease, also called TRPP or polycystins) have been reported to
possess unique properties (Delmas et al., 2004, Biochem. Biophys.
Res. Commun. 322:1374-1383; Nauli and Zhou, 2004, Bioessays
26:844-856). Two TRP channel members, PKD 1L3 (Genbank Accession
Nos. AY164486, murine, nucleic acid, AA032799 murine, amino acid,
AY1 64485, human, nucleic acid, and AA032798, human, amino acid),
and PKD2L1 (Genbank Accession Nos. NM 181422, murine, nucleic acid,
NP 852087, murine, amino acid, NM 016112, human, nucleic acid and
NP 057196, human, amino acid, are reportedly specifically expressed
in a subset of taste receptor cells that do not correspond to
bitter, sweet or umami sensing cells. The proteins are localized at
the apical tip of taste cells where tastants are detected. PKD1L3
and PKD2L1 heteromer formation is required for functional cell
surface expression and whenever PKD1L3 and PKD2L1 are expressed in
heterologous cells they are activated by sour solutions. Therefore,
it is contemplated PKD 1L3 and PKD2L1 function together as sour
taste receptors in mammals, although an understanding of the
mechanism is not necessary to practice the present invention and
the present invention is not limited to any particular mechanism of
action.
[0499] Fat Receptors: Fat receptor or fatty acid receptor as used
herein means any transporter receptor or other molecule that binds
to fats and/or fatty acids that are ingested. Chemosensory
receptors for fat have not been well characterized, though there is
possible involvement of fatty acid transport proteins known to be
present in the gastrointestinal tract. The mouse fatty acid
transporter protein CD36 has been reported to be a potential fat
taste receptor (Laugerette, et al., 2005, "CD36 involvement in
orosensory detection of dietary lipids, spontaneous fat preference,
and digestive secretions," Journal of Clinical Investigation
115(11): 3177-84). In rat, CD36 has been found to be expressed at
higher levels in proximal than distal intestinal mucosa (Chen, et
al., 2001, "Gut expression and regulation of FAT/CD36: possible
role in fatty acid transport in rat enterocytes," Am J Physiol
Endocrinol Metab. 281(5):E916-23). More recently, a number of GPCRs
which were previously classified as orphan receptors have been
shown to respond to lipid ligands, including fatty acids and
several have been identified as candidates for fat receptors in
taste.
[0500] When a ligand binds to a GPCR, the receptor presumably
undergoes a conformational change leading to activation of the G
Protein. G Proteins are comprised of three subunits: a guanyl
nucleotide binding .alpha. subunit, a .beta. subunit, and a .gamma.
subunit. G Proteins cycle between two forms, depending on whether
GDP or GTP is bound to the .alpha. subunit. When GDP is bound, the
G Protein exists as a heterotrimer: the G.alpha..beta..gamma.
complex. When GTP is bound, the .alpha. subunit dissociates from
the heterotrimer, leaving a G.beta..gamma. complex. When a
G.alpha..beta..gamma. complex operatively associates with an
activated G Protein-Coupled Receptor in a cell membrane, the rate
of exchange of GTP for bound GDP is increased and the rate of
dissociation of the bound G.alpha. subunit from the
G.alpha..beta..gamma. complex increases. The free G.alpha. subunit
and G.gamma..gamma. complex are thus capable of transmitting a
signal to downstream elements of a variety of signal transduction
pathways. These events form the basis for a multiplicity of
different cell signaling phenomena, including for example the
signaling phenomena that are identified as neurological sensory
perceptions such as taste and/or smell. (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
5,691,188.) GP120, a GPCR corresponding to an fatty acid receptor,
has also been identified in the taste buds of mice and,
furthermore, omega-3 fatty acids have been shown to mediate
anti-inflammatory effects and reverse insulin resistance in obese
mice via their actions on GP120 present in macrophages (Oh et al.,
2010, Cell 142(5): 687-698; Satiel, Cell 142(5): 672-674; also see
Matsumura et al., 2009, Neurosci Lett 450: 186-190).
Hormones
[0501] The embodiments described herein include compositions and
methods for modulating the concentrations of circulating
enteroendocrine cell hormones, including, but not limited to,
GLP-1, GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin, PYY, CCK, glycentin, insulin,
glucagon, C-peptide, ghrelin, amylin, uroguanylin, etc., such
compositions and methods comprising administering at least one
chemosensory receptor ligand to a subject to treat a condition
associated with a chemosensory receptor. Hormone modulation can be
achieved by administering a composition comprising a chemosensory
receptor ligand, including an agonist, antagonist, modifier,
enhancer or combination thereof acting on a sweet-taste receptor,
an umami receptor, a bitter receptor, a fatty acid receptor, and/or
a bile acid receptor.
[0502] In particular embodiments, a combination of one or more
agonists of the sweet, umami, bitter, free fatty acid, and bile
acid receptors will simulate the synchronous release of important
hormones and neural signals from the enteroendocrine cells and thus
facilitate the assimilation and disposition of meal nutrients. In
additional embodiments, a combination of one or more agonists of
the sweet, umami, bitter, free fatty acid, and bile acid receptors
suppresses ghrelin synthesis, activity or action, or its
post-translational modification (Ghrelin Octonoyl Acyl Transferase
activity or GOAT) and/or ghrelin secretion or release from oxyntic
cells in the stomach. It is important to note that some of these
hormones may not exhibit major effects when administered alone but
may perform additively and/or synergistically when released
together. For example, PYY 3-36 as a single therapy has
disappointed in the clinic (Nastech Press Release). Therefore, in
embodiments the invention provides coordinate and synchronous
release of gut hormones in concert while not ascribing a specific
activity to merely a single hormone. Enteroendocrine cell (e.g., L
cells, K cells and I cells) stimulation by nutrients reportedly
alters release of one or more of the following known hormones:
GLP-1, GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin, PYY, CCK, insulin, glucagon,
C-peptide, glycentin, ghrelin, amylin and uroguanylin. Nutrients
may also alter release of yet-to-be-characterized hormones released
from enteroendocrine cells. This modulation in hormone release can
result in beneficial therapeutic effects, for example, better
glucose control in the treatment of diabetes and related disorders
(prediabetes, polycystic ovary disease), inflammatory bowel
disorders, bowel damage and osteoporosis (e.g., through the release
of GLP-2), lowering of circulating lipids in the treatment of
hyperlipidemia, fatty liver disease, and reduced food intake and
the regulation of energy homeostasis in the treatment of obesity
(weight loss). Administering a combination of one or more agonists
of the sweet, umami, bitter, free fatty acid, and bile acid
receptors components along with a DPP-IV inhibitor can increase the
therapeutic effect, since GLP-1, PYY, GLP-2 and GIP are rapidly
eliminated by DPP-IV.
[0503] In vivo results consistent with the use of sweet, umami,
free fatty acid, and bile acid receptors to increase GLP-1
concentrations include:
[0504] The release of GLP-1 was reported during intraduodenal
glucose delivery in humans. (See, e.g., Kuo, et al., 2008,
"Transient, early release of glucagon-like peptide-1 during low
rates of intraduodenal glucose delivery," Regul Pept 146, 1-3.)
[0505] An increase in post-prandial GLP-1 levels was observed after
administration of the alpha-glucosidase inhibitor miglitol in
humans. (See, e.g., Lee, et al., 2002, "The effects of miglitol on
glucagon-like peptide-1 secretion and appetite sensations in obese
type 2 diabetics," Diabetes Obes Metab 4, 329-335.)
[0506] In rats, the increase in GLP-1 after administration of
miglitol was synergistic with administration of a DPP-IV inhibitor
(Goto et al., 2008, Poster P-470 ADA).
[0507] Inulin-type fructans (non-digestible fructose polymers)
reportedly stimulated GLP-1 secretion. (See, e.g., Delzenne, et
al., 2007, "Modulation of glucagon-like peptide 1 and energy
metabolism by inulin and oligofructose: experimental data," J Nutr
137, 2547S-2551S and Niness, et al., 1999, "Inulin and
oligofructose: what are they?" J Nutr 129, 1402S-1406S.)
[0508] Administration of glutamate, an umami agonist, to rats
resulted in decreased weight gain and reduced abdominal fat. (See,
e.g., Kondoh, et al., 2008, "MSG intake suppresses weight gain, fat
deposition, and plasma leptin levels in male Sprague-Dawley rats,"
Physiol Behav 95, 135-144.)
[0509] Oral administration of free fatty acids to mice resulted in
increased portal and systemic GLP-1 concentrations. (See, e.g.,
Hirasawa, et al., 2005, "Free fatty acids regulate gut incretin
glucagon-like peptide-1 secretion through GPR120," Nat Med 11,
90-94.)
[0510] G protein-coupled bile acid receptor 1 deficient mice showed
significantly higher fat accumulation and weight gain relative to
control mice. (See, e.g., Maruyama, et al., 2006, cited above.)
[0511] In vivo studies with rat jejunum perfused with sucralose and
glutamate showed that sweet and umami receptors regulate glucose,
peptide and glutamate absorption. (See, e.g., Mace, et al., 2008,
"An energy supply network of nutrient absorption coordinated by
calcium and T1R taste receptors in rat small intestine," J.
Physiol.)
[0512] Bile acids provided to humans via rectal administration
caused release of PYY. (See, e.g., Adrian, et al., 1993,
"Deoxycholate is an important releaser of peptide YY and
enteroglucagon from the human colon," Gut 34(9):1219-24.)
[0513] While there are reports of metabolized ligands to the
various chemosensory receptors having effects to release gut
hormones, it has been reported that nonmetabolized chemosensory
receptor ligands may not effect gut hormone release. Frank Reimann.
Molecular mechanisms underlying nutrient detection by
incretin-secreting cells." Int Dairy J. 2010 April; 20(4): 236-242.
doi: 10.1016/j.idairyj.2009.11.014.
[0514] For example, instillation of sucralose (a nonmetabolized
sweetener) into the duodenum of humans reportedly had no effect on
gut hormone release while instillation of metabolized sugars did.
Ma J, et al., "Effect of the artificial sweetener, sucralose, on
gastric emptying and incretin hormone release in healthy subjects,"
CK Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol. 2009 April;
296(4):G735-9. Epub 2009 Feb. 12. Other studies in rats reportedly
showed no effect of the nonmetabolized sweeteners, sucralose and
stevia, to cause gut hormone release, while dextrose did have an
effect. Fujita Y, et al., "Incretin Release from Gut is Acutely
Enhanced by Sugar but Not by Sweeteners In Vivo," Am J Physiol
Endocrinol Metab. 2008 Dec. 23. [Epub ahead of print]; Reimann F.,
et al., "Glucose sensing in L-cells: a primary cell study," Cell
Metabolism. 2008; 8:532-539. Other reports in humans reported no
alterations of gut hormones in the circulation after administration
of stevia or rebaudioside A, both of which are nonmetabolized
sweeteners. Gregersen, S., et al., "Antihyperglycemic Effects of
Stevioside in type 2 diabetic subjects," 73 Metabolism, Vol 53, No
1 (January), 2004: pp 73-76.
[0515] Additionally, reports in humans or animals have suggested
that non-nutritive sweeteners may not cause weight loss, and may
even result in weight gain. See e.g., Maki, K. C., et al., "Chronic
consumption of rebaudioside A, a steviol glycoside, in men and
women," Food Chem. Toxicol. 2008 July; 46 Suppl 7:S47-53. Epub 2008
May 16; Yang, Q. "Gain weight by `going diet?" Artificial
sweeteners and the neurobiology of sugar cravings," Neuroscience
2010. Yale J Biol Med. 2010 June; 83(2):101-8; Ludwig, DS,
"Artificially sweetened beverages: cause for concern," JAMA. 2009
Dec. 9; 302(22):2477-8); Richard Mattes. Effects of Aspartame and
Sucrose on Hunger and Energy Intake in Humans. Physiology &
Behavior, Vol. 47, pp. 1037-1044. Effects of Aspartame and Sucrose
on Hunger and Energy Intake in Humans.
Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
[0516] Chemosensory receptor ligands include metabolized
chemosensory receptor ligands that can be metabolized as an energy
source, e.g. food or metabolites, as well as nonmetabolized
chemosensory receptor ligands that are not metabolized as an energy
source, e.g. tastants. The term nonmetabolized chemosensory
receptor ligands, as used herein, includes chemosensory receptor
ligands that are metabolized to a small degree but are not
metabolized substantially. That is, nonmetabolized chemosensory
receptor ligand includes ligands that have insignificant caloric
value. Chemosensory receptor ligands include agonists, antagonists,
modifiers, and enhancers as well as other compounds that modulate
chemosensory receptors. Many chemosensory receptor ligands are
known in the art and have been reported in the literature.
[0517] Non-limiting examples of umami receptor ligands include
glutamate salts, glutamines, acetyl glycines, and aspartame. An
exemplary umami receptor ligand is glutamic acid monophosphate.
Umami receptor ligands are not limited to ligands with intrinsic
umami quality but also include ligands reported to be enhancers
which enhance the signal from an umami ligand without having any
discernable taste properties in their own right. Such ligands are
IMP (inosine monophosphate), GMP (guanosine monophosphate) and the
like. Many more umami receptor ligands other than those listed
herein and in the cited manuscripts, are known to those of skill in
the art, and still more can be identified using methods known in
the art and described herein.
[0518] In some embodiments, an umami receptor ligand is selected
from tastant or flavor compounds described herein or known in the
art.
[0519] Non-limiting examples of fat receptor ligands include
linoleic acids, oleic acids, palmitates, oleoylethanolamides,
omega-3 fatty acids, mixed fatty acid emulsion, and
N-acylphosphatidylethanolamine (NAPE), myristoleic acid,
palmitoleic acid, alpha-linolinic acid, arachidonic acid,
eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid, and docosahexaenoic acid. Many
more fat receptor ligands other than those listed herein and in the
cited manuscripts, are known to those of skill in the art, and
still more can be identified using methods known in the art and
described herein.
[0520] Bile acids include cholic acids, deoxycholic acids,
taurocholic acids and chenodeoxycholic acids. Many more bile acid
receptor ligands other than those listed herein and in the cited
manuscripts, are known to those of skill in the art, and still more
can be identified using methods known in the art and described
herein.
[0521] Non-limiting bitter receptor ligands include flavanones,
flavones, flavonols, flavans, phenolic flavonoids, isoflavones,
limonoid aglycones, glucosinolates or hydrolysis product thereof,
caffeine, quinine, extracts of Momordica charantia (bitter melon),
and isothiocyanates. Certain bitter tastants are described, e.g.,
in Drewnowski and Gomez-Carneros, American Journal of Nutrition, 72
(6): 1424 (2000). Many more bitter receptor ligands other than
those listed herein and in the cited manuscripts, are known to
those of skill in the art, and still more can be identified using
methods known in the art and described herein. Exemplary bitter
phytonutrients in common plant foods that can be bitter receptor
ligands are listed in the following table.
TABLE-US-00001 Phytonutrient class Typical component Taste quality
Food source Phenolic compounds Flavanones Naringin Bitter
Grapefruit, flavedo Grapefruit, albedo Grapefruit, pith Grapefruit,
seeds Immature grapefruit Grapefruit juice Oroblanco juice Melogold
juice Flavones Tangeretin Bitter Orange fruit Orange juice Juice
from concentrate Nobiletin Bitter Orange fruit Orange juice Juice
from concentrate Sinensetin Bitter Orange fruit Orange juice
(fresh) Juice from concentrate (frozen) Juice from concentrate Pure
juice Flavonols Quercetin Bitter Grapefruit juice Lemon juice
Endive Fresh hops Wine Black tea infusion Oolong tea infusion Green
tea infusion Flavans Catechin Bitter Red wine Green tea infusion
Oolong tea infusion Black tea infusion Epicatechin Bitter Red wine
Low-fat cocoa powder Instant cocoa powder Green tea infusion Oolong
tea infusion Black tea infusion Epicatechin gallate Bitter and
astringent Green tea infusion Oolong tea infusion Black tea
infusion Epigallocatechin Bitter with sweet Green tea infusion
aftertaste Oolong tea infusion Black tea infusion Epigallocatechin
Bitter with sweet Green tea infusion gallate aftertaste Oolong tea
infusion Black tea infusion Phenolic flavonoids Catechin mono- and
Bitter Red wine polymers MW < 500 Rose wine Catechin polymers
Astringent Red wine MW > 500 (tannins) Apple cider Polyphenols
Astringent and bitter Low-fat cocoa power Instant cocoa powder
Isoflavones Genistein and daidzein Bitter or astringent Soybeans
Toasted, defatted soy flakes Textured soy protein Breakfast patties
Tofu Genistin Astringent Soy seeds Daidzin Triterpenes Limonoid
aglycones Limonin Bitter Lemon juice Orange juice Grapefruit juice
Tangerine juice Grapefruit, flavedo Grapefruit, albedo Grapefruit,
pith Grapefruit, seeds Nomilin Bitter Grapefruit juice Oroblanco
juice Melogold juice Limonin glucoside Tasteless Grapefruit juice
Lemon juice Organosulfur compounds Glucosinolates Sinigrin Bitter
Cabbage Brussels sprouts Cauliflower Turnip or swede Calabrese
Broccoli Collards Kale Mustard greens Progoitrin Bitter Brussels
sprouts Cabbage Cauliflower Turnip or swede Calabrese
Glucobrassicin Bitter Brussels sprouts Hydrolysis product of
Goitrin 5-vinyl-2- Bitter Aqueous extract of glucosinolates
oxazolidine thione Brussels sprouts Cabbage, pith Cabbage, cambial
cortex Cabbage, leaf Isothiocyanates Allyl-isothiocyanate Acrid
mustard oils; Cabbage, pith pungent or Cabbage, cambial cortex
lachrymatory Cabbage, leaf 3-Methyl- Acrid mustard oils Cabbage,
pith sulfinylpropyl Cabbage, cambial cortex isothiocyanate Cabbage,
leaf Benzyl isothiocyanate Acrid mustard oils; Cabbage, cambial
cortex garlic-like Cabbage, leaf 4-Methylsulfinyl butyl Acrid
mustard oils Cabbage, pith isothiocyanate Cabbage, cambial cortex
Phenylethyl Acrid, irritant, or Cabbage, pith isothiocyanate
lachrymatory Cabbage, cambial cortex Cabbage, leaf
[0522] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from tastant or flavor compounds described herein or known in the
art.
[0523] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from compounds described in U.S. application Ser. No. 12/593,479
(published as U.S. 2010/0130498); U.S. application Ser. No.
12/593,398 (published as U.S. 2010/0184796); U.S. Pat. No.
7,829,299; U.S. application Ser. No. 11/578,013 (published as U.S.
2010/0056621); U.S. Pat. No. 7,416,867; U.S. Application Ser. No.
11/455,693 (published as U.S. 2007/0037212); U.S. Application Ser.
No. 13/059,730 (published as U.S. 2011/0143376), U.S. application
Ser. No. 12/996,670 (published as U.S. 2011/0311991), U.S. Pat. No.
7,811,788; U.S. application Ser. No. 11/182,942 (published as U.S.
2006/0019346); U.S. application Ser. No. 12/993,542 (published as
U.S. 2011/0086138), U.S. application Ser. No. 12/373,235 (published
as U.S. 2010/0055209); International Application Ser. No.
PCT/IL2007/000454 (published as WO 2007/116404); U.S. application
Ser. No. 10/472,056 (published as U.S. 2004/0138189); U.S. Pat. No.
5,891,919; U.S. Pat. No. 6,376,657; U.S. application Ser. No.
11/554,982 (published as U.S. 2007/0104805); U.S. application Ser.
No. 11/926,745 (published as U.S. 2008/0108604); International
Application Ser. No. PCT/CA2009/001688 (published as WO
2010/060198); U.S. application Ser. No. 12/735,557 (published as
U.S. 2010/0330205); International Application Ser. No.
PCT/CA2007/001066 (published as WO 2008/000063); U.S. application
Ser. No. 11/438,204 (published as U.S. 2006/0269617); U.S.
application Ser. No. 10/563,713 (published as U.S. 2006/0172020);
U.S. application Ser. No. 10/902,352 (published as U.S.
2006/0024335); U.S. application Ser. No. 10/538,038 (published as
U.S. 2006/0275765), U.S. application Ser. No. 11/555,617 (published
as U.S. 2008/0187936); U.S. application Ser. No. 12/739,264
(published as U.S. 2010/0316736); U.S. application Ser. No.
12/215,609 (published as U.S. 2009/0042813); U.S. application Ser.
No. 11/893,088 (published as U.S. 2008/0050499); U.S. Pat. No.
7,807,204; U.S. application Ser. No. 11/811,166 (published as U.S.
2008/0003268); U.S. Pat. No. 6,376,657; International Application
Ser. No. PCT/US2011/041183 (published as WO 2011/163183);
International Application Ser. No. PCT/EP2011/059814 (published as
WO 2011/157692); U.S. application Ser. No. 12/790,292 (published as
U.S. 2011/0293753); International Application Ser. No.
PCT/JP2009/071700 (published as WO 2010/076879); U.S. Application
Ser. No. 13/032,530 (published as U.S. 2011/0217394); International
Application Ser. No. PCT/EP2011/000110 (published as WO
2011/085979); International Application Ser. No. PCT/US2010/058467
(published as WO 2011/068814); U.S. Application Ser. No. 13/060,996
(published as U.S. 2011/0152361); U.S. application Ser. No.
12/09,253 (published as U.S. 2011/0124609); U.S. application Ser.
No. 12/687,962 (published as U.S. 2011/0119499); and International
Application Ser. No. PCT/EP2010/004623 (published as WO
2011/012298); each of which are incorporated by reference in their
entirety.
[0524] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from absinthine, artemorine, amorogentine, arglabine, azathioprine,
azepinone, benzoin, brucine, camphor, cascarillin, chlorhexidine,
N,N'-diethylthiourea, herbolide A, isohumulone, noscapine,
papaverine, parthenolide, picrotoxinin, arborescine, or
(-)-.alpha.-thujone, including but not limited to suitable
derivatives. The structural formulae of these compounds are shown
below,
##STR00099## ##STR00100##
[0525] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compounds structurally related to absinthine, arglabine,
arborescine, artemorine, noscapine, or parthenolide having the
structural Formula I:
##STR00101##
wherein
X is 0 or S;
[0526] Y is selected from: [0527] O-, S-, NH- and N-alkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl); R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are joined together to form:
[0528] a cycloalkyl ring (which may either be substituted or
unsubstituted), [0529] a heterocycloalkyl ring (which may either be
substituted or unsubstituted), where the heterocycle contains one
or more hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0530] an alicyclic
system (which may either be substituted or unsubstituted), [0531]
an aryl ring (which may either be substituted or unsubstituted), or
[0532] a heteroaryl ring (which may either be substituted or
unsubstituted) where the heterocycle contains one or more hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N; R.sub.3 is selected from: [0533]
H, [0534] OH, [0535] O-alkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain alkyl), [0536]
O-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl), [0537] O-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl), [0538] O-acyl (including but not
limited to esters, thioesters), [0539] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0540] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0541]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
(including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with
oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl),
[0542] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0543] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0544] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0545] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N and in the case of the presence of NH in the
heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom may be in the form of an
amide, carbamate or urea, [0546] aryl (including but not limited to
phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0547]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0548] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), [0549] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited to
pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either
unsubstituted or substituted); and [0550] wherein the bond adjacent
to R.sub.3 is a single or a double bond.
[0551] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from andrographolide, antazoline, amorogentine, artemorine,
berberine chloride, brucine, camphor, and cascarillin, including
but not limited to suitable derivatives. The structural formulae of
these compounds are shown below,
##STR00102## ##STR00103##
[0552] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula II:
##STR00104##
wherein
X is O or S;
[0553] Y is selected from: [0554] O-, S-, NH- and N-alkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl); Z is CR.sub.4R.sub.5 in each instance wherein the
bond adjacent to (Z).sub.n is a single or a double bond; R.sub.1 is
selected from: [0555] H, [0556] OH, [0557] O-alkyl (including but
not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl), [0558] O-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0559] O-alkylcycloalkyl (including
but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl), [0560] O-acyl
(including but not limited to esters, thioesters), [0561]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl (including
but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with oxygen,
silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH,
Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0562] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0563] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0564] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0565] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0566] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N and in the case of the presence of NH in the
heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom may be in the form of an
amide, carbamate or urea; R.sub.2 is selected from: [0567]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl (including
but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with oxygen,
silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH,
Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0568] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0569] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0570]
C.sub.3-C.sub.8 cycloalkyl, [0571] an alicyclic system, [0572]
C.sub.2-C.sub.7 heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains
one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0573]
C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0574] C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in the case of the
presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom may be
in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea, [0575] aryl (including
but not limited to phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl,
substituted naphthyl), [0576] alkylaryl (including but not limited
to alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl,
alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0577] heteroaryl (including but not
limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl,
isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which
may either unsubstituted or substituted), [0578] alkylheteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all
of which may either unsubstituted or substituted); R.sub.3 is in
each instance independently selected from: [0579] halogen,
NO.sub.2, CN, OR.sub.6, NR.sub.6R.sub.7, COOR.sub.6,
CONR.sub.6R.sub.7, NR.sub.4COR.sub.5, NR.sub.4CONR.sub.6R.sub.7,
NR.sub.5SO.sub.2A, COR.sub.E, SO.sub.2NR.sub.6R.sub.7, OOCR.sub.4,
CR.sub.4R.sub.5OH, R.sub.4OH and A; R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.6 and
R.sub.7 are each independently selected from: [0580] H, [0581]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl (including
but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with oxygen,
silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH,
Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0582] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0583] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0584]
C.sub.3-C.sub.8 cycloalkyl, [0585] an alicyclic system, [0586]
C.sub.2-C.sub.7 heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains
one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0587]
C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0588] C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in the case of the
presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom may be
in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea, [0589] aryl (including
but not limited to phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl,
substituted naphthyl), [0590] alkylaryl (including but not limited
to alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl,
alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0591] heteroaryl (including but not
limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl,
isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which
may either unsubstituted or substituted), [0592] alkylheteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all
of which may either unsubstituted or substituted); or wherein, in
some embodiments R.sub.6 and R.sub.7 are joined together to form a
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl or a substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl system; A is selected from: [0593]
O-alkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl), [0594] O-cycloalkyl (including but
not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0595]
O-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl), [0596] O-acyl (including but not limited to
esters, thioesters), [0597] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0598] C.sub.3-C.sub.8 cycloalkyl, [0599] an alicyclic
system, [0600] C.sub.2-C.sub.7 heterocycloalkyl, where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N, [0601] C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0602]
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom may be in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
[0603] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl, substituted
phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0604] alkylaryl
(including but not limited to alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl,
alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0605] heteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl,
triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or substituted),
and [0606] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl,
furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted); m is an integer from 0 to 4; and n is an integer from
1 to 5.
[0607] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00105##
[0608] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from 1,8-naphthaldehyde acid, 1-naphthoic acid, 1-nitronaphthalene,
picrotin, picrotoxinin, piperonylic acid, sodium benzoate,
(-)-.alpha.-thujone, parthenolide, herbolide A, herbolide D
acetate, hydroxyl-8.alpha.-parthenolide, pseudo-artabsine,
including but not limited to suitable derivatives. The structural
formulae of these compounds are shown below,
##STR00106##
[0609] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula III:
##STR00107##
wherein R.sub.1 is selected from: [0610] H, [0611] C.sub.1-C.sub.8
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, [0612] C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl, [0613] C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl, and [0614] M
wherein M is a cation (including but not limited to Li.sup.+,
Na.sup.+, K.sup.+, NH.sub.4.sup.+, Ba.sup.2+, Ca.sup.2+, Mg.sup.2+
and Ala.sup.+); R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are independently
selected from: [0615] H, [0616] OH, [0617] O-alkyl (including but
not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl), [0618] O-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0619] O-alkylcycloalkyl (including
but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl), [0620] O-acyl
(including but not limited to esters, thioesters), [0621]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl (including
but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with oxygen,
silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH,
Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0622] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0623] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0624]
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0625] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0626] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0627] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N and in the case of the presence of NH in the
heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom may be in the form of an
amide, carbamate or urea, [0628] aryl (including but not limited to
phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0629]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0630] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), and [0631] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited
to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either
unsubstituted or substituted); or R.sub.2 and R.sub.3, and/or
R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 can be joined together in some embodiments to
form: [0632] a 3-10 membered cyclic ring (which may either be
substituted or unsubstituted), [0633] a 5-6 membered aryl ring
(which may either be substituted or unsubstituted), [0634] a 3-10
membered heterocyclic ring (which may either be substituted or
unsubstituted) where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, or [0635] a 5-6 membered
heteroaryl ring (which may or may not be substituted) where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N.
[0636] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula VI:
##STR00108##
wherein R is selected from: [0637] acyl (including but not limited
to esters, thioesters), [0638] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0639] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0640] an
alicyclic system, [0641] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0642] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0643] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0644] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0645] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N and in the case of the presence of NH in the
heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom may be in the form of an
amide, carbamate or urea, [0646] aryl (including but not limited to
phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0647]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0648] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), and [0649] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited
to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either
unsubstituted or substituted).
[0650] In some instances, a compound of Formula IV is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00109## ##STR00110##
[0651] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula V:
##STR00111##
wherein R.sub.1 is selected from: [0652] H, [0653] OH, [0654]
O-alkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl), [0655] O-cycloalkyl (including but
not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0656]
O-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl), [0657] O-acyl (including but not limited to
esters, thioesters), [0658] SH, [0659] S-alkyl (including but not
limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain alkyl),
[0660] S-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl), [0661] S-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl), [0662] S-acyl (including but not
limited to esters, thioesters), [0663] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0664] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0665]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
(including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with
oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0666] C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl, [0667] C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N, [0668] C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0669]
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom may be in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
[0670] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl, substituted
phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0671] alkylaryl
(including but not limited to alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl,
alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0672] heteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl,
triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or substituted),
and [0673] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl,
furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted).
[0674] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula VI:
##STR00112##
wherein R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are each independently
selected from: [0675] H, [0676] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0677] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0678]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
(including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with
oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0679] C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl, [0680] C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N, [0681] C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0682]
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom may be in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
[0683] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl, substituted
phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0684] alkylaryl
(including but not limited to alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl,
alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0685] heteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl,
triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or substituted),
and [0686] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl,
furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted).
[0687] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula VII:
##STR00113##
wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are independently selected from: [0688]
H, [0689] CO-alkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8
straight chain or branched chain alkyl), [0690] CO-cycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0691]
CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl), [0692] CO-aryl (including but not limited to
alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl
substituted naphthyl), [0693] CO-alkylaryl (including but not
limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl,
alkyl substituted naphthyl), and [0694] CO-alkenylaryl (including
but not limited to alkenyl phenyl, alkenyl substituted phenyl,
alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted naphthyl, cinnamoyl,
coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl).
[0695] In some instances, a compound of Formula VII is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00114## ##STR00115## ##STR00116##
[0696] In some instances, a bitter receptor ligand is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00117##
[0697] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula VIII:
##STR00118##
wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are residues independently selected
from: [0698] H, [0699] beta-Glc, [0700] beta-Glc-beta-Glc(2->1),
[0701] beta-Glc[beta-Glc(3->1)]-beta-Glc(2->1), [0702]
beta-Glc-alpha-Rha(2->1), [0703]
beta-Glc[beta-Glc(3->1)]-alpha-Rha(2->1), and [0704]
beta-Glc[beta-Glc(3->1)]-alpha-Xyl(2->1); and [0705] wherein
Glc is glucose, Rha is rhamnose and Xyl is xylose.
[0706] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XI:
##STR00119##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are each
independently selected from [0707] H, [0708] OH, [0709] O-alkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl), [0710] O-cycloalkyl (including but not
limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0711] O-alkylcycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl),
[0712] O-acyl (including but not limited to esters, thioesters),
[0713] acyl (including but not limited to carboxylic acids,
aldehydes, ketones, esters, thioesters), [0714] C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkyl (including but not limited
to hetero substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur
and substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0715] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0716]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
(including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with
oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl),
[0717] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0718] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0719] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N and in the case of the presence of NH in the
heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom may be in the form of an
amide, carbamate or urea, [0720] aryl (including but not limited to
phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0721]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0722] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), and [0723] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited
to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either
unsubstituted or substituted); or R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 or R.sub.3
and R.sub.4 are joined together in some embodiments to form: [0724]
a 3-10 membered cyclic ring (which may either be substituted or
unsubstituted), [0725] a 5-6 membered aryl ring (which may either
be substituted or unsubstituted), [0726] a 3-10 membered
heterocyclic ring (which may either be substituted or
unsubstituted) where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, or [0727] a 5-6 membered
heteroaryl ring (which may or may not be substituted) where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N.
[0728] In some instances, a compound of Formula IX is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00120## ##STR00121##
[0729] In some instances, a bitter receptor ligand is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00122##
[0730] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula X:
##STR00123##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are each independently
selected from: [0731] H, [0732] C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl,
[0733] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, and [0734] C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl.
[0735] In some instances, a compound of Formula X is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00124##
[0736] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XI:
##STR00125##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, and R.sub.5 are
independently selected from: [0737] H, [0738] OH, [0739] O-alkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl), [0740] O-cycloalkyl (including but not
limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0741] O-alkylcycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl),
[0742] O-acyl (including but not limited to esters, thioesters),
[0743] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
(including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with
oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0744] C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl (including but not limited
to hetero substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur
and substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0745] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0746]
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0747] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0748] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0749] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N and in the case of the presence of NH in the
heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen atom may be in the form of an
amide, carbamate or urea, [0750] aryl (including but not limited to
phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0751]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0752] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), and
[0753] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl,
furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted); and
X is selected from: [0754] O, [0755] S, [0756] NH, and [0757] NR,
where R is C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
(including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with
oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl).
[0758] In some instances, a compound of Formula XI is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00126## ##STR00127## ##STR00128##
[0759] In some instances, a bitter receptor ligand is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00129##
[0760] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XII:
##STR00130##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.6, and
R.sub.7 are each independently selected from: [0761] H, [0762] OH,
[0763] O-alkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8
straight chain or branched chain alkyl), [0764] O-cycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0765]
O-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl), [0766] O-acyl (including but not limited to
esters, thioesters), [0767] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0768] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0769]
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl
(including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with
oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0770] C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl, [0771] C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N, [0772] C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0773]
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N and in
the case of the presence of NH in the heterocyclic ring, the
nitrogen atom may be in the form of an amide, carbamate or urea,
[0774] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl, substituted
phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0775] alkylaryl
(including but not limited to alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl,
alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0776] heteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl,
triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or substituted),
and [0777] alkylheteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl,
furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted); with the proviso that [0778] when one of R.sub.1 and
R.sub.2 is substituted the other of R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 must be
hydrogen, [0779] or R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 combine to represent a
carbonyl (C.dbd.O) group, a thiocarbonyl (C.dbd.S) group, an imino
(C.dbd.NH) group or a substituted imino C.dbd.NR) group; and
wherein the bond adjacent to R.sub.7 may be a either a single CC
bond or a double CC bond.
[0780] In some instances, a compound of Formula XII is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00131## ##STR00132## ##STR00133## ##STR00134##
[0781] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XIII:
##STR00135##
wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are independently selected from: [0782]
H, [0783] C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl,
[0784] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, and [0785] C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl; X and Y are independently is selected from: [0786]
O, and [0787] S; R.sub.3, R.sub.4 and R.sub.5 are independently
selected from: [0788] C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl,
[0789] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl,
and [0790] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl, substituted
phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl); R.sub.6 is selected from:
[0791] H, [0792] OH,
[0793] O-alkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.8
straight chain or branched chain alkyl), [0794] O-cycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), and
[0795] O-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl; R.sub.7 is selected from: [0796]
C.sub.7-C.sub.12 straight chain or branched chain alkyl, [0797]
C.sub.7-C.sub.12 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, and
[0798] C.sub.7-C.sub.12 straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl.
[0799] In some instances, a compound of Formula XIII is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00136##
[0800] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XIV:
##STR00137##
wherein R.sub.1 is selected from: [0801] H, [0802] one or more
6-deoxy carbohydrate residues, [0803] one or more 2,6-dideoxy
carbohydrate residues, [0804] one or more glucose residues, and
[0805] combinations of 6-deoxy carbohydrate residues, and/or
2,6-dideoxy carbohydrate residues, and/or glucose residues; R.sub.2
is selected from: [0806] H, [0807] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain
or branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, O-alkyl, SH, S-alkyl, NH.sub.2,
NH-alkyl), [0808] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0809]
C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains
one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0810]
C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0811] C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N [0812] aryl (including but
not limited to phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted
naphthyl), [0813] alkylaryl (including but not limited to
alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl,
alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0814] heteroaryl (including but not
limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl,
isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which
may either unsubstituted or substituted), [0815] alkyl heteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all
of which may either unsubstituted or substituted), [0816] tigloyl,
[0817] aroyl (including substituted and unsubstituted benzoyl), and
[0818] alkoyl (including any organic ester); and R.sub.3 is
selected from: [0819] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, O-alkyl, SH, S-alkyl, NH.sub.2, NH-alkyl), [0820]
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0821] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0822] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0823] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N), [0824] and wherein the dotted lines indicate the
optional presence of either a C4-C5 double bond or a C5-C6 double
bond (i.e., standard steroidal ring nomenclature).
[0825] In some instances, a compound of Formula XIV is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00138## ##STR00139##
[0826] In some instances, a bitter receptor ligand is a pinolenic
acid. In certain instances, the pinolenic acid has the following
structure:
##STR00140##
[0827] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XV:
##STR00141##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently selected
from: [0828] H, [0829] CO-alkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 straight chain or branched chain alkyl), [0830]
CO-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl), [0831] CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited
to C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl), [0832] CO-aryl (including but
not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl
naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl), [0833] CO-alkylaryl
(including but not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted
phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl), and [0834]
CO-alkenylaryl (including but not limited to alkenyl phenyl,
alkenyl substituted phenyl, alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted
naphthyl, cinnamoyl, coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl).
[0835] In some instances, a compound of Formula XV is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00142##
[0836] In other instances, a compound of Formula XV is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00143## ##STR00144## ##STR00145##
[0837] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a
##STR00146##
wherein X is selected from: [0838] O, [0839] S, [0840] NH, and
[0841] NR where R is C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl or CO-alkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl); and
R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from: [0842] H,
[0843] C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl
(including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with
oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0844] C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl, [0845] C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N, [0846] C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0847]
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0848]
aryl (including but not limited to phenyl, substituted phenyl,
naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0849] alkylaryl (including but
not limited to alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl,
alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0850] heteroaryl (including but not
limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl,
isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which
may either unsubstituted or substituted), [0851] alkyl heteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all
of which may either unsubstituted or substituted), [0852] CO-alkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.22 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl), [0853] CO-alkenyl (including but not limited
to C.sub.1-C.sub.22 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl
containing between 1 and 5 double bonds), [0854] CO-cycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0855]
CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl), [0856] CO-aryl (including but not limited to
alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl
substituted naphthyl), [0857] CO-alkylaryl (including but not
limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl,
alkyl substituted naphthyl), and [0858] CO-alkenylaryl (including
but not limited to alkenyl phenyl, alkenyl substituted phenyl,
alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted naphthyl, cinnamoyl,
coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl); and wherein the bond adjacent to
the heterocyclic ring may be a single or a double bond.
[0859] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XVII:
##STR00147##
wherein X is selected from: [0860] O, [0861] S, [0862] NH, and
[0863] NR where R is C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched
chain alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl or CO-alkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1
to C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl); Y is selected
from: [0864] CHO, [0865] COOH, and [0866] COOZ where Z is
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl or
CO-alkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1 to C.sub.10 straight
chain or branched chain alkyl); and R.sub.2 is selected from:
[0867] H, [0868] C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains
with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl),
[0869] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0870] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0871] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0872] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N, [0873] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0874]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0875] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), [0876] alkyl heteroaryl (including but not limited to
pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either
unsubstituted or substituted), [0877] CO-alkyl (including but not
limited to C.sub.1 to C.sub.22 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl), [0878] CO-alkenyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1 to
C.sub.22 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl containing
between 1 and 5 double bonds), [0879] CO-cycloalkyl (including but
not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0880]
CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl), [0881] CO-aryl (including but not limited to
alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl
substituted naphthyl), [0882] CO-alkylaryl (including but not
limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl,
alkyl substituted naphthyl), and [0883] CO-alkenylaryl (including
but not limited to alkenyl phenyl, alkenyl substituted phenyl,
alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted naphthyl, cinnamoyl,
coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl); and [0884] wherein the bond
adjacent to the heterocyclic ring may be a single or a double
bond.
[0885] In some instances, a compound of Formula XVI or XVII is
selected from the following structures:
##STR00148## ##STR00149## ##STR00150##
[0886] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XVIII:
##STR00151##
wherein X is selected from any suitable organic or inorganic
species capable of being an anion, including but not limited to:
[0887] F, [0888] Cl, [0889] Br, [0890] Acetate, and [0891]
Sulphate; or X is an internal zwitterion when R.sub.1 is H; R.sub.1
is selected from: [0892] H, [0893] C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain
or branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0894] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0895] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0896] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0897] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N, [0898] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0899]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0900] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), and [0901] alkyl heteroaryl (including but not
limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl,
isoxazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either
unsubstituted or substituted); and R.sub.2 is selected from: [0902]
C.sub.1-C.sub.20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl (including
but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains with oxygen,
silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH,
Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0903] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl,
[0904] C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0905]
C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, and [0906] C.sub.3-C.sub.9
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N.
[0907] In some instances, a compound of Formula XVIII is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00152##
[0908] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XIX:
##STR00153##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are each independently
selected from: [0909] H, [0910] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0911] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0912] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0913] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0914] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N, [0915] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0916]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0917] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), [0918] alkyl heteroaryl (including but not limited to
pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either
unsubstituted or substituted), [0919] CO-alkyl (including but not
limited to C.sub.1 to C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl), [0920] CO-alkenyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1 to
C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl), [0921]
CO-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.3 to C.sub.7
cycloalkyl), [0922] CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited
to C.sub.4 to C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl), [0923] CO-aryl (including
but not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl
naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl), [0924] CO-alkylaryl
(including but not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted
phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl), [0925]
CO-alkenylaryl (including but not limited to alkenyl phenyl,
alkenyl substituted phenyl, alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted
naphthyl, cinnamoyl, coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl); and R.sub.4,
R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are each independently selected from: [0926] H,
[0927] OH, [0928] O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0929]
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0930] O--(C.sub.2-C.sub.6)
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0931] O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.10)
alkylcycloalkyl, [0932] O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.9) alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N, [0933] O--CO-alkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl), [0934]
O--CO-alkenyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl), [0935] O--CO-cycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0936]
O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl), [0937] O--CO-aryl (including but not limited to
alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl
substituted naphthyl), [0938] O--CO-alkylaryl (including but not
limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl,
alkyl substituted naphthyl), and [0939] O--CO-alkenylaryl
(including but not limited to alkenyl phenyl, alkenyl substituted
phenyl, alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted naphthyl, cinnamoyl,
coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl).
[0940] In some instances, a compound of Formula XIX is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00154## ##STR00155## ##STR00156##
[0941] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XX:
##STR00157##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are each independently
selected from: [0942] H, [0943] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0944] C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl, [0945] C.sub.2-C.sub.6
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0946] C.sub.4-C.sub.10
alkylcycloalkyl, [0947] C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N, [0948] aryl (including but not limited to phenyl,
substituted phenyl, naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0949]
alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkylphenyl,
alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl, alkylsubstituted naphthyl),
[0950] heteroaryl (including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl,
thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl,
pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either unsubstituted or
substituted), [0951] alkyl heteroaryl (including but not limited to
pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which may either
unsubstituted or substituted), [0952] CO-alkyl (including but not
limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl), [0953] CO-alkenyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl), [0954]
CO-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl), [0955] CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited
to C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl), [0956] CO-aryl (including but
not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl
naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl), [0957] CO-alkylaryl
(including but not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted
phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl), and [0958]
CO-alkenylaryl (including but not limited to alkenyl phenyl,
alkenyl substituted phenyl, alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted
naphthyl, cinnamoyl, coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl); and R.sub.4,
R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are each independently selected from: [0959] H,
[0960] OH, [0961] O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10) straight chain or branched
chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl
chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains
with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0962]
O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0963] O--(C.sub.2-C.sub.6)
heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero
atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0964] O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.10)
alkylcycloalkyl, [0965] O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.9) alkylheterocycloalkyl,
where the heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected
from O, S, and N, [0966] O--CO-alkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl), [0967]
O--CO-alkenyl (including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.10
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl), [0968] O--CO-cycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [0969]
O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8
alkylcycloalkyl), [0970] O--CO-aryl (including but not limited to
alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl
substituted naphthyl), [0971] O--CO-alkylaryl (including but not
limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl,
alkyl substituted naphthyl), and [0972] O--CO-alkenylaryl
(including but not limited to alkenyl phenyl, alkenyl substituted
phenyl, alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted naphthyl, cinnamoyl,
coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl).
[0973] In some instances, a compound of Formula XX is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00158## ##STR00159## ##STR00160##
[0974] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XXI:
##STR00161##
wherein R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from:
[0975] H, [0976] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkyl (including but not limited to hetero substituted alkyl chains
with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and substituted alkyl chains with OH,
Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2, NHalkyl), [0977] C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl, [0978] C.sub.2-C.sub.6 heterocycloalkyl, where the
heterocycle contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S,
and N, [0979] C.sub.4-C.sub.10 alkylcycloalkyl, [0980]
C.sub.3-C.sub.9 alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0981]
aryl (including but not limited to phenyl, substituted phenyl,
naphthyl, substituted naphthyl), [0982] alkylaryl (including but
not limited to alkylphenyl, alkylsubstituted phenyl, alkylnaphthyl,
alkylsubstituted naphthyl), [0983] heteroaryl (including but not
limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrollyl, oxazolyl,
isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all of which
may either unsubstituted or substituted), [0984] alkyl heteroaryl
(including but not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thiophenyl,
pyrrollyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl all
of which may either unsubstituted or substituted), [0985] CO-alkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl), [0986] CO-alkenyl (including but not limited
to C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl),
[0987] CO-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to C.sub.3-C.sub.7
cycloalkyl), [0988] CO-alkylcycloalkyl (including but not limited
to C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl), [0989] CO-aryl (including but
not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl
naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl), [0990] CO-alkylaryl
(including but not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl substituted
phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl), and [0991]
CO-alkenylaryl (including but not limited to alkenyl phenyl,
alkenyl substituted phenyl, alkenyl naphthyl, alkenyl substituted
naphthyl, cinnamoyl, coumaroyl, caffeoyl, ferruloyl); R.sub.3,
R.sub.4 and R.sub.5 are each independently selected from: [0992] H,
[0993] OH, [0994] O--(C.sub.1 to C.sub.10) straight chain or
branched chain alkyl (including but not limited to hetero
substituted alkyl chains with oxygen, silicon, sulphur and
substituted alkyl chains with OH, Oalkyl, SH, Salkyl, NH.sub.2,
NHalkyl), [0995] O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.7) cycloalkyl, [0996]
O--(C.sub.2-C.sub.6) heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle
contains one or two hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0997]
O--(C.sub.4-C.sub.10) alkylcycloalkyl, [0998] O--(C.sub.3-C.sub.9)
alkylheterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycle contains one or two
hetero atoms selected from O, S, and N, [0999] O--CO-alkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkyl), [1000] O--CO-alkenyl (including but not
limited to C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl), [1001] O--CO-cycloalkyl (including but not limited to
C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl), [1002] O--CO-alkylcycloalkyl
(including but not limited to C.sub.4-C.sub.8 alkylcycloalkyl),
[1003] O--CO-aryl (including but not limited to alkyl phenyl, alkyl
substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl substituted naphthyl),
[1004] O--CO-alkylaryl (including but not limited to alkyl phenyl,
alkyl substituted phenyl, alkyl naphthyl, alkyl substituted
naphthyl), and [1005] O--CO-alkenylaryl (including but not limited
to alkenyl phenyl, alkenyl substituted phenyl, alkenyl naphthyl,
alkenyl substituted naphthyl, cinnamoyl, coumaroyl, caffeoyl,
ferruloyl).
[1006] In some instances, a compound of Formula XXI is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00162##
[1007] In some instances, a bitter receptor ligand is selected from
the following structures:
##STR00163## ##STR00164##
[1008] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a plant
extract selected from the group consisting of Gentian (Gentiana
lutea), Bitterroot (Lewisia rediviva), Saffron Flowers (Crocus
sativus), Senna leaves (Cassia Senna), Manna (Fraxinus ornus),
Myrrh (Commiphora molmol), Angelica Root (Angelica archanelica),
Dwarf elder root (Sambucus ebulus), Camphor (Cinnamomum camphora),
Japanese Gentium (Gentiana scabra), Chinese rhubarb root (Rheum
palmatum), Burnet-saxifrage root (Theriac veneziam), Zedoary root
(Curcuma zedoaria), Carline thistle root (Carlina acaulis) and
combinations thereof. In some instances, the plant extract is a
root extract.
[1009] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a mixture
of Fennel fruit, Rhubarb, Licorice, Phellodendron, Zedoary,
Japanese bitter wood, Chamomile, Cranesbill, Carrot, Dried orange
peel, Scutellaria root, Magnolia bark, Borei, Cyperus rhizome,
Platycodon, Chinaberry bark, and Cnidium.
[1010] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a mixture
of cinnamon (Cinnamonum verum) and bitter melon (Momordica
charantia). In some instances, the mixture further comprises
further comprising maltitol, cocoa butter, cocoa powder, milk fat,
chocolate liquor, soya lecithin, vanilla extract, calcium carbonate
and/or Omega-3-fatty acid.
[1011] In yet other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is
selected from the group consisting of Thiamin (including but not
limited to thiamin mononitrate as the thiamin source), Chromium
(including but not limited to chromium picolinate as the source of
chromium), Vanadium (including but not limited to vanadyl sulfate
as the source of vanadium), Alpha lipoic acid, L-carnosine,
Cinnamon Bark extract (including concentrates of
methylhydroxychalcone polymers), Banana Leaf extract (including
concentrates of corosolic acid), Boswellic acid, Miracle fruit
(Gymnema sylvestre) leaf extract, Bitter melon (Momordica
charantia) extract and combinations thereof.
[1012] In further embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the group consisting of Jiaogulan (Gynostemma pentaphyllum)
extract, Green tea (Camellia sinensis) extract, Chinese Hawthorn
(Crataegus pinnatifida) extract, Bitter melon (Momordica charantia)
extract, Mulberry (Morus species) extract and combinations
thereof.
[1013] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a drug or
active pharmaceutical ingredient that has bitter tasting qualities.
Examples of drug or active pharmaceutical ingredient that has
bitter tasting qualities include, but are not limited to,
dextromorphan, chlorhexidine, guaifenesin, pseudoephedrine,
caffeine, peroxide, atorvastatin, aspirin, acetaminophen,
diphenhydramine, doxylamine, sildenafil citrate, loperamide and
combinations thereof.
[1014] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the group consisting of Acteoside, Adhumulone, Adlupulone,
Aesculetin, Aesculin, L-Alanine, L-alanyl-L-alanyl-L-Alanine,
L-alanyl-L-isoleucyl-Alanine L-, L-valyl-L-valyl-Amarogentin,
Amaropanin Amaroswerin, Amygdalin, Angustifoline,
Antiacetylhumulone, Antiisohumulone, Arginine, L-Arginyl Leucine,
Arginyl Leucy Leucine, Arginyl Proline, Asaronaldehyde, Aspartyl
Aspartic acid, Asparasaponin I, Atropine, Benzyl
beta-D-arabinoside, Benzyl beta-L-arabinoside, Benzyl
beta-D-fructoside, Benzyl beta-D-galactoside, Benzyl
alpha-D-glucoside, Benzyl beta-D-glucoside, Benzyl
alpha-D-mannoside, Bitter Peptides, Bitter Peptides from Soy
Proteins, Butyl alpha-D-glucoside, Butyl beta-D-glucoside,
Caffeine, Carnosifloside II, Camosifloside III, Camosifloside IV,
Catechin, Epicatechin, Epicatechin gallate, Chaconine,
alpha-Chaconine, beta2-Chloramphenicol, Cholic Acid, Cichoriin,
Cohumulone, Colupulone, Cryptochlorogenic Acid, gamma-lactone,
Cucurbitacin B, Cucurbitacin D, Cyclo Alanine-glycine, Cyclo
Alanine-phenylanaline, Cyclo Alanine-valine,
Cyclo(L-arginylglycyl-L-prolyl-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-isoleucyl-L-valy-
-1), Cyclo Asparagine-phenylalanine, Cyclo Glycine-phenylalanine,
Cycloheximide Cyclo Lucine-Tryptophan,
Cyclopent(b)azepin-8(1H)-one,
7-Methyl-2,3,6,7-Tetrahydro-Cyclopent(b)azepin-8(1H)-one,
2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-7-hydroxy-7-methyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
2,5-dihydroxy-5-methyl-3-(1-piperidinyl)-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
2,5-dihydroxy-5-methyl-3-(1-pyrrolidinyl) Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
2,3-di-1-pyrrolidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
5-hydroxy-5-methyl-2,3-di-1-piperidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
5-hydroxy-5-methyl-2,3-di-1-pyrrolidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
5-methyl-2,3-di-1-pyrrolidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
5-methylene-2,3-di-1-pyrrolidinyl-Cyclopent-2-en-1-one,
3-methyl-2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-Cyclo Phenyalanine-aspartic acid, Cyclo
Proline-alanine, Cyclo Proline-asparagine, Cyclo Proline-glycine,
Cyclo Proline-isolucine, Cyclo Proline-leucine, Cyclo
Proline-methionine, Cyclo Proline-phenylalanine, Cyclo
Proline-proline, Cyclo Proline-valine, Cyclo Valine-phenylalanine,
Cynaratriol, Cynaropicrin, Cynaropicrin, Daidzein, Daidzin,
Denatonium benzoate, Denatonium saccharide, Dhurrin,
Dihydroxybenzoic Acid, 2,3-Dihydroxybenzoic Acid, 2,4-Ethyl
b-L-arabinoside, Ethyl alpha-D-Glucoside, Ethyl beta-D-Glucoside,
Eustomoroside, Eustomoside, Gallic Acid, Epigallocatechin,
Epigallocatechin gallate, Gaudichaudioside F, Gelidoside,
Genistein, Genistin, Gentiopicroside, Gentistic Acid, Gentomoside,
Geshoidin, 6'-O-beta-D-Glucosylgentiopicroside, ucozaluzanin C,
Glutamyl Aspartic Acid, Glutamyl Glutamic Acid, Glycyl Leucine,
Goitrin, Gramine, Grosshemin, Haematoxylin Tetramethyl Ether
Helicin, Heptadeca-16-ene,
1-Acetoxy-2,4-Dihydroxy-Heptadeca-16-ene,
1,2,4-Trihydroxy-Histidine, L-Hulupone, Humulinone, Humulone,
Hydroxybenzoic Acid, 4-Hymenoside A, Hymenoside B, Hymenoside C,
Hymenoside D, Hymenoside E, Hyrnenoside F, Isohumulone,
cis-Isohumulone, trans-Isoleucine, L-lsolupanine, Isosparteine,
beta-Isosparteine, 10,17-Dioxo-beta-Isosparteine,
10-oxo-beta-Lactucin, L-Leucine,
L-alanyl-L-alanyl-L-Leucine,N-[(2R)-6-amino-2-[(4S)-2,5-dioxo-4-(phenylme-
-thyl)-1-imidazolidinyl]-1-oxohexyl]-L-leucyl-L-methionyl-N-methyl-L-pheny-
l-alanyl-, (4-1)-lactam, L-Leucine, glycyl-L-alanyl-Leucine,
L-L-Leucine, N--(N2-L-leucyl-L-glutaminyl)-L-Leucine,
N--(N-L-leucyl-L-a-glutamyl)-L-Leucine,
N--[N2-[N2-[N-(1-L-leucyl-L-prolyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-L-asparaginyl]-L-glut-
a-minyl]-L-Leucine,
N--[N2-[N--[N-(1-L-leucyl-L-prolyl)-L-phenylalanyl]-L-seryl]-L-glutaminyl-
]-L-Leucine, L-leucyl-L-valyl-Leucy Leucine, Leucyl Phenylalanine,
Limonin, Limoninmonolactone, Unamarin, Lotaustralin, Lupine,
Lupanine, 13-Hydroxy-Lupanine, 7-hydroxy-Lupinine, Epilupinine
Lupoxes B, Lupoxes C, Lupulone, Luputrione, Mellein,
6-Methoxy-Methionine, L-Methyl alpha-L-arabinoside, Methyl
beta-L-arabinoside, Methyl beta-D-Glucoside, Methyl
alpha-D-Glucoside 2,3-Di-isoleucine, Methyl alpha-D-Glucoside
2,3-Di-leucine, Methyl alpha-D-Glucoside 2,3-Di-L-phenylalanine,
Methyl alpha-D-Glucoside 2,3-Di-threonine, Methyl alpha-D-Glucoside
2,3-Di-tyrosine, Methyl a-D-mannoside, Methyl
beta-L-xylopyranoside, Methyl alpha-D-xyloside, Naringin,
Neochlorogenic Acid, gamma-Lactone, Neohesperidin, Nuezhenide,
Oleonuezhenide, Oleuropein, Olivieroside A, Olivieroside B,
Olivieroside C, Perrottetin H, Phenylalanine, L-Phenyl
alpha-D-galactoside, Phenyl alpha-D-glucoside, Phenyl
beta-D-glucoside, Phenylthiourea, Phlomisoside II,
Piperidine-2-carboxylic acid,
4-[(2-carboxy-2-hydroxyethypthio]-Piperidinecarboxylic acid-2,
4[(2-carboxy-2-hydroxyethypthio]-Prehumulone, Prelupulone, Propyl
beta-D-fructoside, Propyl alpha-D-glucoside, Propyl
beta-D-glucoside, Protocatechuic Acid, Prunasin, Pulcherrimine,
Quinidine, Quinine, Quinolizinium-7-olate, Ranitidine, Rebaudioside
C, Salicin, Salidroside, Scabraside, Scandenoside R5, Sclareolide,
Scopolin, Septemfidoside, Seryl Lysyl Glycyl Leucine, Sinapine,
Solanine, alpha-Sparteine, Sparteine, 17-oxo-Stevisalioside A,
Strychnine, Suavioside Cl, Suavioside D2, Suavioside F, Sucrose
Octaacetate, Sweroside, Swertiamarin, Swertiapunimarin,
Taxiphyllin, TFI (Furostan, beta-D-galactopyranoside), Theaflavin,
Theaflavin Gallate A, Theaflavin Gallate B, Tomatidine, Tomatine,
alpha-Tricyclodehydroisohumulone, Trifloroside, Trihydroxybenzoic
Acid, 2,4,6-Tryptophan, L-Uracil, 6-propyl-2-thio-L-Valine,
L-arginylglycyl-L-prolyl-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanyl-L-isoleucyl-(BPla)Valine-
-, L-Yohimbin and combinations thereof.
[1015] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the group consisting of acesulfame K, acetaminophen, 2'
acetylpyrazine, aloin, amino-2-norbornane-carboxylic acid,
amygadalin, andrographolide, p-Arbutin, aristolochic acid,
atropine, brucine, 4-benzylpiperidine, caffeine, chloramphenicol,
chloroquine, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clindamycin,
cycloheximide, cyclooctanone, denatonium benzoate, dexmethasone,
diltiazem hydrochloride, diisobutylamine, dimethylbiguanide,
2,6-dimethylpiperidine, doxepin, enalapril maleate, edrophonium,
enoxacin, (-) epicatechin, (-) erythromycin, ethylpyrazine,
famotidine, gabapentin, Ginkgolide A, goitrin, guaiacol glyceryl
ether, labetalol HCl, linamarin, lomefloxacin, (-) lupinine,
N-methylthiourea, 1-methyl-2-quinolinone, methylprednisone,
nitrophthalene, nitrosaccharin, ofloxacin, oleuropein, omeprazole,
oxybutynin chloride, oxyphenomium HBr, peptide-LPFSQL,
Peptide-YQEPVLGPVRGVRGPFPIIV, peptide-PVLGPVRGFPIIV,
peptide-PVRGPFPHV, peptide-RGPFPIIV, N'-ethyl-N'5-phenylurea,
2-picoline, picric acid, pirenzepine dihydrochloride, prednisone,
procainamide-HCl, Quassin, Quinacrine, quinine, ranitidine,
saccharin, salicin, spartein sulfate pentahydrate, sucrose
octaacetate, strychnine, sulfamethoxazole, theobromine,
thioacetanilide, thiocarbanilide, tolazoline tolylurea, trapidil,
trimethoprim, L-tryptophan and combinations thereof.
[1016] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a
"bitters." A "bitters" is generally any digestive, alcoholic,
cocktail or non-alcoholic bitter compound or mixture that is
typically derived from plant extracts. Exemplary bitters include,
but is not limited to, Alomo Bitters, Appenzeller Alpenbitter,
Amargo Vallet, Amaro Cora, Amaro Erbes, Amaro Jannamico, Amaro
Lucano, Amaro Montenegro, Amer Picon, Amaro Quintessentia, Aperol,
Araucano, Arnbitter, Averna, Becherovka, Beerenburg, Old Men
Bitters, Boonekamp's, Borsci San Marzano, Cappellano Chinato,
Campari, Carpano Antica, Cio Clara, Cocchi Chinato, Cock props,
Collins Orange, Cynar, Demanovka, Dimitri, China Martini, Echt
Stonsdorfer, Fernet Branca, Fernet Stock, Fernet 1882, Gammel
Dansk, Gran Classico Bitter, Hoppe Orange, Killepitsch,
Kuemmerling, Lauterbacher Tropfen, Licor Beirdo, Luxardo Amaro,
Luxardo Bitters, Luxardo Fernet, Marcarini Chinato, Meletti,
Nardini Amaro, Nijmeegs Neutje, Par-D-Schatz, Pelinkovac, Pimm's
No. 1, Quinquina, Ramazzotti, Ratzeputz, Riemerschmid Angostura,
Riga Black Balsam, Santa Maria al Monte Amaro, Schrobbeler,
Schwartzhog, St. Vitus, Sirop de Picon, Sommer, Suze, Swedish
bitters, Tilus, Torani, Underberg, Unicum, Versinthe La Blanche,
Wurzelpeter, Wurzelpeter Bitter Orange, Weisflog Bitter, Zucca,
Amargo Chuncho, Angostura bitters, Angostura Orange Bitters,
Bittermens (including Xocolatl Mole Bitters, Grapefruit Bitters,
`Elemakule Tiki Bitters, Boston "Bittahs"), The Bitter Truth
bitters (including Aromatic Bitters, Orange Bitters, Lemon Bitters,
Celery Bitters, Creole Bitters. Grapefruit Bitters, Chocolate
Bitters, and Jerry Thomas Bitters), Fee Brothers bitters (aromatic,
orange, mint, lemon and peach), aromatic bitters containing
Angostura bark and/or contains glycerin; Dr. Adam Elmegirab's
Boker's Bitters, Dandelion & Burdock Bitters, Limited Edition
Spanish Bitters, Hermes Orange, Hermes Regular, Peychaud's Bitters,
Regans' Orange Bitters No.6, Urban Moonshine (citrus and maple
bitters), Appenzeller, Boker's, Calisaya bitters, Gordon & Co.
Pale Orange Bitters, Hartwig-Kantorowicz, Hostetter's, Maloft,
Kabanes, Kina Lillet, Maraschino bitters, Meinhard's Bitters, Dr.
Teodoro Meinhard's Angostura Bitters, Meyer's Bitter, Flimm's,
Reichs-Post Bitter, West Indies Bitters, New York Bitters, Boston
Bitters, St Louis Bitters, Frisco Bitters, Lupulins Bitters, Dr
Grants Bitters, Philadelphia Bitters, Kent Bitters, Dixons
[1017] Bitters, Milwaukee Bitters, Gippsland Bitters, Utica
Bitters, Steanes Bitters, Ralays, Bairnsdale, McDonalds, Weisflog
Bitter, Bradley's Bitters, Bitter KAs, Chin , Crodino, Fanta
Chinotto, Gioia, Sanbitter, Stirrings Blood Orange and the
like.
[1018] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a
polyphenol selected from anthocyanins, anthroquinones, chalcones,
lignans, napthoquinones, neolignans, pyroanthocyanins, pigmented
tannins, tannins, xanthones, or combinations thereof. In other
embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a chlorogenic acid,
cafestol, kahweol, trigonelline, catechin, flavanoid, resveratrol
and derivatives thereof. Catechins include, for example,
epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), epicatechin (EC), epicatechin
gallate (EGG), and epigallocatechin (EGG) and other compounds in
teas.
[1019] Other bitter receptor ligands include any herbal, plant,
flower, fruit, vegetable, root or algal extract or combinations
thereof that provides a bitter taste. In some instances, the
herbal, plant, flower, fruit, vegetable, root or algal extract or
combinations thereof is at least 100 fold lower than an NOAEL ("No
Observable Adverse Event Level").
[1020] In further embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is
phenylthiocarbamide.
[1021] In further embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a
mixture of gentian root (Gentiana scabs) extract bitter melon
(Momordica charantia).
[1022] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
from Salacia oblonga. In some instances, a Salacia oblonga extract
contains alpha-glucosidase inhibitors. Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors
from a Salacia oblonga extract includes, but is not limited to,
salacinol, kotalanol and mangiferin 9.
[1023] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XXII:
##STR00165##
wherein R.sub.1, and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from:
[1024] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted
O--[C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkyl],
substituted or unsubstituted O--[C.sub.1-C.sub.10 straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl], substituted or unsubstituted O--[C.sub.1
to C.sub.10 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl].
[1025] In some instances, a compound of Formula XXII is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00166## ##STR00167##
[1026] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XXIII:
##STR00168##
wherein R.sub.1, and R.sub.2 are each independently selected from:
[1027] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl, alpha or beta glucosyl, alpha or beta
fructosyl, alpha or beta mannosyl, alpha or beta galactosyl, alpha
or beta fucosyl.
[1028] In some instances, a compound of Formula XXIII is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00169## ##STR00170##
[1029] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XXIV:
##STR00171##
wherein
X is C.dbd.O or CHOH; and
[1030] R.sub.1, R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are each independently selected
from: [1031] C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkenyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkynyl.
[1032] In some instances, a compound of Formula XXIV is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00172## ##STR00173## ##STR00174## ##STR00175## ##STR00176##
##STR00177## ##STR00178## ##STR00179## ##STR00180##
[1033] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a hop acid
selected from the group consisting of (+)-tetrahydro-.alpha.-acids,
(+)-trans-tetrahydro-iso-.alpha.-acids,
(-)-cis-tetrahydro-iso-.alpha.-acids,
(+)-transhexahydro-iso-.alpha.-acids,
(-)-cis-hexahydroiso-.alpha.-acids, and mixtures thereof.
[1034] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XXV:
##STR00181##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 are each
independently selected from: [1035] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted
or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkynyl.
[1036] In some instances, a compound of Formula XXV is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00182##
[1037] In some instances, a compound of Formula XXV comprises at
least one secondary component that is turmeric extract compounds,
beta-carotene, saw palmetto extract compounds, fermented noni juice
compounds., L-ascorbic acid, aloe vera compounds, Solanum Dulcamara
extract compounds, Celastrol, Garcinia mangostana L (Guttiterae)
pericarp extract compounds, rutin, quercetin, ginko bilboa extract
compounds, ocimum sanctum extract compounds, rosemary extract
compounds, blueberry extract compounds, Withania somnifera Dunal
extract compounds, Rhodiola extract compounds, Schizandra berry
extract compounds, astralagus root, Coenzyme Q10, cinnamon oil
(flavor), plant derived glycerine (solubilizer), or a combination
thereof.
[1038] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00183## ##STR00184## ##STR00185##
[1039] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00186## ##STR00187## ##STR00188## ##STR00189##
##STR00190##
[1040] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the following structures which include Aucubin, Catalpol,
Amarogentin and Gentiopicrin:
##STR00191##
[1041] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a tricyclic
sesquitepene lactone found in plants of subclass Asterides. In some
embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a tricyclic sesquitepene
lactone found in plants of family Asteraceae. In some embodiments,
a bitter receptor ligand is a tricyclic sesquitepene lactone found
in plants of family Asteraceae having genera from Achilea,
Acroptilon, Agranthus, Ainsliaea, Ajania, Amberboa, Andryala,
Artemisia, Aster, Bisphopanthus, Brachylaena, Galea, Calycocorsus,
Cartolepsis, Centaurea, Chemolophus, Chrysanthemum, Cousinia,
Crepis, Cynara, Eupatorium, Greenmaniella, Grossheimia,
Hemistaptia, lxeris, Jurinea, Lapsana, Lasiolaena, Liatris,
Lychnophora, Macroclinidium, Mikania, Otanthus, Pleiotaxis,
Prenanthes, Pseudostifftia, Ptilostemon, Rhaponticum, Santo/in a,
Saussurea, Serratula, Sonchus, Stevia, Taeckholmia, Tanacetum,
Tricholepis, Vernonia, Volutarella, and Zaluzania. Exemplary
species include Achillea clypeolata, Achillea col/in a, Acroptilon
repens, Agrianthus pungens, Ainsliaea fragrans, Ajania fastigiata,
Ajania fruticulosa, Amberboa Iippi, Amberboa muricata, Amberboa
ramose, Amberboa tubuliflora and other Amberboa spp, Andryala
integrifolia, Andryala pinnatifida, Artemisia absinthium, Artemisia
cana, Artemisia douglasiana, Artemisia fastigiata, Artemisia
franserioides, Artemisia montana, Artemisia sylvatica, Artemisia
tripartita, Aster auriculatus, Bishopanthus soliceps, Brachylaena
nereifolia, Brachylaena perrieri, Galea jamaicensis, Galea
solidaginea, Calycocorsus stipitatus, Cartolepsis intermedia,
Centaurea babylonica, Centaurea bella, Centaurea canariensis,
Centaurea clementei, Centaurea conicum, Centaurea dealbata,
Centaurea declinata, Centaurea glastifolia, Centaurea hermanii,
Centaurea hyrcanica, Centaurea intermedia, Centaurea janeri,
Centaurea kalscyi, Centaurea kandavanensis, Centaurea kotschyi,
Centaurea linifolia, Centaurea macrocephala, Centaurea musimomum,
Centaurea nicolai, Centaurea pabotii, Centaurea pseudosinaica,
Centaurea repens, Centaurea salonitana, Centaurea scoparia,
Centaurea sinaica, Centaurea solstitialis, Centaurea tweediei and
other Centaurea spp., Chemolophus uliginosus, Chrysanthemum
boreale, Cousinia canescens, Cousinia conifera, Cousinia
picheriana, Cousinia piptocephala, Crepis capillaris, Crepis
conyzifolia, Crepis crocea, Crepis japonica, Crepis pyrenaica,
Crepis tectorum, Crepis vixens, Crepis zacintha, Cynara alba,
Cynara algarbiensis, Cynara auranitica, Cynara baetica, Cynara
cardunculus, Cynara cornigera, Cynara cyrenaica, Cynara humilis,
Cynara hystrix, Cynara syriaca, Cynara scolymus, Cynara
sibthorpiana and other Cynara spp., Eupatorium anomalum, Eupatorium
chinense, Eupatorium lindleyanum, Eupatorium mohrii, Eupatorium
rotundifolium, Eupatorium semialatum, Greenmaniella resinosa,
Grossheimia macrocephaly and other Grossheimia spp., Hemisteptia
lyrata, lxeris chinensis, lxeris debilis, lxeris dentata, lxeris
repens, lxeris stolonifera, Jurinea carduiformis, Jurinea
derderioides, Jurinea maxima, Lapsana capillaris, Lapsana communis,
Lasiolaena morii, Lasiolaena santosii, Liatris chapmanii, Liatris
gracilis, Liatris pycnostachya, Lychnophora blanchetii,
Macroclinidium trilobum, Mikania hoehnei, Otanthus maritimus,
Pleiotaxis rugosa, Prenanthes acerifolia, Pseudostifftia kingii,
Ptilostemon diacanthus, Ptilostemon gnaphaloides, Rhaponticum
serratuloides, Santo/in a jamaicensis, Saussurea affinis, Saussurea
elegans, Saussurea involucrata, Saussurea Janiceps, Saussurea
neopulchel/a and other Sauusurea spp., Serratula strangulata,
Sonchus arborea, Stevia sanguines, Taeckholmia arborea, Taeckholmia
pinnata, Tanacetum fruticulosum, Tanacetum parthenium, Tricholepis
glaberrima and other Tricholepsis spp., Vernonia arkansana,
Vernonia nitidula, Vernonia noveboracensis, Vernonia profuga,
Vernonia sublutea, Volutarel/a divaricata, Zaluzania resinosa.
[1042] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from 3-Epi-11, 13-dihydrodeacylcynaropicrin, Subexpinnatin, 11,
13-Dihydrodeacylcynaropicrin, 11 beta, 13-Dihydrocynaropicrin,
lsoamberboin, 3,11,13-Trihydroxy-10{14)-guaien-12,6-olide,
Dehydrocynaropicrin, Sibthorpin, 8-Deoxy-11,
13-dihydroxygrosheimin, lsolipidiol, 8-Hydroxy-3-oxo-4 {15),
10{14)guaiadien-12,6-olide, 3,8-Dihydroxy-10{14), 11
(13)-guaiadien-12,6-olide, Grossheimin, Integrifolin,
8beta-Hydroxydehydrozaluzanin C, Muricatin, Cynaropicrin,
13-Chloro-3,11-dihydroxy-4(15), 10{14)-guaiadien-12,6-olide,
3-Acetyl-13-chloro-13-deoxysolstitialin, Cynaroside A
8-Deoxy-11-hydroxy-13-chlorogrosheimin, Cynarascoloside A
Cynarascoloside 8, Cynarascoloside C, Cynarinin A, and Cynarinin
8
[1043] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the following structures
##STR00192## ##STR00193## ##STR00194##
[1044] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from Denatonium benzoate, Denatonium saccharide, glycyrrhizic acid
ammonium salt, Epigallocatechin, Epigallocatechin gallate,
hyperforin, coptisine chloride, allyl methyl sulfide, rotterlin,
curcumin, ellagic acid and embelin.
[1045] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a quercetin-rich apple peel extract (QAE) or a triterpene-rich
apple peel extract (TAE). Many different types of apples are known,
including but not limited to Ambrosia, Arkansas black, Braeburn,
Cortland, Empire, Fuji, Jonathon, Golden delicious, Granny smith,
Gala, Gravenstein, Honeycrisp, idared, Mcintosh, Newtown pippin,
Northern spy, Pink lady, Red delicious, Rome beauty, Russet, Snow,
Spartan and Winesap. It is contemplated that the QAE and TAE
extracts described herein may be prepared from any type of apple
desired.
[1046] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from an Artemisia absinthium extract, beta-glucooligosaccharides
and a cinchona extract. In other embodiments, a bitter receptor
ligand is an extract of Acer tegmentosum Maxim. In other
embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract of Crinum
asiaticum. In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an
extract or coffee of Ganoderma Lucidum.
[1047] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
selected from fruit of Vitis vinifera, fruit of Emblica
officinalis, fruit of Phoenix dactylifera, any part of Cichorium
intybus, haulm of Andrographis paniculata and haulm of Phyllantus
amarus. In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
selected from Andrographis paniculata, Curcuma longa, Glycyrrhiza
glabra and Terminalia chebula.
[1048] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of olive leaves. In some instances, a bitter receptor ligand is a
compound or compound class found in an extract of Olea europaea
olive leaves. Compounds and compound classes include hydroxytyrosol
glycol, hydroxytyrosol glucoside, hydroxytyrosol, hydroxytyrosol
derivatives, cinnamic acid derivatives, oleoside (demethyl elenolic
acid glucoside), demethyl elenolic acid diglucoside, elenolic acid
glucoside, elenolic acid, lucoside derivatives, caffeic acid
derivatives, p-cumaric acid derivatives, verbascoside, vitexin,
iglucoside, Luteolin diglucoside, rutin, Luteolin 7-O-glucoside,
Quercetin 3-O-glucoside, Apigenin 7-O-glucoside, Apigenin
7-O-rutinoside, Luteolin 4'-O-glucoside, Chrysoeriol 7-O-glucoside,
Demethyloleuropein, 100H-oleuropein glucoside, Oleuropein,
Oleuropein derivatives and Ligustaloside B.
[1049] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
selected from Andrographis paniculata, Curcuma longa, Glycyrrhiza
glabra and Terminalia chebula.
[1050] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
from Garcinia mangostana L. In some embodiments, a bitter receptor
ligand is selected from the group consisting of calabaxanthone,
demethylcalabaxanthone, 6-deoxy-.gamma.-mangostin, 1-isomangostin,
3-somangostin, 1-isomangostin hydrate, 3-isomangostin hydrate,
gartanin, 8-deoxygartanin, arcinone A, garcinone B, garcinone C,
garcinone D, garcinone E, mangostanol (prenyl anthone), mangostanol
(polyoxygenated xanthone), amangostin, P-mangostin, y-angostin,
mangostinone,
1,5-dihydroxy-2-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)-3-methoxyxanthone,
1,7-dihydroxy-2-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)-3-methoxyxanthone,
1,5-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-2-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)xanthone,
1,7-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-2-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)xanthone,
5,9-dihydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-8-methoxy-7-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)-2H,6H-pyrano[-
-3,2b]xanthen-one, 2-(.gamma.,
.gamma.-dimethylallyl)-1,7-dihydroxy-3-methoxyxanthone,
2,7-di-(3-ethylbut-2-enyl)-1,3,8-trihydroxy-4-methylxanthone,
2,8-Di-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)-7-arboxy-1,3-dihydroxyxanthone,
normangostin (v-mangostin),
1,5,8-trihydroxy-3-methoxy--(3-methyl-2-butenyl)xanthone,
1,7-dihydroxy-2-isoprenyl-3-methoxyxanthone, xanthone, Brxanthone
A, BR-xanthone B (2,4,5-trihydroxy-1-methoxyxanthone), garcinone B,
angostanol, mangostenol, mangostenone A, mangostenone B,
tovophyllin, and rapezifolixanthone. In some embodiments, a bitter
receptor ligand is kurainone. In other embodiments, a bitter
receptor ligand is a tetrahydrocurcuminoid. In other embodiments, a
bitter receptor ligand is a rutin (quercertin-3-rutinoside).
[1051] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the following structures
##STR00195## ##STR00196## ##STR00197## ##STR00198##
[1052] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
from Myristica fragrans. In some embodiments, a bitter receptor
ligand is selected from the group consisting of camphenes,
limonenes, .alpha.- and .beta.-pinenes, eugenol, methyl eugenol,
iso eugenol, butyl enzoate, myristin, elemicin, .alpha.-terpineol,
.beta. phellandrene, myristic acid, butyl
dodecanoate,-caryophyllene alcohol, geranylacetone, and mixtures
thereof.
[1053] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
from Zizyphus Jazeiro. In some embodiments, a bitter receptor
ligand is selected from the group consisting of betulinic acid,
ursolic acid, and alphitolic acid,
7.beta.-(4-hydroxybenzoyloxy)-betulinic acid,
7.beta.-(4-hydroxy-3'methoxybenzoyloxy)-etulinic acid, and
27-(4-hydroxy-3'-ethoxybenzoyloxy)-betulinic acid and
dammarane-type saponins In some instances a saponin is 16,
22-epoxy-24-methylidenedammarane-3p, 15a, 16a, 20.beta.-tetrol.
[1054] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
selected from Zingiber officinale and Punica granatum.
[1055] In some instances, an extract from Garcinia mangostana L.,
Myristica fragrans, Zizyphus Jazeiro, Zingiber officinale and/or
Punica granatum is combined with extracts of oregano, magnolia,
cranberry, rosemary, Camellia, morin, zingiber officinale, yristica
fragrans, Punica granatum, Zizyphus Joazeiro, Jabara, Azadirachta
indica, Acacia, olong tea, Juglans regia, Zanthoxylum alantum,
Mimusops elengi, Hibiscus abelmoschus, yurvedic, Carapa procera,
Khaya senegalensis, Salvadora persica, Cucurbitaceae (Citrullus
olocynthis), Acacia catechu, Acacia nilotica, Achyrathes aspera,
Azadirachta indica, ristolochia bracteolate, Cinnamomum camphora,
Cinnamomum verum, Curcuma Zanga, ucalyptus globulus, Ficus
bengalensis, Juglans regia, Madhuca longifolia, Mimusops elengi,
cimum sanctum, Oolonga tea, Piper betel leaves, Piper longum, Piper
nigrum, Potentilla ulgens, Syzygium aromaticum, Spilanthes calva,
Vaccinium macrocarpon, Zanthoxylum rmatum, and mixtures
thereof.
[1056] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XXVI or XXVII:
##STR00199##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 are each
independently selected from: [1057] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted
or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
--C(O)--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl), --C(O)--(substituted or
unsubstituted aryl) with particular preference for the esters of
gallic acid.
[1058] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an herb
selected from Asparagus, Gossypium, Foeniculum, Lepidium,
Chlorophytum, Ipomoea, Withania and Leptadenia. In some
embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an herb selected Asparagus
racemosus, Gossypium arboreturn (herbaceum), Foeniculum vulgare,
Lepidium sativum, Chlorophytum borivilianum, Ipomoea digitata,
Withania somnifera and Leptadenia reticulate. In some embodiments,
a bitter receptor ligand is a mixture of extracts selected from
Emblica officinalis, Tinospora cordifolia, Embelia basaal, Cyperus
rotunduns, Asparagus racemosus and Lepidium sativum.
[1059] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a mixture
of extracts selected from Acanthopanax sessiliflorum, Cervi cornu,
garlic, Cassia tora L., Rehmannia glutinosa, Cornus officinalis,
Ganoderma lucidum, Schizandra chinensis Baill, Zizyphus jujuba var
and Chinese yam.
[1060] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a juice,
oil, puree, or extract of Morinda citrifolia. In some instances, a
juice, oil, puree, or extract of Morinda citrifolia further
comprises a quercetin or rutin.
[1061] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the group consisting of isoxanthohumol, xanthohumol,
chlorpheniramine, dapsone, diphenidol, falcarindiol, helicon,
saccharin, cromolyn, cnicin, crispolide, hydrocortisone and
orphenadrine.
[1062] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is
2.alpha.-methyl-19-nor-20(S)-1.alpha.,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 or
2-methylene-19-nor-20(S)-1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3.
[1063] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from the following structures
##STR00200## ##STR00201##
[1064] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of Coptidis Rhizoma, Pharbitidis Semen or mixtures thereof. In some
embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract of Muscari
comosum, Aloe Vera barbadensis, or mixtures thereof.
[1065] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of dried Du-Zhong leaves (Eucommia ulmoides).
[1066] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of Auklandia (Costus Root). In some instances, a bitter receptor
ligand is slected from the group consisting of Hepatadecatetraene,
12-methoxy-dihydrocostunolide, 22-dihydrostigmasterol,
3-isopropropylpentanoic-acid, 3-methylbutyric-acid,
4-ethyloctanoic-acid, 7-octenoic-acid, Acetic-acid, Alkaloids,
Alpha-humulene, Alpha-phellandrene, Alpha-costene,
Alphaamorphenic-acid, Alpha-amyrin-stearate, Alpha-ionone,
Aplotaxene Beta-sitosterolbeta-selinine, Beta-costene, Beta-ionone,
Beta-elemene, Beta-amyrin-stearate, Betulin, Camphene,
Caryophyllene, Caryophyllene-oxide, Cedrene, Cedr ol,
Cis-dihydroionone, Costic-acid, Costol, Constunolide Costus-acid,
Costus-lactone, Dehydrocostus-lactone,
Dihydrodehydrocostus-lactone, Dihydroaplotacene, ihydrocostunolide,
Dihydrocostuslactone, EO, Friedelin, Guaia-3,9,11-triene-12-acid,
eptanoic-acid, Hexanoic-acid, Inulin, lszaluzanin, Kushtin,
Lactones, Linalool, Leupeol, yrcene, Naphthaline, Octanoic-acid,
Oleic-acid, P-cymene, Palmitic-acid, Pentadec-1-ene, hellandrene,
Resinoids, Saussurine, Stigmasterol, Tannin, Taraxasterol,
ihydrocostuslactone, dihydrocostunolide and alpotaxene.
[1067] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of a plant of genus Hemerocallis. In certain instances, a plant of
genus Hemerocallis is Hemerocallis fulva var. sempervirens.
[1068] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a hop
extract from cones of hop plants of the genus Humulus.
[1069] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is
deoxynojirimycin, fagomine or combinations thereof.
[1070] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is
pterostilbene having the following structure,
##STR00202##
[1071] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of black pepper, cumin, ginger, turmeric, cinnamon, rose hip and
saffron.
[1072] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of a plant of genus Gynostemma. Gynostemma plants include
Gynostemma pentaphyllum (synonyms Gynostemma pedatum, Vitis
pentaphylla and others), G. burmanicum, G. cardiospermum, G.
compressum, G. guangxienense, G. laxiflorum, G. laxum, G. longipes,
G. microspermum, G. pallidinerve, G. pentagynum, G. pubescens, G.
simplicifolium, and G. yixingense.
[1073] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of Colocasia antiquorum var stems.
[1074] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of a plant of the Scophulariaceae family. In some embodiments, a
bitter receptor ligand is an extract of Picrorhiza kurrooa Royle,
Picrorhiza scrophulariflora Pennell, Neopicrorhiza
scrophulariiflora, or mixtures thereof.
[1075] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is bitter
buckwheat powder.
[1076] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of Chrysanthemum zawadskii. In some embodiments, a bitter receptor
ligand is an extract of Salvia plebeia. In some embodiments, a
bitter receptor ligand is an extract of Artemisia capillaries. In
some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is any part of Maitake
mushroom (Grifolafrondosa).
[1077] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula)(XVIII:
##STR00203##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.6 and R.sub.7 are each
independently selected from: [1078] H, CN, F, Cl, Br, I, OH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl, COOH, COOalkyl, COO(substituted or unsustituted aryl);
R.sub.3, R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.8, R.sub.9, and R.sub.10 are each
independently selected from: [1079] H, CN, F, Cl, Br, I, OH,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain
alkynyl, --O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, COOH, COOalkyl,
COO(substituted or unsustituted aryl); and R.sub.11 is selected
from: [1080] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl, --C--(O)--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10
substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain
alkyl, --C--(O)-(substituted or unsustituted aryl).
[1081] In some instances, a compound of Formula XXVIII is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00204## ##STR00205##
[1082] In other embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is selected
from a compound having a structural Formula XXIX:
##STR00206##
wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, R.sub.5, R.sub.6,
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are each independently selected from: [1083] H,
CN, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted
straight chain or branched chain alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10
substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain
alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkynyl, --O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted
or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl, COOH,
COOalkyl, COO(substituted or unsustituted aryl); R.sub.9 is
selected from: [1084] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkynyl,
--C--(O)--(C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight
chain or branched chain alkyl, --C--(O)-(substituted or
unsustituted aryl); and R.sub.10 and R.sub.11 are each
independently selected from: [1085] H, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted
or unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or unsubstituted straight chain or
branched chain alkenyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.10 substituted or
unsubstituted straight chain or branched chain alkynyl; Or R.sub.10
and R.sub.11 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are
attached form a 3 to 8 membered saturated heterocycle optionally
containing a further 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and
S.
[1086] In some instances, a compound of Formula XXIX is selected
from the following structures:
##STR00207## ##STR00208## ##STR00209##
[1087] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is Makkoli
(Korean white rice wine).
[1088] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of Momordica charantia. In some embodiments, a bitter receptor
ligand is an extract of Sohporae tonkinesis radix.
[1089] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of Guarana, Paraguay, Kola, Buchu, Vervain, Damiana and
Ginseng.
[1090] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of bitter melon, sesame seed lignans and mixtures thereof. In some
embodiments, a mixture of bitter melon and sesame seed lignans
extract further comprises (-)-hydroxycitric acid.
[1091] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
of fenugreek seeds. In some instances, extracts of fenugreek seeds
are combined with metformin or glipizide.
[1092] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is a humulone.
Humulones are found, for example, in hops and can include
dihydro-isohumulone, dihydro-isocohumulone, dihydro-isoadhumulone,
tetrahydro-isohumulone, tetrahydro-isocohumulone,
tetrahydro-isoadhumulone, hexahydro-isohumulone,
hexahydro-isocohumulone, hexahydro-isoadhumulone, and rho-isoalpha
acids.
[1093] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is an extract
from a plant used in Ayurvedic medicine. Such plants used in
Ayurvedic medicine include, but are not limited to Abies pindrow,
Abrus precatorius, Abutilon indicum, Acacia arabica, Acacia
catechu, Acacia farnesiana, Achillea millefolium, Achyranthes
aspera, Acorns calamus, Adhatoda vasica, Aegle marmelos, Allium
Sativum, Aloe vera, Alpinia galangal, Anacyclus pyrethrum,
Andrographis paniculata, Areca catechu, Argyeria speciosa,
Asparagus adscendens, Asparagus racemosus, Azadirachta indica,
Bacopa monnieri, Bambusa arundinacea, Bauhinia variegate, Berberis
aristata, Bergenia ligulata, Boerhaavia diffusa, Boswellia serrata,
Bryonia laciniosa, Butea monosperma, Caesalpinia bonducella,
Caesalpinia digyna, Callicarpa macrophylla, Calotropis procera,
Capparis Spinosa, Carum copticum, Casearia esculenta, Cassia
angustifolia, Cassia fistula, Cassia occidentalis, Cassia tora,
Cedrus deodara, Celastrus paniculatus, Cichorium intybus,
Cinnamomum camphora, Cinnamomum cassia, Cinnamomum zeylanicum,
Citrullus colocynthis, Commiphora wightii, Convolvulus pluricaulis,
Crataeva nurvula, Crocus sativus, Cuminum cyminum, Curcuma amada,
Curcuma longa, Curcuma zedoaria, Cymbopogon citrates, Cymbopogon
martini, Cyperus rotundus, Cyperus scariosus, Daemonorops draco,
Datura metel, Didymocarpus pedicellata, Dolichos biflorus,
Dysoxylum binectariferum, Eclipta alba, Elettaria cardamomum,
Embelia ribes, Emblica officinalis, Eugenia jambolana, Evolvulus
alsinoides, Fagonia cretica, Ferula assafoetida, Ficus bengalensis,
Foeniculum vulgare, Garcinia cambogia, Gaultheria yunnanensis,
Glycyrrhiza glabra, Gmelina arborea, Gossypium herbaceum, Gymnema
sylvestre, Hajarala yahuda, Hebenaria intermedia, Hemidesmus
indicus, Holarrhena antidysenterica, Hordeum vulgare, Indigofera
tinctoria, Inula racemosa, Ipomoea digitata, Ipomoea nil, Lavandula
stoechas, Leucas cephalotes, Malaxis acuminate, Mangifera indica,
Mentha piperita, Mesua ferrea, Mimusops elengi, Momordica
charantia, Moring a oleifera, Mucuna pruriens, Nigella sativa,
Nardostachys jatamansi, Nelumbo nucifera, Nyctanthes arbortristis,
Ocimum sanctum, Operculina turpethum, Orchis mascula, Oroxylum
indicum, Pandanus tectorius, Phyllanthus amarus, Phyllanthus
niruri, Picrorhiza kurroa, Pinus roxburghii, Piper chaba, Piper
longum, Piper nigrum, Pistacia integerrima, Pluchea lanceolata,
Plumbago zeylanica, Polygonatum verticillatum, Pongamia pinnata,
Prunus amygdalus, Pseudarthria viscid, Psoralea corylifolia,
Pterocarpus marsupium, Pterocarpus santalinus, Pueraria tuberosea,
Punica granatum, Putranjiva roxburghii, Quercus infectoria,
Raphanus sativus, Rauwolfia serpentina, Ricinus communis, Rosa
centifolia, Rosa damascena, Roscoea alpina, Rubia cordifolia, Rumex
maritimus, Salvadora persica, Santalum album, Sapindus trifoliatus,
Saraca asoca, Saraca indica, Saussurea lappa, Saxifraga ligulata,
Sesamum indicum, Sida cordifolia, Solanum indicum (syn. Solanum
anguivi), Solanum nigrum, Solanum xanthocarpum, Sphaeranthus
indicus, Stereospermum suaveolens, Strychnos nuxvomica, Swertia
chirata, Symplocos crataegoides (syn. Symplocos paniculata),
Syzygium aromaticum, Syzygium cumini, Tamarix gallica, Terminalia
arjuna, Terminalia belerica, Terminalia chebula Retz, Thymus
vulgaris, Tinospora cordifolia, Trachyspermum ammi, Tribulus
terrestris, Trigonella foenum-graecum, Uraria lagopoides, Valeriana
officinalis, Valeriana wallichii, Vanda roxburghii, Vernonia
cinerea, Viola odorata, Vitex negundo, Withania somnifera, Zingiber
officinale.
[1094] In further embodiments, a bitter receptor ligand is agmatine
or (4-aminobutyl)guanidine. In further embodiments, a bitter
receptor ligand is metformin or a salt thereof.
Metformin
[1095] Metformin has low bioavailability in terms of circulating
blood concentrations as compared to many other orally administered
drugs. For example, metformin is reported to have an average
bioavailability of 30% to 60% while many comparably small molecules
have bioavailability of greater than 60%. See, e.g., Tucker et al.,
"Metformin kinetics in healthy subjects and in patients with
diabetes mellitus" Br. J. Clin. Pharmacol. 1981, 12(2) 235-246. It
has been reported that administration of metformin increases
release of GLP-1 from the L cells located in the gut. However,
GLP-1 release from the L cells (and activation of enteroendocrine
cells) is triggered by the luminal signals on the epithelial aspect
of the gut. There are no known examples of blood-borne or
circulating signals that can activate enteroendocrine cells to
release their hormonal contents. Thus, it is contemplated that
metformin causes activation of enteroendocrine cells (e.g., by
binding to a bitter receptor on the L cell or other enteroendocrine
cell), including GLP-1 release from L cells through an interaction
with the luminal or epithelial aspect of L cells, not by its
presence in the plasma circulation per se.
[1096] Provided herein, in certain embodiments, are compositions of
metformin or a salt thereof adapted for delivery to enteroendocrine
cells, including L cells, in the gut. In some embodiments, the
compositions of metformin or a salt thereof adapted for delivery to
enteroendocrine cells described herein minimize metformin plasma
absorption in a subject. In other embodiments, the compositions of
metformin or a salt thereof, minimize metformin plasma Cmax and/or
AUC levels. In other embodiments, the compositions of metformin or
a salt thereof have negligible metformin plasma absorption, Cmax
and/or AUC levels. It other embodiments, Cmax, and/or AUC levels of
metformin are considered sub-therapeutic for the described
compositions as compared to reported Cmax and/or AUC levels of
known metformin formulations. Negligible or sub-therapeutic
metformin plasma Cmax and/or AUC levels include 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%
and 10% of reported Cmax and/or AUC levels of known metformin
formulations (e.g., GLUMETZA, GLUCOPHAGE, GLUCOPHAGE XR, RIOMET,
FORTAMET, OBIMET, GLUFORMIN, DIANBEN, DIABEX, DIAFORMIN, Metformin
IR, Metformin SR, and the like). For example, a known extended
release metformin formulation, GLUMETZA, has mean Cmaxvalues that
are 473.+-.145, 868.+-.223, 1171.+-.297, and 1630.+-.399 ng/mL for
single doses of 500, 1000, 500, and 2500 mg, respectively. For AUC,
the mean values for GLUMETZA are 3501.+-.796, 6705.+-.1918,
9299.+-.2833, and 14161.+-.4432 nghr/mL for single doses of 500,
1000, 1500, and 2500 mg, respectively (GLUMETZA product label).
[1097] In further embodiments, the compositions of metformin or a
salt thereof have reduced average bioavailability. Reduced average
bioavailabity, in some embodiments, is lower average
bioavailability as compared to an immediate release metformin
formulation having an equivalent amount of metformin. In other
embodiments, reduced average bioavailability is when the average
bioavailability is less than 30%, less than 25%, less than 15%,
less than 10% and less than 5%. In certain instances, the average
bioavailability is less than 15%.
[1098] To achieve these effects, delivery of metformin is designed
for modified release that, for example, is retained in the
gastro-intestinal tract, adheres to the lumen or epithelial layer
of the stomach and/or intestines and/or releases metformin dosages
in amounts that minimize plasma absorption. The delivery of
metformin to the enteroendocrine cells is via any known method
including, e.g., oral, rectal, nasogastric tube, parenterally
injection such as intraluminal intestinal injection. In some
instances, the delivery is oral. Oral delivery of metformin
compositions are described in the modified release formulations
section and include timed release systems, enteric coatings and pH
dependent systems, gastro-retentive systems, floating systems,
bioadhesive systems, swelling systems and the like. In some
embodiments, the metformin compositions described herein utilize a
multicomponent system where metformin is delivered to several
places in the gastrointestinal tract such as the stomach, duodenum,
jejunum, ileum, lower intestine or combinations thereof following
administration. For example, a metformin composition can deliver to
the stomach and small intestine by use of immediate release and
timed or delayed (enteric) release components. Multicomponent
systems of metformin compositions can be in unitary dosage forms
such as bi- or tri- or multiple-layer tablets or multi-particulate
forms such as encapsulated micro-tablets or as separate dosage
forms, e.g., separate tablets taken together or at a periodic
interval.
[1099] In some embodiments, a composition of metformin or a salt
thereof adapted for delivery to enteroendocrine cells comprises two
components for delivering metformin where the first component is
immediate release and the second component is an immediate release
or timed release covered with an enteric coating. The first
component, then for example, releases metformin in about 15
minutes, about 20 minutes, about 25 minutes or about 30 minutes.
The second component releases after an onset desired pH, due to the
enteric coating. pHs contemplated include about pH 5.0, about pH
5.5, about pH 6.0, about pH 6.5 and about pH 7.0. After an onset of
a desired pH, the second component begins release. Second
components that comprise immediate release metformin in about 15
minutes, about 20 minutes, about 25 minutes or about 30 minutes
after the onset of the desired pH, while second components
comprising timed, extended or slow release over the course of a
longer time period such as about 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 3
hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours
or about 8 hours. The exemplary two component metformin delivery
system can be, in some embodiments, a bilayer tablet. Three, four
and additional components are contemplated within the embodiments.
For example, a third or forth component may include a
gastro-retentive component or one that delivers and releases
metformin specifically to the lower intestine.
[1100] For compositions comprising metformin or a salt thereof,
dosages of metformin can range from about 1 mg to about 2000 mg,
about 10 mg to about 1500 mg, about 50 mg to about 1000 or about
100 mg or about 500 mg per day. In some instances, the dosage of
metformin or a salt thereof is about 2000 mg, about 1500 about 1000
mg, about 800 mg, about 600 mg, about 500 mg, about 400 mg, about
300 mg, about 250 mg, about 200 mg, about 150 mg, about 100 mg,
about 75 mg, about 50 mg, about 25 mg, about 10 mg or about 1 mg
per day. In some embodiments, the dosage of metformin or a salt
thereof is less than 400 mg. In some embodiments, the dosage of
metformin or a salt thereof is 250 mg.
[1101] Salts of metformin include, but are not limited to,
hydrochloride, phosphate, sulfate, hydrobromide, salicylate,
maleate, benzoate, succinnate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate,
glycolate, pamoate, oratate, acetate, isobutyrate,
acetylsalicylate, nicotinic acid, adamantoate, zinc-chlorophylin,
carboxylic acid, benzoic acid, dichloroacetic acid,
theophylin-7-acetate, clofibrate, tartate, oxalate, tannate and
hydroxyl acid salts. In certain instances, the metformin salt is
metformin hydrochloride.
[1102] The compositions of metformin or a salt thereof adapted for
delivery to enteroendocrine cells, in some embodiments, are
administered or combined with additional agents, such as
anti-obesity and/or anti-dibetic agents described herein. Notable
agents for combinations with the metformin compositions described
herein include DPP-IV inhibitors (e.g., sitagliptin, saxagliptin,
berberine, vildagliptin, linagliptin, alogliptin, and the like),
thiazolidinediones (e.g., pioglitazone, rivoglitazone,
rosiglitazone, troglitazone, and the like), sulfonylureas (e.g.,
glipzide, glibenclamide (glyburide), gliquidone, glyclopyramide,
glimepiride, gliclazide, acetohexamide, carbutamide,
chlorpropamide, tolbutamide, tolazamide, and the like), and Dual
PPAR agonists (aleglitazar, muraglitazar, tesaglitazar, and the
like).
Other Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
[1103] Non-limiting sweet receptor ligands include metabolized
sugars (glucose, fructose, etc.) and nonmetabolized sweeteners
(sucralose, aspartame, rebaudiosides, steviosides (natural
sweeteners extracted from the stevia plant), neotame, acesulfame-K,
saccharin and the like). Sweet receptor ligands can also affect
other chemosensory receptors. For example, aspartame is
contemplated to play a role in responses relating to both sweet
receptor activation and amino acid metabolism. Further sweet
receptor ligands are described, e.g., by Kim, et al., 2002, "Highly
sweet compounds of plant origin," Arch Pharm Res. 25(6):725-46 and
Kinghorn, et al., 1989, "Intensely sweet compounds of natural
origin," Medicinal Research Reviews 9(1):91-115. Many more sweet
receptor ligands other than those listed herein and in the cited
manuscripts, are known to those of skill in the art, and still more
can be identified using methods known in the art and described
herein. Exemplary sweet receptor ligands of plant origin are listed
in the following table adapted from Kim et al., 2002.
TABLE-US-00002 Sweetness/ Compound type/name Plant name
potency.sup.a MONOTERPENE Perillartine (10).sup.b Perilla
frutescens (L.) Britton (Labiatae) 370 SESQUITERPENES Bisabolanes
(+)-Hernandulcin (11) Lippia dulcis Trev. (Verbenaceae) 1,500
4.beta.-Hydroxyhernandulcin (12) L. dulcis N.S..sup.c Acyclic
glycoside Mukurozioside IIb (13) Sapindus rarak DC. (Sapindaceae)
ca. 1 DITERPENES Diterpene acid
4.beta.,11.alpha.-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4,5,10-hexahydro- Pine tree
1,300-1,800.sup.d fluorene-4.alpha.,6.alpha.-dicarboxylic acid
(14).sup.b ent-Kaurene glycosides Dulcoside A (15) Stevia
rebaudiana (Bertoni) Bertoni 30 (Compositae) Rebaudioside A (4) S.
rebaudiana 242 Rebaudioside B (16) S. rebaudiana 150 Rebaudioside C
(17) S. rebaudiana 30 Rebaudioside D (18) S. rebaudiana 221
Rebaudioside E (19) S. rebaudiana 174 Rebaudioside F (20) S.
rebaudiana N.S..sup.c Rubusoside (21) Rubus suavissimus S. Lee
(Rosaceae) 115 Steviolbioside (22) S. rebaudiana 90 Steviol
13-0-.beta.-D-glucoside (23) R. suavissimus N.S..sup.c Stevioside
(5) S. rebaudiana 210 Suavioside A (24) R. suavissimus N.S..sup.c
Suavioside B (25) R. suavissimus N.S..sup.c Suavioside G (26) R.
suavissimus N.S..sup.c Suavioside H (27) R. suavissimus N.S..sup.c
Suavioside I (28) R. suavissimus N.S..sup.c Suavioside J (29) R.
suavissimus N.S..sup.c Labdane glycosides Baiyunoside (30) Phlomis
betonicoides Diels (Labiatae) 500 Phlomisoside I (31) P.
betonicoides N.S..sup.c Gaudichaudioside A (32) Baccharis
gaudichaudiana DC. 55 (Compositae) TRITERPENES Cucurbitane
glycosides Bryodulcoside Bryonia dioica Jacq. (Cucurbitaceae)
N.S..sup.c Bryoside (33) B. dioica N.S..sup.c Bryonoside (34) B.
dioica N.S..sup.c Carnosifloside V (35) Hemsleya camosiflora C. Y.
Wu et Z. L. 51 Chen (Cucurbitaceae) Carnosifloside VI (36) H.
carnosiflora 77 Mogroside IV (37) Siraitia grosvenorii (Swingle) Lu
& 233-392.sup.d Zhang.sup.e (Cucurbitaceae) Mogroside V (2) S.
grosvenorii 250-425.sup.d 11-OxomogrosideV(38) Siraitia siamensis
Craib (Cucurbitaceae) N.S..sup.c Scandenoside R6 (39) Hemsleya
panacis-scandens C. Y. Wu et 54 Z. L. Chen (Cucurbitaceae)
Scandenoside R11 (40) H. panacis-scandens N.S..sup.c Siamenoside I
(41) Siraitia grosvenorii, S. siamensis 563 Cycloartane glycosides
Abrusoside A (42) Abrus precatorius L.; A. fruticulosus Wall 30 et
W.& A. (Leguminosae) Abrusoside B (43) A. precatorius, A.
fruticulosus 100 Abrusoside C (44) A. precatorius; A. fruticulosus
50 Abrusoside D (45) A. precatorius; A. fruticulosus 75 Abrusoside
E (46) A. precatorius N.S..sup.c Dammarane glycosides
Cyclocarioside A (47) Cyclocarya paliurus (Batal.) Iljinsk 200
(Juglandaceae) Cyclocaryoside I (48) C. paliurus 250 Gypenoside XX
(49) Gynostemma pentaphyllum Makino N.S..sup.c (Cucurbitaceae)
Oleanane glycosides Albiziasaponin A (50) Albizia myriophylla
Benth. 5 (Leguminosae) Albiziasaponin B (51) A. myriophylla 600
Albiziasaponin C (52) A. myriophylla N.S..sup.c Albiziasaponin D
(53) A. myriophylla N.S..sup.c Albiziasaponin E (54) A. myriophylla
N.S..sup.c Apioglycyrrhizin (55) Glycyrrhiza inflata Batal.
(Leguminosae) 300 Araboglycyrrhizin (56) G. inflata 150
Glycyrrhizin (1) Glycyrrhiza glabra L. (Leguminosae) 93-170.sup.d
Periandrin I (57) Periandra dulcis Mart.; P. mediterranea 90
(Vell.) Taub. (Leguminosae) Periandrin II (58) P. dulcis, P.
mediterranea 95 Periandrin III (59) P. dulcis, P. mediterranea 92
Periandrin IV (60) P. dulcis, P. mediterranea 85 Periandrin V (61)
P. dulcis 220 Secodammarane glycosides Pterocaryoside A (62)
Pterocarya paliurus Batal. (Juglandaceae) 50 Pterocaryoside B (63)
P. paliurus 100 STEROIDAL SAPONINS Osladin (64) Polypodium vulgare
L. (Polypodiaceae) 500 Polypodoside A (65) Polypodium glycyrrhiza D
C. Eaton 600 (Polypodiaceae) Polypodoside B (66) P. glycyrrhiza
N.S..sup.c Telosmoside A.sub.8 (67) Telosma procumbens (Hence)
Merr. N.S..sup.c (Asclepiadaceae) Telosmoside A.sub.9 (68) T.
procumbens N.S..sup.c Telosmoside A.sub.10 (69) T. procumbens
N.S..sup.c Telosmoside A.sub.11 (70) T. procumbens N.S..sup.c
Telosmoside A.sub.12 (71) T. procumbens N.S..sup.c Telosmoside
A.sub.13 (72) T. procumbens N.S..sup.c Telosmoside A.sub.14 (73) T.
procumbens N.S..sup.c Telosmoside A.sub.15 (74) T. procumbens 1000
Telosmoside A.sub.16 (75) T. procumbens N.S..sup.c Telosmoside
A.sub.17 (76) T. procumbens N.S..sup.c Telosmoside A.sub.18 (77) T.
procumbens N.S..sup.c PHENYLPROPANOIDS trans-Anethole(78).sup.f
Foeniculum vulgare Mill. (Umbelliferae) 13 Illicium verum Hook F.
(Illiciaceae) Myrrhis odorata Scop. (Umbelliferae)
Osmorhizalongistylis DC. (Umbelliferae) Piper marginatum Jacq.
(Piperaceae) Tagetes filicifolia Lag. (Compositae)
Trans-Cinnamaldehyde (79) Cinnamomum osmophloeum Kanehira 50
(Lauraceae) DIHYDROISOCOUMARIN Phyllodulcin.sup.g (3) Hydrangea
macrophylla Seringe var. 400 thunbergii (Siebold) Makino
(Saxifragaceae) FLAVONOIDS Dihydrochalcone glycosides Glycyphyllin
(80) Smilax glycyphylla Sm. (Liliaceae) N.S..sup.c Naringin
dihydrochalcone.sup.c (81) Citris paradisi Macfad. (Rutaceae) 300
Neohesperidin dihydrochalcone.sup.c (82) Citrus aurantium L. 1,000
Phlorizin (83) Symplocos lancifolia Sieb. Et Zucc. N.S..sup.c
(Symplocaceae) Trilobatin (84) Symplocos microcalyx Hayata
N.S..sup.c Dihydroflavonols and Dihydroflavonols glycosides
3-Acetoxy-5,7-dihydroxy-4'- Aframomum hanburyi K. Schum. N.S..sup.c
methoxyflavanone (85) (Zingiberaceae) 2R,3R-(+)-3-Acetoxy-5-7-4'-
A. hanburyi N.S..sup.c trihydroxyflavanone (86) Dihydroquercetin
3-O-acetate 4'-methyl Tessaria dodoneifolia (Hook. & Arn.) 400
ether.sup.c (87) Cabrera (Compositae) (2R,3R)-Dihydroquercetin
3-O-acetate (88) T. dodoneifolia; Hymenoxys turneri K. 80 Parker
(Compositae) (2R,3R)-2,3-Dihydro-5,7,3',4'-tetrahydroxy- H. turneri
25 6-methoxy-3-O-acetylflavonol (89)
(2R,3R)-2,3-Dihydro-5,7,3',4'-tetrahydroxy- H. turneri 15
6-methoxyflavonol (90) (2R,3R)-2,3-Dihydro-5,7,4'-trihydroxy-6- H.
turneri 20 methoxy-3-O-acetylflavonol (91) Huangqioside E. (92)
Engelhardtia chrysolepis Hance N.S..sup.c (Juglandaceae)
Neoastilbin (93) E. chrysolepis N.S..sup.c PROANTHOCYANIDINS
Cinnamtannin B-1 (94) Cinnamomum sieboldii Meisner N.S..sup.c
(Lauraceae) Cinnamtannin D-1 (95) C. sieboldii N.S..sup.c
Selligueain A (96) Selliguea feei Bory (Polypodiaceae) 35 Unnamed
(97) Arachniodes sporadosora Nakaike; A. N.S..sup.c exilis Ching
(Aspidiaceae) Unnamed (98) A. sporadosora; A. exilis N.S..sup.c
BENZO[b]INDENO[1,2-d]PYRAN Hematoxylin (99) Haematoxylon
campechianum L. 120 (Leguminosae) AMINO ACID Monatin (100)
Schlerochiton ilicifolius A. Meeuse 1,200-1,400.sup.d (Acanthaceae)
PROTEINS Brazzein Pentadiplandra brazzeana Baillon 2,000
(Pentadiplandraceae) Curculin Curculigo latifolia Dryand. 550
(Hypoxidaceae) Mabinlin Capparis masaikai Levl. (Capparidaceae)
N.S..sup.c Monellin Dioscoreophyllum cumminsii (Stapf) 3,000 Diels.
(Menispermaceae) Pentadin Pentadiplandra brazzeana Bailon 500
(Pentadiplandraceae) Thaumatin Thaumatococcus danielli (Bennett)
1,600 Benth. (Marantaceae) .sup.aValues of relative sweetness on a
weight comparison basis to sucrose (=1.0) .sup.bSemisynthetic
derivative of natural product. .sup.cN.S. = Sweetness potency not
given. .sup.dRelative sweetness varied with the concentration of
sucrose. .sup.eFormerly named Momordica grosvenorii Swingle and
Thladiantha grosvenorii (Swingle) C. Jeffrey (Kinghorn and
Kennelly, 1995). .sup.fIdentified as a sweet-tasting constituent of
these six species. However, this compound has a wider distribution
in the plant kingdom. .sup.gThe plant of origin may be crushed or
fermented in order to generate phyllodulcin
[1104] Many more chemosensory receptor ligands in addition to those
listed herein and the cited manuscripts are known to those of skill
in the art, and still more can be identified using methods known in
the art and described herein.
[1105] In some embodiments, a nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor
ligand, e.g. a tastant, is administered alone. In certain
instances, the administration of one or more nonmetabolized
chemosensory ligands can result in modulation of a hormone
described herein. For example, sucralose is administered by itself
or in conjunction with saccharin.
[1106] In other embodiments, a nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor
ligand(s) is co-administered with a metabolized chemosensory
receptor ligand(s), e.g. a metabolite. For example, a combination
of sweet receptor tastant and a cognate metabolite could be
sucralose and glucose. Other metabolized sweet receptor ligands
include, but are not limited to, fructose and galactose.
[1107] Combining a nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor ligand
(e.g., a tastant) with a metabolized chemosensory receptor ligand
(e.g., a metabolite) may in cases enhance the resulting modulation
of a hormone. In related embodiments, combining a nonmetabolized
ligand for one receptor with a metabolized ligand for a different
receptor enhances the resulting modulation of hormone expression.
In some embodiments, stimulating L cells with different
combinations of nonmetabolized ligands and metabolized ligands
results in different hormonal expression profiles. Certain profiles
are more desirable depending on the condition to be treated or even
the particular individual to be treated.
[1108] The desired effects on treatment of a condition or
modulation of hormone concentrations can be tailored by the type
and number of chemosensory receptor ligands administered to a
subject. In some embodiments, two chemosensory receptor ligands are
administered to a subject. In certain embodiments, three
chemosensory receptor ligands are administered to a subject. In yet
other embodiments, four chemosensory receptor ligands are
administered to a subject. In yet other embodiments, five
chemosensory receptor ligands are administered to a subject. In
further embodiments, six or more chemosensory receptor ligands are
administered to a subject. When multiple ligands are administered
to a subject, the ligands can be in the same or different
compositions. Multiple chemosensory receptor ligands can each
target different receptor types or many or all the ligands can
target one receptor type. For example, in a five chemosensory
receptor ligand composition, three ligands may target the sweet
receptor, one ligand for the bitter receptor, and one ligand for
the umami receptor. Any combination is contemplated in the
embodiments herein.
[1109] In most endocrine cell systems (e.g., the beta cell of the
islet of Langerhans), for an appropriate secretory level of a
hormone to occur the cell needs to sense the stimulus (in case of
the beta cell, glucose), and in the case of nutrient-driven
hormonal release, metabolism of the sensed nutrient is required for
full secretory activation. It is recognized that both sensing and
metabolism can elicit secretory release of hormone. For example, in
the case of calcium, which is not a nutrient, sensing is sufficient
for parathyroid hormone release. Thus, for full enteroendocrine
activation it may be important that a nutrient is both sensed by
the appropriate taste receptor and metabolized.
[1110] In certain embodiments, sweet receptor agonism will be
achieved by coadministration of a composition comprising a sweet
receptor agonist (e.g. sucralose, aspartame or stevioside, etc.)
and an amount of D-glucose, e.g., between 0.1 to 10 mg/kg/min.
Depending on the hormone of interest, co-administration may produce
a more pronounced effect on hormonal release than either the
tastant or glucose alone.
[1111] In further embodiments, a chemosensory receptor modifier is
administered with a chemosensory receptor ligand to alter or change
the activity of a receptor toward the ligand. In yet further
embodiments a chemosensory receptor enhancer is administered with a
chemosensory receptor ligand to enhance, potentiate or multiply the
effect of the ligand. For example, a sweet receptor enhancer can be
administered with a sweet receptor ligand, e.g., saccharin, to
increase the sweetness potency and/or enhance hormone modulation.
In certain instances, modifiers and/or enhancers are administered
prior to administration of a chemosensory receptor ligand enhance,
potentiate or multiply the effect of the ligand. In other
instances, modifiers and/or enhancers are administered with a
chemosensory receptor ligand together to enhance, potentiate or
multiply the effect of the ligand. In yet further embodiments, a
chemosensory receptor enhancer is administered along with food or
prior to food. The food serves as a source of chemosensory receptor
ligands that can have their effects enhanced, potentiated or
multiplied. For example, a sweet receptor enhancer can be
administered prior to ingestion of a sweet food such as a candy
bar. In another non-limiting example, oral solid formulations
described herein (e.g., tablet, powders, capsules, and the like)
may be coated with umami receptor enhancers, such as IMP (inosine
monophosphate) to enhance the effect of a savory food on umami
receptors in the gut. Umami receptor enhancers may also be
formulated as a sprinkle or powder. Modulation and enhancement of
chemosensory receptors by modulators and enhancers may produce a
more pronounced effect on hormonal release than by a chemosensory
receptor or food alone.
[1112] Modulators and enhancers can be specific to a chemoreceptor
type and/or multiple chemoreceptor types. Specific chemoreceptor
modulators and enhancers can include, but are not limited to, umami
receptor modulators and enhancers, sweet receptor modulators and
enhancers, bitter receptor modulators and enhancers, fat receptor
modulators and enhancers, bile acid receptor modulators and
enhancers, sour receptor modulators and enhancers, and the
like.
[1113] In some embodiments, a bitter receptor enhancer is selected
from enhancer compounds described herein or known in the art.
Bitter receptor enhancers include, but are not limited to, sweet
receptor ligands in sub-bitter quantities, i.e., quantities that do
not elicit a bitter taste response. In some embodiments, a bitter
receptor enhancer is a silver salt. Silver salts include silver
acetate and silver lactate.
Identification of Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
[1114] A number of assays known in the art and described in the
literature can be used to assay for taste transduction. For
example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,105,650, describes in vitro binding
assays, fluorescence polarization assays, solid state and soluble
high throughput assays, computer based assays, cell-based binding
assays, and assays using transgenic animals that express taste
receptors.
[1115] Human gastrointestinal cells or cell membranes can be used
to test for compounds that interact with taste signaling proteins
and/or gastrointestinal protein hormones, neurotransmitters, or
soluble mediators involved in metabolism, digestion or appetite
either directly or indirectly, e.g., tastants, activators,
inhibitors, enhancers, stimulators, agonists, antagonists,
modulators and mimics. Assays for taste modulation can be used
wherein the taste signaling protein(s) and/or gastrointestinal
protein hormone(s), neurotransmitter(s), or soluble mediator(s)
involved in metabolism, digestion or appetite acts as a direct or
indirect reporter molecule(s) for the effect of a compound on
signal transduction. Human gastrointestinal cells or their
membranes can be used for such assays, e.g., to measure or detect
changes in concentrations of the one or more taste signaling
proteins and/or the one or more gastrointestinal protein hormones,
neurotransmitters or soluble mediators synthesized or secreted by
the cell, or to detect or measure changes in membrane potential,
current flow, ion flux, transcription, phosphorylation,
dephosphorylation, signal transduction, receptor-ligand
interactions, second messenger concentrations, etc.
[1116] A modulator of taste transduction can be identified by
contacting a human gastrointestinal cell or its membrane with a
test compound, wherein the cell or membrane comprises one or more
taste signaling proteins, evaluating the compound's effect on taste
transduction. The human gastrointestinal cells or their membranes
can be used in an indirect reporter assay to detect whether a test
compound affects taste transduction and/or signal transduction of
one or more gastrointestinal protein hormones, neurotransmitters or
soluble mediators involved in metabolism (see, e.g., Mistili &
Spector, 1997, Nature Biotechnology, 15, 961-64).
[1117] Gastrointestinal cells or their membranes can be used to
assay the binding of a test compound that affects signal
transduction by studying, e.g., changes in spectroscopic
characteristics (e.g., fluorescence, absorbance, refractive index)
or hydrodynamic (e.g., shape), chromatographic or solubility
properties. Human gastrointestinal cells or their membranes can be
used to examine the effect of a compound on interactions between a
receptor and a G protein. For example, binding of a G protein to a
receptor or release of the G protein from the receptor can be
examined. In the absence of GTP, an activator will lead to the
formation of a tight complex of all three subunits of the G protein
with the receptor. This complex can be detected in a variety of
ways, as noted above. Such an assay can be modified to search for
inhibitors of taste transduction or inhibitors of signal
transduction of one or more gastrointestinal protein hormones,
neurotransmitters or soluble mediators. For example, an activator
could be added to the receptor and G protein in the absence of GTP
such that a tight complex forms, which could then be screened for
inhibitors by studying dissociation of the receptor-G protein
complex. In the presence of GTP, release of the alpha subunit of
the G protein from the other two G protein subunits serves as a
criterion of activation.
[1118] An activated or inhibited G protein will in turn influence
downstream steps of the signal transduction pathway, affecting,
e.g., the properties of target enzymes, channels and other
effectors. Examples of downstream steps include activation of cGMP
phosphodiesterase by transducin in the visual system, adenylyl
cyclase by the stimulatory G protein, phospholipase C by Gq and
other cognate G proteins, and modulation of diverse channels by Gi
and other G proteins. In some embodiments, the human
gastrointestinal cells or their membranes can be used to examine
the effect of a compound on intermediate steps of signal
transduction, such as the generation of diacyl glycerol and IP3 by
phospholipase C and, in turn, calcium mobilization by IP3. In some
embodiments, the compound may act directly on, e.g., the G protein,
affecting downstream events indirectly. In some embodiments, the
compound may directly affect the downstream effector. For a general
review and methods of assaying taste signal transduction and
gastrointestinal protein hormone signal transduction, see, e.g.,
Methods in Enzymology, vols. 237 and 238 (1994) and volume 96
(1983); Bourne et al., Nature, 10, 117-27 (1991); Bourne et al.,
Nature, 348, 125-32 (1990); Pitcher et al., Annu Rev. Biochem., 67,
653-92 (1998); Brubaker et al., Receptors Channels, 8, 179-88
(2002); Kojima et al., Curr. Opin. Pharmacol., 2, 665-68 (2002);
Bold et al., Arch Surg., 128, 1268-73 (1993).
[1119] The effects of compounds on taste signaling polypeptides
and/or gastrointestinal protein hormones, neurotransmitters or
soluble mediators can be examined by performing assays described
herein and known in the art. Any suitable physiological change that
affects these signaling pathways can be used to assess the
influence of a compound on the cells of this invention.
[1120] The effects of compounds on signal transduction in any of
the above assays may be detected or measured in a variety of ways.
For example, one can detect or measure effects such as transmitter
release, hormone release, transcriptional changes to both known and
uncharacterized genetic markers (e.g., northern blots), changes in
cell metabolism such as cell growth or pH changes, ion flux,
phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, and changes in intracellular
second messengers such as Ca2+, IP3, DAG, PDE, cGMP or cAMP.
Changes in second messenger concentrations can be optionally
measured using, e.g., fluorescent Ca2+ indicator dyes and
fluorometric imaging.
[1121] In some embodiments the effects of a compound on
G-protein-coupled receptors can be measured by using cells that are
loaded with ion- or voltage-sensitive dyes, which report receptor
activity. Assays that examine the activity of such proteins can
also use known agonists and antagonists for other G-protein-coupled
receptors as negative or positive controls to assess the activity
of a test compound. To identify modulatory compounds, changes in
the level of ions in the cytoplasm or membrane voltage can be
monitored using an ion-sensitive or membrane-voltage fluorescent
indicator, respectively. Among the ion-sensitive indicators and
voltage probes that may be employed are those sold by Molecular
Probes or Invitrogen. For G-protein-coupled receptors, lax
G-proteins such as GalS and Gal6 can be used in the assay of choice
(Wilkie et al., 1991, PNAS 88, 10049-53). Such lax G-proteins allow
coupling of a wide range of receptors.
[1122] The effects of a compound can be measured by calculating
changes in cytoplasmic calcium ion concentrations. In some
embodiments, concentrations of second messengers such as IP3 can be
measured to assess G-protein-coupled receptor function (Berridge
& Irvine, 1984, Nature, 312, 315-21). Cells expressing such
G-protein-coupled receptors may exhibit increased cytoplasmic
calcium concentrations as a result of contribution from both
intracellular stores and via activation of ion channels, in which
case it may be desirable although not necessary to conduct such
assays in calcium-free buffer, optionally supplemented with a
chelating agent such as EGTA, to distinguish fluorescence response
resulting from calcium release from internal stores.
[1123] The effects of a compound can be measured by determining the
activity of proteins which, when activated, result in a change in
the level of intracellular cyclic nucleotides, e.g., cAMP or cGMP,
by activating or inhibiting enzymes such as adenylyl cyclase. There
are cyclic nucleotide-gated ion channels, e.g., rod photoreceptor
cell channels and olfactory neuron channels that are permeable to
cations upon activation by binding of cAMP or cGMP (see, e.g.,
Altenhofen et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 88, 9868-72
and Dhallan et al., 1990, Nature, 347, 184-87). In cases where
activation of the protein results in a decrease in cyclic
nucleotide levels, it may be preferable to expose the cells to
agents that increase intracellular cyclic nucleotide levels, e.g.,
forskolin, prior to adding a compound to the cells in the
assay.
[1124] The effects of a compound can be measured by calculating
changes in intracellular cAMP or cGMP levels using immunoassays or
bioassays (Simon, 1995, J. Biol. Chem., 270, 15175-80; Felley-Bosco
et al., 1994, Am. J. Resp. Cell and Mol. Biol., 11, 159-64; and
U.S. Pat. No. 4,115,538), or by examining phosphatidyl inositol
(PI) hydrolysis according to, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,436,128.
[1125] Transcription levels can also be transcription calculated.
The human cell or its membrane containing the protein of interest
may be contacted with a compound for a sufficient time to effect
any interactions, and then the level of gene expression is
measured. The amount of time to effect such interactions may be
empirically determined, such as by running a time course and
measuring the level of transcription as a function of time. The
amount of transcription may be measured by using any method known
to those of skill in the art to be suitable. For example, mRNA
expression of the protein of interest may be detected using
northern blots, or polypeptide products may be identified using
immunoassays or bioassays. Alternatively, transcription-based
assays using reporter gene(s) may be used as described in U.S. Pat.
No. 5,436,128. The reporter gene(s) can be, e.g., chloramphenicol
acetyltransferase, firefly luciferase, bacterial luciferase,
betagalactosidase and alkaline phosphatase. Furthermore, the
protein of interest can act as an indirect reporter via attachment
to a second reporter such as green fluorescent protein (see, e.g.,
Mistili & Spector, 1997, Nature Biotechnology, 15, 961-64).
[1126] The amount of transcription is then compared to the amount
of transcription in the same cell in the absence of a compound.
Alternatively, the amount of transcription may be compared with the
amount of transcription in a substantially identical cell that
lacks the protein of interest. For example, a substantially
identical cell may be derived from the same cells from which the
recombinant cell was prepared but which had not been modified by
introduction of heterologous DNA. Any difference in the amount of
transcription indicates that a compound has in some manner altered
the activity of the protein of interest. In some embodiments, a
compound is administered in combination with a known agonist or
antagonist of transcription, to determine whether a compound can
alter the activity of the agonist or antagonist.
[1127] The compounds tested can be any small chemical compound, or
a biological material or entity, such as a protein, amino acid,
sugar, nucleic acid or lipid. Alternatively, the compounds tested
can be variants of taste signaling proteins. Typically, compounds
will be small chemical molecules and peptides. Essentially any
chemical compound can be used as a potential chemosensory receptor
ligand in the assays of the invention although most often compounds
dissolved in aqueous or organic solutions are used. The assays can
be used to screen large chemical libraries by automating the assay
steps (e.g., in microtiter formats on microtiter plates in robotic
assays).
Regional Hormone Concentrations
[1128] Gut hormones secreted by enteroendocrine cells are released
from their basolateral aspect into the mesenteric venous
circulation. Therefore, these hormones traverse the portal vein
area which drains all mesenteric venous efflux. Gut hormones,
typically peptides, are also neurotransmitters and as such can
stimulate afferent nerve endings that emanate from the gut and the
liver. It is well recognized that CCK causes afferent vagal
activation and that its physiologic effects are due almost
exclusively to this neural activation. Hormones such as GLP-1,
oxyntomodulin, PYY and GIP, and their post DPP-IV degradation
breakdown products can have physiologic effects at the level gut
nerves and can activate portal receptor/signaling pathways to cause
activation of hepatic afferents. The action of GLP-1 to cause
glucose-dependent insulin secretion is thought to predominantly
occur via neural activation as its degradation by DPP-IV upon
release begins immediately causing its circulating half-life to be
less than 2 minutes. Moreover, the portal:arterial gradient for
GLP-1 is large (>2:1) thus making its endocrine function in the
beta cell excessively inefficient. Given its portal to peripheral
gradient and its action as a neurotransmitter to activate gut
afferent nerves, and its role to cause portal activation of hepatic
afferents it is plausible that GLP-1's physiologic and
pharmacologic actions can be produced in the absence of large
fluctuations (and even perhaps undetectable alterations) of
circulating peripheral (arterial or post hepatic venous)
concentrations of GLP-1. As such GLP-1 is akin to norepinephrine
which is a neurotransmitter but spills over into the circulation;
like GLP-1, norepinephrine can be infused peripherally to act as a
hormone to reproduce many of its physiologic functions. Thus, in
some embodiments, the compositions and methods provided herein
produce salutary effects on blood glucose and weight loss by
enhancing portal concentrations of gut hormones while minimally
augmenting peripheral concentrations.
Combinations
[1129] The chemosensory receptor ligands can be administered alone
or in combination with each other. In certain embodiments,
nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor ligands or combinations
thereof are administered with one or more metabolized chemosensory
receptor ligands, e.g., metabolite(s). Dosages for each
chemosensory receptor ligand (i.e. ligands which bind and/or
modulate sweet, umami, bitter, fat, sour, and/or bile acid
receptors) can be determined via methods disclosed herein and found
in the examples. Maximal response doses and maximum tolerated doses
can be determined via animal and human experimental protocols as
described herein and found in the examples. Additional relative
dosages, represented as a percent of maximal response or of maximum
tolerated dose, are easily obtained via the protocols.
[1130] In an exemplary dose-response experiment, chemosensory
receptor ligands corresponding to five of the chemosensory
receptors (e.g., sucralose, MSG, quinine, fatty acid emulsion, and
chenodeoxycholic acid) and glucose are individually administered in
an animal model (e.g. diabetic or obese rat model) to determine the
optimum doses for each chemosensory receptor ligand. Chemosensory
receptor ligands are administered individually at increasing
amounts (mg/kg/min), where each subject is administered a set
mg/kg/min dose and the dose is maintained at this set level for a
defined period. Blood samples are collected at frequent intervals
(e.g., every 1, 2, or 5 minutes) throughout the period and assayed
for hormone concentrations. Hormones assayed include CCK, GIP,
GLP-1, oxyntomodulin, PYY, insulin, C-peptide, and GLP-2.50% of
maximal response dose and 50% of the maximum tolerated dose are
determined for each chemosensory receptor ligand.
[1131] In some embodiments, at least one chemosensory receptor
ligand is administered at a concentration that is 50% of the
maximal response dose. In other embodiments, at least one
chemosensory receptor ligand is administered at a concentration
that is 50% of the maximum tolerated dose. Chemosensory receptor
ligands can be administered as 5%, 10%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%,
45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 100%, of
the maximum response or maximum tolerated dose, inclusive of all
integers therein.
[1132] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands described
herein can be administered by a set potency range or limit of the
chemosensory receptor ligands to their respective receptors. For
example, in the above-referenced table of exemplary sweet receptor
ligands of plant origin, sweetness potency can be expressed as
relative sweetness to an equivalent weight comparison basis to
sucrose (=1.0). Thus, for example in some embodiments, a
composition comprising a sweet receptor ligand can be administered
at a daily dosage that is of at least about 10.times., at least
about 100.times., at least about 200.times., at least about
300.times., at least about 400.times., at least about 500.times.,
at least about 600.times., at least about 700.times., at least
about 800.times., at least about 900.times., at least about
1000.times., at least about 1500.times., at least about
2000.times., at least about 2500.times., at least about
3000.times., at least about 4000.times., at least about
5000.times., at least 7500.times., or at least 10000.times. the
equivalent to the sweetness potency of sucrose. In certain
embodiments, a composition comprising a sweet receptor ligand can
be administered at a daily dosage that is of about 10.times. to
about 100.times., about 100.times. to about 10000.times., about
500.times. to 5000.times., about 700.times. to about 4000.times. or
about 1000.times. to about 3000.times. the equivalent to the
sweetness potency of sucrose. Ligands for other chemosensory
receptors such as bitterness, sour or salt ligands can be dosed in
similar manner in accordance to a known bitterness, sour or salty
potency reference. For example, the Labeled Magnitude Scale allows
measurement of a perceived intensity or potency of a bitter or
salty taste sensation. See, e.g., Green et al., 1996, Chemical
Senses 2: 323-334. This measured intensity can then be compared
with a reference standard such as NaCl salt or quinine Dose
administration can be expressed in, for example, delivery of at
least about 1000.times. sweetness potency of sucrose, of at least
about 2.times. a bitterness potency of quinine, and the like. Also,
multiple ligands for a certain receptor can be used to achieve a
desired potency dose; e.g., two or more sweet ligands can be used
to achieve about 1000.times. sweetness potency of sucrose.
[1133] Alternatively, chemosensory receptor ligands described
herein can be administered by weight measurement. By way of
example, sweet, umami, and bitter receptor ligands (e.g.,
sucralose, glucose, monosodium glutamate, quinine) can be
administered in amounts ranging from about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg,
inclusive of all integers therein. Fat receptor ligands (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) can be administered as an emulsion/solution having
a range of concentrations from about 0.5-about 20% solution
delivered at 0.5-10 ml/min. Similarly, bile acid receptor ligands
(e.g., chenodeoxycholic acid, or CDC) can be administered as a
solution having a range of concentrations from about 1 to about 50
mMol at a delivery of 1-10 ml/min. Metabolites, including
non-limiting examples such as glucose and glutamates, can be
administered in amounts ranging from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg,
inclusive of all integers therein.
[1134] Another dose administration by weight can be on the basis of
a weight of a chemosensory receptor ligand to achieve a certain
multiple of natural ligand such as sucrose (e.g., a dosage amount
of at least as sweet as 100 grams of sucrose). For example, in some
embodiments, a composition comprising a sweet receptor ligand can
be administered at a dosage that is equivalent to a sweetness
potency of at least 10 grams, at least 100 grams, at least 500
grams, at least 750 grams, at least 1000 grams, at least 1250
grams, at least 1500 grams, at least 1750 grams, at least 2000
grams, at least 2500 grams, at least 3000 grams, at least 4000
grams, at least 5000 grams, or at least 10000 grams of sucrose per
day. In certain embodiments, a composition comprising a sweet
receptor ligand can be administered at a dosage that is equivalent
to the sweetness potency of about 100 to 10000 grams, about 500 to
5000 grams, about 750 to about 4000 grams or about 1000 to about
3000 grams of sucrose per day. Ligands for other chemosensory
receptors such as bitterness, sour or salt ligands can be dosed in
similar manner in accordance to a known bitter, sour or salty
potency reference. Dose administration can be expressed in, for
example, delivery of a sweetness potency of at least about 1000
grams sucrose, a bitterness potency of at least about 2 grams of
quinine, and the like. Also, multiple ligands for a certain
receptor can be used to achieve a desired potency dose; e.g., two
or more sweet ligands can be used to achieve a sweetness potency
equivalent to about 1000 grams of sucrose.
[1135] The combinations of chemosensory receptor ligands can be
administered in a single composition or in multiple compositions.
Multiple compositions may be administered simultaneously or at
different times. The compositions may be administered in different
delivery forms (i.e., tablets, powders, capsules, gels, liquids,
nutritional supplements, edible food preparations (e.g., medical
foods, bars, gels, sprinkles, gums, lozenges, candies, liquids,
etc.) and in any combination of such forms.
[1136] In one non-limiting example, a tablet containing at least
one chemosensory receptor ligand is administered simultaneously
with another tablet containing at least one chemosensory receptor
ligand to provide the desired dosage. In a further example, the two
tablets are administered at different times. In another
non-limiting example, a tablet containing the desired combination
of chemosensory receptor ligand(s) is administered to provide the
full dosage. Any combination of delivery forms, compositions, and
delivery times are contemplated herein.
[1137] The constituents of the compositions provided by the
invention can be varied both with respect to the individual
constituents and relative proportions of the constituents. In
embodiments, the relative proportion of the constituents is
optimized to produce the desired synergistic activity from the drug
combination. For example, in a composition comprising, or a method
comprising administering, two constituents, e.g., two chemosensory
receptor ligands, the constituents can be present in ratios of or
about, e.g., 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:6, 1:7, 1:8, 1:9, 1:10,
1:15, 1:20, 1:25, 1:30, 1:35, 1:40, 1:45, 1:50, 1:60, 1:70, 1:80,
1:90, 1:100, 1:200, 1:300, 1:400, 1:500, 1:1000, etc. In a
composition comprising, or a method comprising administering, three
constituents, for example, two nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor
ligands, and a metabolized chemosensory receptor ligand, the
constituents can be present in ratios of or about, e.g., 1:1:1,
2:1:1, 2:2:1, 3:1:1, 3:3:1, 3:2:2, 3:3:2, 3:2:1, 4:1:1, 4:4:1,
4:2:2, 4:4:2, 4:2:3, 4:3:3, 4:4:3, 4:2:1, 5:1:1, 5:5:1, 5:2:1,
5:3:1, 5:3:2, 5:3:4, 5:5:2, 5:5:3, 5:5:4, 10:1:1, 10:10:1, etc.
[1138] In some embodiments, the invention provides combination
treatments chosen to mimic mixed meals. For example, one or more
carbohydrates (sweet), and one or more proteins (umami) can be used
in doublet and triplet combinations. The combinations can be
evaluated using methods of the invention and described herein. For
example, a combination produces a desired hormonal release, glucose
lowering and appetite suppression for the condition to be treated.
In embodiments, additional ligands (e.g., tastants) that are
specific for other chemosensory receptors can be evaluated and
included in the combinations as determined appropriate using the
methods of the invention. If one considers 5 tastants T1-T5 (sweet,
bitter, umami, fat and bile acids, respectively) there is 1
combination of all 5 tastants (T1T2T3T4T5); there are 5 possible
combinations of quadruplet tastant combinations (T1T2T3T4,
T1T2T3T5, T1T2T4T5, T1T3T4T5, T2T3T4T5); 10 potential triplet
(T1T2T3, T1T2T4, T1T2T5, T1T3T4, T1T3T5, T1T4T5, T2T3T4, T2T3T5,
T2T4T5, T3T4T5) and 10 potential doublet combinations (T1T2, T1T3,
T1T4, T1T5, T2T3, T2T4, T2T5, T3T4, T3T5, T4T5).
[1139] In some embodiments, one or more nonmetabolized chemosensory
receptor ligand is administered alone or in combination with other
nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor ligands. In certain
embodiments, the one or more nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor
ligand is provided in combination with one or more metabolized
chemosensory receptor ligands. In some embodiments, a
nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor ligand is administered prior
to a metabolized chemosensory receptor ligand. In certain
embodiments, a nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor ligand is
administered after a metabolized chemosensory receptor ligand. In
yet other embodiments, a nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor
ligand is administered at to the same time as a metabolized
chemosensory receptor ligand. In certain instances, one or more
metabolized chemosensory receptor ligands are food or are derived
from food. In certain aspects, a desired combination enhances and
amplifies hormone signalling and secretion resulting from food
ingestion. A non-limiting example of a combination is a sucralose
administration prior, after, or simultaneously with an
administration of a sugar. In some aspects, a nonmetabolized
chemosensory receptor ligand is delivered to the lower intestine
and a metabolized chemosensory receptor ligand is delivered to the
upper intestine. The metabolized chemosensory receptor ligand may
or may not also be in the lower intestine. In other aspects, a
nonmetabolized chemosensory receptor ligand is delivered to the
same gastrointestinal segment as a metabolized chemosensory
receptor ligand.
[1140] When more than one chemosensory receptor ligand is used in
combination with at least one other ligand or compound, it is
understood that the combination treatment regimen encompasses
treatment regimens in which administration of one compound is
initiated prior to, during, or after treatment with a second or
additional agent in the combination, and continues until any time
during treatment with any other agent in the combination or after
termination of treatment with any other agent. Treatment regimens
also include those in which the agents being used in combination
are administered simultaneously or at different times and/or at
decreasing or increasing intervals during the treatment period.
Combination treatment includes periodic treatments that start and
stop at various times to assist with the clinical management of the
patient.
Indications
[1141] The methods of the embodiments provided herein are indicated
for treatment of conditions or disorders associated with a
chemosensory receptor, including a bitter receptor. Specifically,
these conditions include those in which modulation of the metabolic
hormones regulated by chemosensory receptor stimulation produces a
desired effect. Among the conditions associated with a chemosensory
receptor that are contemplated for treating using the compositions
and methods of the embodiments herein are metabolic syndrome,
diabetes type I, diabetes type II, obesity, binge eating, undesired
food cravings, food addiction, a desire to reduce food intake or to
lose weight or maintain weight loss, desire to maintain healthy
weight, desire to maintain normal blood glucose metabolism,
anorexia, pre-diabetes, glucose intolerance, gestational diabetes
mellitus (GDM), impaired fasting glycemia, (IFG), post-prandial
hyperglycemia, accelerated gastric emptying (dumping syndrome),
delayed gastric emptying, dyslipidemia, post-prandial dyslipidemia,
hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, post hypertriglyceridemia,
insulin resistance, bone loss disorders, osteopenia, osteoporosis,
muscle wasting disease, muscle degenerative disorders, polycystic
ovary syndrome (PCOS), non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFL),
non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), immune disorders of the gut
(e.g., celiac disease), bowel irregularity, irritable bowel
syndrome (IBS), or inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), including,
e.g., ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, and short bowel
syndrome, peripheral neuropathy (e.g., diabetic neuropathy). In
certain embodiments, the methods comprise modulation of hormone
concentrations in a subject having a disease or disorder associated
with a chemosensory receptor in which the disease or disorder is
sadness, stress, grief, anxiety, anxiety disorder (e.g.,
generalized anxiety disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic
disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder or social anxiety disorder
or a mood disorder (e.g., depression, bipolar disorder, dysthymic
disorder and cyclothymic disorder). In certain embodiments, the
methods comprise methods of inducing feelings of happiness,
well-being or contentment in subjects by administering a
composition comprising a chemosensory receptor modulator that
modulates the concentrations of one or more hormones in a
subject.
[1142] Additionally, the compositions and methods described herein
may be used for the dietary management of conditions associated
with a chemosensory receptor, including those listed above. In some
embodiments, the compositions and methods provided herein are
indicated for treatment, prevention and or maintenance of a
metabolic disorder, disease or defect. Metabolic disorders,
diseases or defects can include disorders, diseases or defects in
energy homeostasis and disorders, diseases or defects in fuel
homeostasis.
[1143] In certain embodiments, the compositions and methods
provided herein are indicated for treatment, prevention and or
maintenance of disorders, diseases and defects associated with
energy homeostasis. Energy homeostasis generally relates to the
signally pathways, molecules and hormones associated with food
intake and energy expenditure. Disorders, diseases and defects
associated with energy homeostasis include but are not limited to
diabetes type I, diabetes type II, prediabetes, impaired fasting
glycemia (IFG), impaired post-prandial glucose, and gestational
diabetes. In some instances the compositions and methods provided
herein are indicated for treatment, prevention and or maintenance
of diabetes type I or type II.
[1144] In certain embodiments, the compositions and methods
provided herein are indicated for treatment, prevention and or
maintenance of disorders, diseases and defects associated with fuel
homeostasis. Disorders, diseases and defects associated with fuel
homeostasis include but is not limited to non-alcoholic fatty liver
disease (NAFL), non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH),
hyperlipidemia, post hypertriglyceridemia, hypertriglyceridemia,
insulin resistance and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS).
[1145] The embodiments also provide compositions and methods useful
for treating conditions in which an increase in insulin secretion
or control of glucose concentrations resulting from modulation of
enteroendocrine cell hormones (e.g., GLP-1 or GIP) would be
beneficial. These conditions include, but are not limited to,
metabolic syndrome, diabetes type 1, diabetes type II, gestational
diabetes, glucose intolerance, and related conditions including
those in which patients suffer from glucose intolerance.
[1146] The embodiments also provide compositions and methods for
modulating growth (proliferation), and/or generation (neogenesis),
and/or prevention of cell death (apoptosis) of insulin producing
and secreting cells (Beta cells) through the release of neural and
hormonal signals emanating from the gut in response to luminal
chemosensory stimulation. Gut hormones such as GLP-1, PYY, GLP-2
and gastrin have all been implicated in the process of beta cell
preservation or beta cell mass expansion. In one aspect,
chemosensory stimulation provides a hormonal signal coupled to a
neural signal. The hormonal signal can occur before, after or at
similar timeframes as the neural signal.
[1147] The embodiments also provide compositions and methods for
treating conditions in which appetite suppression resulting from
modulation of, e.g., PYY, oxyntomodulin, and/or CCK, would be
beneficial. These conditions include, but are not limited to,
obesity, binge eating, undesired food cravings, a desire to reduce
food intake or to lose weight or maintain weight loss, and related
conditions.
[1148] Further provided are compositions and methods for treating
conditions in which proliferation of gut cells resulting from
modulation of, e.g., GLP-2, would be beneficial, such as, short
bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease,
ulcerative colitis, and other conditions resulting in bowel damage,
including osteoporosis.
Methods of Treatment
Disorders of Glucose Metabolism
[1149] The embodiments described herein provide compositions and
methods for treating and preventing disorders of glucose metabolism
and their associated conditions.
[1150] For example, provided herein are methods for treating
mammalian subjects with diabetes, including primary essential
diabetes such as Type I Diabetes or Type II Diabetes (NIDDM) and
secondary nonessential diabetes, comprising administering to the
subject at least one chemosensory receptor ligand as described
herein. In accordance with the method of this invention a symptom
of diabetes or the chance of developing a symptom of diabetes, such
as atherosclerosis, obesity, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, fatty
liver disease, nephropathy, neuropathy, retinopathy, foot
ulceration and cataracts, each such symptom being associated with
diabetes, can be reduced.
[1151] The methods and compositions provided by the invention are
useful for preventing or ameliorating diseases and symptoms
associated with hyperglycemia and insulin resistance or low insulin
concentrations. While a cluster of signs and symptoms associated
may coexist in an individual patient, it many cases only one
symptom may dominate, due to individual differences in
vulnerability of the many physiological systems affected by insulin
resistance. Nonetheless, since hyperglycemia and insulin resistance
are major contributors to many disease conditions, agents that
address these cellular and molecular defects are useful for
prevention or amelioration of virtually any symptom in any organ
system that may be due to, or exacerbated by hyperglycemia and
insulin resistance.
[1152] Metabolic syndrome is a cluster of metabolic abnormalities
including abdominal obesity, insulin resistance, glucose
intolerance, diabetes, hypertension and dyslipidemia. These
abnormalities are known to be associated with an increased risk of
vascular events.
[1153] In addition to the metabolic disorders related to insulin
resistance indicated above, disease symptoms secondary to
hyperglycemia also occur in patients with NIDDM. These include
nephropathy, peripheral neuropathy, retinopathy, microvascular
disease, ulceration of the extremities, and consequences of
nonenzymatic glycosylation of proteins, e.g. damage to collagen and
other connective tissues. Attenuation of hyperglycemia reduces the
rate of onset and severity of these consequences of diabetes.
Because compositions and methods of the invention help to reduce
hyperglycemia in diabetes, they are useful for prevention and
amelioration of complications of chronic hyperglycemia.
[1154] Elevated triglyceride and free fatty acid concentrations in
blood affect a substantial fraction of the population and are an
important risk factor for atherosclerosis and myocardial
infarction. Provided herein are compositions and methods useful for
reducing circulating triglycerides and free fatty acids in
hyperlipidemic patients. Hyperlipidemic patients often also have
elevated blood cholesterol concentrations, which also increase the
risk of cardiovascular disease. Cholesterol-lowering drugs such as
HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors ("statins") can be administered to
hyperlipidemic patients in addition to chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions of the invention, optionally incorporated into the
same pharmaceutical composition.
[1155] A substantial fraction of the population is affected by
fatty liver disease, also known as nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
(NASH); NASH is often associated with obesity and diabetes. Hepatic
steatosis, the presence of droplets of triglycerides with
hepatocytes, predisposes the liver to chronic inflammation
(detected in biopsy samples as infiltration of inflammatory
leukocytes), which can lead to fibrosis and cirrhosis. Fatty liver
disease is generally detected by observation of elevated serum
concentrations of liver-specific enzymes such as the transaminases
ALT and AST, which serve as indices of hepatocyte injury, as well
as by presentation of symptoms which include fatigue and pain in
the region of the liver, though definitive diagnosis often requires
a biopsy. The anticipated benefit is a reduction in liver
inflammation and fat content, resulting in attenuation, halting, or
reversal of the progression of NASH toward fibrosis and
cirrhosis.
[1156] Hypoinsulinemia is a condition wherein lower than normal
amounts of insulin circulate throughout the body and wherein
obesity is generally not involved. This condition includes Type I
diabetes.
[1157] Type 2 Diabetes or abnormal glucose metabolism may be caused
by a variety of factors and may manifest heterogeneous symptoms.
Previously, Type 2 Diabetes was regarded as a relatively distinct
disease entity, but current understanding has revealed that Type 2
Diabetes (and its associated hyperglycemia or dysglycemia) is often
a manifestation of a much broader underlying disorder, which
includes the metabolic syndrome as noted above. This syndrome is
sometimes referred to as Syndrome X, and is a cluster of
cardiovascular disease risk factors that, in addition to glucose
intolerance, includes hyperinsulinaemia, dyslipidaemia,
hypertension, visceral obesity, hypercoagulability, and
microalbuminuria.
[1158] Also provided herein are compositions and methods for
treating obesity, comprising administering to the subject at least
one chemosensory receptor ligand as described herein in an amount
effective to treat the condition. The agent can be administered
orally, and alternatively, other routes of administration that can
be used in accordance with this invention include rectally, and
parenterally, by injection (e.g., by intraluminal intestinal
injection).
[1159] Both human and non-human mammalian subjects can be treated
in accordance with the methods of this invention. In embodiments,
the present invention provides compositions and methods for
preventing or treating diabetes in a wide range of subject mammals,
in particular, a human patient that has, has had, is suspected of
having, or who is pre-disposed to developing diabetes. Diabetes
mellitus is selected from the group consisting of insulin-dependent
diabetes mellitus (IDDM or type I diabetes) and
non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM, or type II
diabetes). Examples of disorders related to diabetes mellitus have
been described and include, but are not limited to, impaired
glucose tolerance (IGT); maturity-onset diabetes of youth (MODY);
leprechaunism (insulin receptor mutation), tropical diabetes,
diabetes secondary to a pancreatic disease or surgery; diabetes
associated with a genetic syndrome (e.g., Prader-Willi syndrome);
pancreatitis; diabetes secondary to endocrinopathies; adipositas;
and metabolic syndrome (syndrome X).
[1160] Diabetic subjects appropriate for treating using the
compositions and methods provided by the invention can be easily
recognized by the physician, and are characterized by, e.g.,
fasting hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, glycosylated
hemoglobin, and, in some instances, ketoacidosis associated with
trauma or illness. Hyperglycemia or high blood sugar is a condition
in which an excessive amount of glucose circulates in the blood
plasma. This is generally a blood glucose level of 10+ mmol/L, but
symptoms and effects may not start to become noticeable until later
numbers such as 15-20+ mmol/L. NIDDM patients have an abnormally
high blood glucose concentration when fasting and delayed cellular
uptake of glucose following meals or after a diagnostic test known
as the glucose tolerance test. NIDDM is diagnosed based on
recognized criteria (American Diabetes Association, Physician's
Guide to Insulin-Dependent (Type I) Diabetes, 1988; American
Diabetes Association, Physician's Guide to Non-Insulin-Dependent
(Type II) Diabetes, 1988). The optimal dose of a particular
chemosensory receptor ligand composition for a particular subject
can be determined in the clinical setting by a skilled
clinician.
Chronic Kidney Disease, Diabetic Nephropathy, Macular Degeneration
and Diabetes-Associated Conditions
[1161] The compositions and methods provided herein can be used to
prevent or treat kidney diseases. Diabetes is the most common cause
of chronic kidney disease and kidney failure, accounting for nearly
44 percent of new cases. Even when diabetes is controlled, the
disease can lead to chronic kidney disease and kidney failure. Most
people with diabetes do not develop chronic kidney disease that is
severe enough to progress to kidney failure. Nearly 24 million
people in the United States have diabetes, and nearly 180,000
people are living with kidney failure as a result of diabetes. High
blood pressure, or hypertension, is a major factor in the
development of kidney problems in people with diabetes.
[1162] Accumulation of the glomerular mesangial extracellular
matrix (ECM) leading to glomerulosclerosis is a common finding in
diabetic nephropathy and other chronic kidney diseases. Several
lines of evidence indicate that ECM accumulation in such chronic
renal diseases results from both increased synthesis and decreased
degradation of ECM components and it is widely accepted that ECM
degradation in glomeruli and glomerular cells is mediated by a
plasminogen activator-plasmin-matrix metalloproteinase-2 (MMP)-2
cascade. In addition, a variety of studies have reported decreased
plasminogen activator (PA) activity, decreased plasmin activity, or
increased concentrations of PA inhibitor 1 (PM-1; the major PA
inhibitor), in glomeruli obtained from animals with experimentally
induced glomerular injuries known to result in mesangial matrix
accumulation (Baricos, et al., "Extracellular Matrix Degradation by
Cultured Mesangial Cells: Mediators and Modulators" (2003) Exp.
Biol. Med. 228:1018-1022).
[1163] Macular degeneration (AMD) is the loss of photoreceptors in
the portion of the central retina, termed the macula, responsible
for high-acuity vision. Degeneration of the macula is associated
with abnormal deposition of extracellular matrix components and
other debris in the membrane between the retinal pigment epithelium
and the vascular choroid. This debris-like material is termed
drusen. Drusen is observed with a funduscopic eye examination.
Normal eyes may have maculas free of drusen, yet drusen may be
abundant in the retinal periphery. The presence of soft drusen in
the macula, in the absence of any loss of macular vision, is
considered an early stage of AMD.
[1164] Choroidal neovascularization (CNV) commonly occurs in
macular degeneration in addition to other ocular disorders and is
associated with proliferation of choroidal endothelial cells,
overproduction of extracellular matrix, and formation of a
fibrovascular subretinal membrane. Retinal pigment epithelium cell
proliferation and production of angiogenic factors appears to
effect choroidal neovascularization.
[1165] Diabetic retinopathy (DR) is an ocular disorder that
develops in diabetes due to thickening of capillary basement
membranes and lack of contact between pericytes and endothelial
cells of the capillaries. Loss of pericytes increases leakage of
the capillaries and leads to breakdown of the blood-retina
barrier.
[1166] Proliferative vitreoretinopathy is associated with cellular
proliferation of cellular and fibrotic membranes within the
vitreous membranes and on the surfaces of the retina. Retinal
pigment epithelium cell proliferation and migration is common with
this ocular disorder. The membranes associated with proliferative
vitreoretinopathy contain extracellular matrix components such as
collagen types I, II, and IV and fibronectin, and become
progressively fibrotic.
[1167] Compositions of the embodiments described herein can be, as
needed, administered in combination with one or more standard
therapeutic treatments known in the art. For example, for treatment
of diabetic nephropathy, compounds of the present invention can be
administered in combination with, for example, ACE inhibitors,
angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBS) or any other conventional
therapy such as, for example, glucose management.
Obesity and Eating Disorders
[1168] Further provided herein are compositions and methods that
can be used for weight loss or to prevent or treat obesity. Central
obesity, characterized by its high waist to hip ratio, is an
important risk for metabolic syndrome. Metabolic syndrome, as
described above, is a combination of medical disorders which often
includes diabetes mellitus type 2, high blood pressure, high blood
cholesterol, and triglyceride concentrations (Grundy SM (2004), J.
Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 89(6): 2595-600). Obesity and other eating
disorders are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No.
2009/0062193, "Compositions and Methods for the Control, Prevention
and Treatment of Obesity and Eating Disorders."
[1169] "Overweight" and "obesity" are both labels for ranges of
weight that are greater than what is generally considered healthy
for a given height. The terms also identify ranges of weight that
have been shown to increase the likelihood of certain diseases and
other health problems. An adult who has a BMI of between 25 and
25.9 is generally considered overweight. An adult who has a BMI of
30 or higher is generally considered obese. However, anyone who
needs or wishes to reduce body weight or prevent body weight gain
can be considered to be overweight or obese. Morbid obesity
typically refers to a state in which the BMI is 40 or greater. In
embodiments of the methods described herein, subjects have a BMI of
less than about 40. In embodiments of the methods described herein,
subjects have a BMI of less than about 35. In embodiments of the
methods described herein, subjects have a BMI of less than about 35
but greater than about 30. In other embodiments, subjects have a
BMI of less than about 30 but greater than about 27. In other
embodiments, subjects have a BMI of less than about 27 but greater
than about 25. In embodiments, the subject may be suffering from or
be susceptible to a condition associated with eating such as binge
eating or food cravings.
[1170] Conditions, disorders or diseases relating to mental health,
such as sadness, stress, grief, anxiety, anxiety disorder (e.g.,
generalized anxiety disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic
disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder or social anxiety disorder
or a mood disorder (e.g., depression, bipolar disorder, dysthymic
disorder and cyclothymic disorder), may be diagnosed by mental
health professionals. Similarly, measures of feelings of happiness,
well-being or contentment may be made by mental health
professionals.
[1171] A "subject' may include any mammal, including humans. A
"subject" may also include other mammals kept as pets or livestock
(e.g., dogs, cats, horses, cows, sheep, pigs, goats). Subjects who
may benefit from the methods provided herein may be overweight or
obese; however, they may also be lean. Subjects who may benefit
from the methods provided herein may be desirous of losing weight
or may have an eating disorder, such as binge eating, or an eating
condition, such as food cravings. Subjects who may benefit from the
methods provided herein may be desirous of modifying food
preferences. They may have a metabolic disorder or condition in
addition to these conditions. Exemplary metabolic disorders include
diabetes, metabolic syndrome, insulin-resistance, and dyslipidemia.
Subjects can be of any age. Accordingly, these disorders can be
found in young adults and adults (e.g., those aged 65 or under) as
well as infants, children, adolescents, and the elderly (e.g.,
those over the age of 65).
[1172] By "metabolic rate" is meant the amount of energy
liberated/expended per unit of time. Metabolism per unit time can
be estimated by food consumption, energy released as heat, or
oxygen used in metabolic processes. It is generally desirable to
have a higher metabolic rate when one wants to lose weight. For
example, a person with a high metabolic rate may be able to expend
more energy (and burn more calories) to perform an activity than a
person with a low metabolic rate for that activity.
[1173] As used herein, "lean mass" or "lean body mass" refers to
muscle and bone. Lean body mass does not necessarily indicate fat
free mass. Lean body mass contains a small percentage of fat
(roughly 3%) within the central nervous system (brain and spinal
cord), marrow of bones, and internal organs. Lean body mass is
measured in terms of density. Methods of measuring fat mass and
lean mass include, but are not limited to, underwater weighing, air
displacement plethysmograph, x-ray, dual-energy x-ray
absorptiometry (DEXA) scans, MRIs and CT scans. In one embodiment,
fat mass and lean mass is measured using underwater weighing.
[1174] By "fat distribution" is meant the location of fat deposits
in the body. Such locations of fat deposition include subcutaneous,
visceral and ectopic fat depots.
[1175] By "subcutaneous fat" is meant the deposit of lipids just
below the skin's surface. The amount of subcutaneous fat in a
subject can be measured using any method available for the
measurement of subcutaneous fat. Methods of measuring subcutaneous
fat are known in the art, for example, those described in U.S. Pat.
No. 6,530,886.
[1176] By "visceral fat" is meant the deposit of fat as
intra-abdominal adipose tissue. Visceral fat surrounds vital organs
and can be metabolized by the liver to produce blood cholesterol.
Visceral fat has been associated with increased risks of conditions
such as polycystic ovary syndrome, metabolic syndrome and
cardiovascular diseases.
[1177] By "ectopic fat storage" is meant lipid deposits within and
around tissues and organs that constitute the lean body mass (e.g.,
skeletal muscle, heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, blood vessels).
Generally, ectopic fat storage is an accumulation of lipids outside
classical adipose tissue depots in the body.
[1178] Fat mass can be expressed as a percentage of the total body
mass. In some aspects, the fat mass is reduced by at least 1%, at
least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, or at least 25%
over the course of a treatment. In one aspect, the subject's lean
mass is not decreased over the course of a treatment.
[1179] In another aspect, the subject's lean mass is maintained or
increased over the course of a treatment. In another aspect, the
subject is on a reduced calorie diet or restricted diet. By
"reduced calorie diet" is meant that the subject is ingesting fewer
calories per day than compared to the same subject's normal diet.
In one instance, the subject is consuming at least 50 fewer
calories per day. In other instances, the subject is consuming at
least 100, 150 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000
fewer calories per day. In some embodiments, the method involves
the metabolism of visceral fat or ectopic fat or both at a rate of
at least about 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, or 50%, greater
than for subcutaneous fat. In one aspect, the methods result in a
favorable fat distribution. In one embodiment, favorable fat
distribution is an increased ratio of subcutaneous fat to visceral
fat, ectopic fat, or both. In one aspect, the method involves an
increase in lean body mass, for example, as a result of an increase
in muscle cell mass. In one embodiment, the amount of subcutaneous
fat is reduced in a subject by at least about 5%. In certain
embodiments, the amount of subcutaneous fat is reduced by at least
about 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30% 40%, or 50% compared to the subject
prior to administration of a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition.
[1180] The methods described herein can be used to reduce the
amount of visceral fat in a subject. In one instance, the visceral
fat is reduced in a subject by at least about 5%. In other
instances, the visceral fat is reduced in a subject by at least
about 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30% 40%, or 50% compared to the subject
prior to administration of a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition. Visceral fat can be measured through any means
available to determine the amount of visceral fat in a subject.
Such methods include, for example, abdominal tomography by means of
CT scanning and MRI. Other methods for determining visceral fat are
described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,864,415, 6,850,797, and
6,487,445.
[1181] In one embodiment, a method for preventing the accumulation
of ectopic fat or reducing the amount of ectopic fat in a subject
is provided, wherein the method comprises administering, to a
subject in need thereof, a chemosensory receptor ligand composition
effective to prevent accumulation of ectopic fat or to reduce the
amount of ectopic fat in the subject. It is understood that a
treatment can be a series of individual doses, or a treatment
regimen, provided to the subject over a period of time. In one
instance, the amount of ectopic fat is reduced in a subject by at
least about 5% compared to the untreated subject. In other
instances, the amount of ectopic fat is reduced by at least about
10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30% 40%, or 50%. Alternatively, the amount of
ectopic fat is proportionally reduced 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%,
40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100% in comparison to subcutaneous
fat in a subject. Ectopic fat can be measured in a subject using
any method available for measuring ectopic fat.
[1182] In another embodiment, methods for altering anthropometric
parameters, e.g., waist circumference, hip circumference, and
waist-to-hip ratio are provided. Waist circumference is a measure
of abdominal obesity. In one embodiment, methods for reducing waist
circumference of a subject are provided, wherein the method
comprises administering, to a subject in need thereof, a
chemosensory receptor ligand composition in an amount effective to
reduce the waist circumference of the subject. In one embodiment,
the waist circumference of the subject is reduced by at least about
1%. In certain embodiments, the waist circumference of the subject
is reduced by at least about 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%. 9% or 10%
compared to the subject prior to administration of a chemosensory
ligand receptor ligand composition provided herein. In one
embodiment, the waist circumference of the subject is reduced by at
least about 1 cm. In other embodiments, the waist circumference of
the subject is reduced by at least about 2 cm, 3 cm, 4 cm, 5 cm, or
6 cm compared to the subject prior to administration of a
chemosensory receptor ligand composition.
[1183] In another embodiment, methods for reducing hip
circumference of a subject are provided, wherein the method
comprises administering, to a subject in need thereof, a
chemosensory receptor ligand composition provided herein in an
amount effective to reduce the hip circumference of the subject. In
one embodiment, the hip circumference of the subject is reduced by
at least about 1%. In certain embodiments, the waist circumference
of the subject is reduced by at least about 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, or 6%
compared to the subject prior to administration of a chemosensory
receptor ligand composition. In one embodiment, the waist
circumference of the subject is reduced by at least about 1 cm. In
certain embodiments, the waist circumference of the subject is
reduced by at least about 2 cm, 3 cm, 4 cm, 5 cm, or 6 cm compared
to the subject prior to administration of a chemosensory receptor
ligand composition.
[1184] Also provided are methods to reduce weight in a morbidly
obese subject by first reducing the subject's weight to a level
below that of being morbidly obese, then administering an effective
amount of a chemosensory receptor ligand composition to further
reduce the subject's weight. Methods for reducing a subject's
weight to being below that of morbid obesity include reducing
caloric intake, increasing physical activity, drug therapy,
bariatric surgery, such as gastric bypass surgery, or any
combinations of the preceding methods. In one aspect, administering
the treatment results in reduced caloric intake, which further
reduces the weight of the subject. In another embodiment, methods
are provided for reducing the body mass index (BMI) in a subject
having a BMI of 40 or less by administering a chemosensory receptor
ligand composition in an amount and regimen effective to further
reduce the subject's weight. In another embodiment, methods are
provided for reducing the body mass index (BMI) in a subject having
a BMI of 35 or less by administering a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition in an amount and regimen effective to further reduce
the subject's weight.
[1185] In embodiments, methods for reducing the risk of developing
metabolic disorders are provided, where the method comprises
administering to the subject a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition in an amount effective to reduce the weight or control
the blood glucose of a subject. Also provided herein, are methods
for maintaining a healthy or normal weight and/or glucose
concentrations, where the method comprises administering to the
subject a chemosensory receptor ligand composition in an amount
effective maintaining a healthy or normal weight and/or glucose
concentrations.
[1186] In another embodiment, methods for controlling or modifying
eating behaviors are provided, wherein the methods comprise
administering, to a subject in need thereof, a chemosensory
receptor ligand composition effective to control or modify an
eating behavior by the subject. In one embodiment, methods for
controlling binge eating are provided, where the methods comprise
administering, to a subject in need thereof, a chemosensory
receptor ligand composition in an amount effect to control or curb
binge eating by the subject. In one embodiment, a chemosensory
receptor ligand composition is administered at times of the day
when the subject is most likely to binge eat. In one aspect, binge
eating is characterized by 1) eating, in a discrete period of time
(e.g., within any 2-hour period), an amount of food that is
definitely larger than most people would eat during a similar
period of time and under similar circumstances and 2) a sense of
lack of control over eating during the episode (e.g., a feeling
that one cannot stop eating or control what or how much one is
eating). The reduction of binge eating includes a reduction in the
frequency of binge eating episodes, the duration of binge eating
episodes, the total amount consumed during a binge eating episode,
difficulty in resisting the onset of a binge eating episode, and
any combination thereof, as compared to as compared to such
frequency, duration, amount and resistance in the absence of the
chemosensory receptor ligand composition. For example, in one
embodiment, a method may comprise a reduction in the frequency of
binge eating episodes. In another embodiment, a method may comprise
a reduction in the duration of binge eating episodes. In yet
another embodiment, a method may comprise a reduction in the total
amount consumed during a binge-eating episode. In yet another
embodiment, a method may comprise a reduction in difficulty
resisting the onset of a binge-eating episode.
[1187] Some of the signs of binge eating include eating large
amounts of food when not physically hungry, rapid eating, hiding of
food because the person feels embarrassed about how much he or she
is eating, eating until uncomfortably full, or any combination
thereof. Many binge eaters are emotional eaters, i.e. their binge
eating is triggered by their emotional state (e.g., some binge
eaters eat when they are sad, some eat when they are happy, and
some eat when they are under stress). A large number of binge
eaters suffer from anxiety disorders, such as obsessive-compulsive
disorder; impulse control problems; or personality disorders, such
as borderline personality disorder or depression. In one
embodiment, the binge eating is in response to stressed conditions.
Other binge eaters are substance abusers, such as drug abusers or
alcohol abusers. Not everyone who has a binge eating disorder is
overweight, such as those binge eaters diagnosed with bulimia.
[1188] Subjects who binge eat often do so at particular times of
the day, and thus treatment should be adjusted according to when
the subject is most likely to binge eat. For example, if the
subject binge eats mostly after 7 p.m. at night, the subject should
be administered a chemosensory receptor ligand composition at or
shortly before 7 p.m. In one embodiment, the subject is
administered a chemosensory receptor ligand composition at the time
they are susceptible to binge eating. In certain embodiments, the
subject is administered a chemosensory receptor ligand composition
at least about 5 minutes, at least about 15 minutes, at least about
30 minutes, at least about 45 minutes, at least about 1 hour, at
least about 1 hour and 30 minutes, or at least about 2 hours before
they are susceptible to binge eating. An effective amount of a
chemosensory receptor ligand composition in this embodiment is an
amount effective to curb or control the subject's desire to binge
eat. Therefore, the effective amount of a chemosensory receptor
ligand composition will change dependent upon the subject and the
level of their desire to binge eat. Furthermore, if a subject's
desire to binge eat is less at one point in the day than at
another, the dosage can be adjusted accordingly to provide a lower
dose at the times of the day the subject has a lower desire to
binge eat, and to provide a higher dose at the times of the day the
subject has a higher desire to binge eat.
[1189] In one embodiment, the subject is administered a peak dosage
of a chemosensory receptor ligand composition at the time they have
a high desire to binge eat. In certain embodiments, the subject is
administered a peak dosage of a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition at least about 5 minutes, at least about 15 minutes, at
least about 30 minutes, at least about 45 minutes, at least about 1
hour, at least about 1 hour and 30 minutes, or at least about 2
hours before they have a high desire to binge eat.
[1190] In another embodiment, methods for modifying food
preferences in a subject are provided, wherein methods comprise
administering, to a subject in need thereof, a chemosensory ligand
receptor composition in an amount effective to modify food
preferences in the subject. The chemosensory receptor targeted by a
composition can influence the subject's desire to eat the
corresponding food. For example, a composition comprising ligands
for the sweet receptor can reduce the subject's desire for sweet
foods. Therefore, in embodiments, the subject's food preferences
that are influenced by the treatment can include preferences for
sweet foods, savory foods, high fat foods, salty foods, sour foods,
and any combination thereof.
[1191] The modifications in food preferences may include a decrease
in a preference for such foods, a decrease in the amount of intake
of such foods, an enhancement of a preference of one food type over
another food type, changes in frequency of cravings for such foods,
duration of cravings for such foods, intensity of cravings for such
foods, difficulty in resisting cravings for such foods, frequency
of eating in response to cravings for such foods, and any
combination thereof, as compared to such frequency, duration,
intensity, or resistance in the absence of treatment. In yet
another embodiment, a method may comprise reducing a subject's
preference for sweet foods, savory foods, high fat foods, salty
foods, sour foods, and any combination thereof.
[1192] In one embodiment, a method may comprise reducing a
subject's frequency of cravings for sweet foods, savory foods, high
fat foods, salty foods, sour foods, and any combination
thereof.
[1193] In another embodiment, a method may comprise reducing a
subject's duration of cravings for sweet foods savory foods, high
fat foods, salty foods, sour foods, and any combination thereof,
etc. In yet another embodiment, a method may comprise reducing a
subject's intensity of cravings for sweet foods, savory foods, high
fat foods, salty foods, sour foods, and any combination thereof. In
yet another embodiment, a method may comprise reducing a subject's
difficulty in resisting cravings for sweet foods, savory foods,
high fat foods, salty foods, sour foods, and any combination
thereof. In yet another embodiment, a method may comprise reducing
a subject's frequency of eating in response to cravings for sweet
foods, savory foods, high fat foods, salty foods, sour foods, and
any combination thereof. In yet another embodiment, a method may
comprise reducing a subject's intake of sweet foods, savory foods,
high fat foods, salty foods, sour foods, and any combination
thereof.
Treatment of Bowel Damage
[1194] The compositions and methods provided herein can be used for
the treatment of short bowel syndrome and compromised intestinal
function (e.g., small bowel resection, colitis, enteritis,
inflammatory bowel syndrome, ischemic bowel, and chemotherapeutic
injury to the intestine). Short bowel syndrome refers to the
collection of symptoms caused by intestinal resection. Its symptoms
include intractable diarrhea, dehydration, malabsorption of
macronutrients, weight loss, malabsorption of vitamins and trace
elements and malnutrition. GLP-2 is known to slow gastric emptying,
increase intestinal transit time and inhibit sham feeding-induced
gastric acid secretion. Patients with jejunostomy often have
impaired meal-stimulated GLP-2 responses, and thus impaired
absorption. Administration of GLP-2 in patients with jejunostomy
has been shown to improve intestinal absorption of energy and
intestinal wet weight absorption as well as prolong gastric
emptying of solids and liquids. See Jeppesen, P. B., 2003,
"Clinical significance of GLP-2 in short-bowel syndrome," Journal
of Nutrition 133 (11): 3721-4. GLP-2 is also reported to stimulate
intestinal growth in addition to inhibiting gastric secretion and
gastric motility. Burrin et al., 2001, "Glucagon-like peptide 2: a
nutrient-responsive gut growth factor," Journal of Nutrition 131
(3):
[1195] 709. Modulation of GLP-2 secretion through the
administration of the compositions described herein can provide for
the treatment of short bowel syndrome and compromised intestinal
function, including but not limited to, small bowel resection,
colitis, enteritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, ischemic bowel,
and chemotherapeutic injury to the intestine.
Delivery to Specific Intestinal Locations
[1196] The density of L-cells increases along the length of the
intestine with the lowest density at the level of the duodenum and
greatest in the rectum. There is an approximately 80-fold increase
in L-cell density from the duodenum to rectum as assessed by
peptide YY content. See Adrian et al., Gastroenterology 1985;
89:1070-77. Given that nutrients or bile salts would not be
expected to reach the colon much less the rectum, the mechanism of
these L-cells in the regulation of metabolism is not completely
clear. While speculative, it is possible that products produced by
the colonic flora could inform the gut of the microbial mass and
composition via L-cell sensors and in turn this information could
be relayed to the CNS via hormonal and neural signals emanating
from the colonic and rectal area which is innervated quite
differently than the small intestine. Regardless of the role of
neuroendocrine cells in the colon and rectum, the basis of this
invention is to stimulate these cells wherever they may be (for
example, different individuals, and patients with diabetes, might
be expected to have different distributions and numbers of these
cells) via the presentation of one or more stimuli of taste and/or
nutrient receptors and other stimulants for the purpose of treating
metabolic disorders.
[1197] The upper intestine has different EECs than the lower
intestine. For example, CCK and GIP are released from the upper and
not typically from the lower intestine, corresponding to I- and
K-cells predominantly being located in the upper gut. Conversely,
L-cells are located predominantly in the lower intestine. Hormonal
release patterns are not only chemosensory receptor ligand- and
combination-specific but also site-specific in the intestine.
[1198] In embodiments, it is contemplated that sensing and/or
metabolism of nutrients in the upper intestine amplifies certain
responses from the lower intestine. Moreover, L-cells located in
the upper intestine can behave differently than those in the lower
region providing another level control for targeting chemosensory
receptor ligands. For example, in embodiments, certain chemosensory
receptor ligand combinations delivered to the upper intestine may
be more favorable to a hormonal release pattern for the treatment
of one disorder, e.g., diabetes, whereas that same combination
delivered to the lower intestine may be more appropriate for a
different disorder, e.g., obesity. It is also contemplated that the
same combination can produce a more favorable hormonal profile when
presented to both the upper and lower intestine.
[1199] Thus, the embodiments described herein provide a treatment
method comprising a combination of chemosensory receptor ligands
that is engineered to deliver certain of the chemosensory receptor
ligands to one or more locations of the intestine, for example, to
optimize hormonal patterns achieved.
[1200] In some of the embodiments provided herein, the chemosensory
receptor ligands are delivered to one or more regions of the
intestine. In some of the embodiments provided herein, the
chemosensory receptor ligands are delivered to one or more regions
downstream or distal of the stomach. In certain embodiments, the
chemosensory receptor ligands are delivered to one or more regions
of the upper intestine. In certain embodiments, the chemosensory
receptor ligands are delivered to the duodenum, jejunum, ileum, or
a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the chemosensory
receptor ligands are delivered to one or more regions of the lower
intestine. In certain embodiments, the chemosensory receptor
ligands are delivered to the caecum, colon, rectum, or a
combination thereof. In yet other embodiments, the chemosensory
receptor ligands are delivered downstream or distal of the
duodenum. In additional embodiments, the chemosensory receptor
ligands are delivered downstream or distal of the jejunum.
[1201] In yet other embodiments, chemosensory receptor ligands are
delivered to one or more regions of the upper intestine and one or
more regions of the lower intestine. For example, chemosensory
receptor ligands can be delivered to the duodenum and the colon. In
another non-limiting example, chemosensory receptor ligands can be
delivered to the duodenum, jejunum, ileum and colon. In further
embodiments, chemosensory receptor ligands are delivered to both
the stomach and one or more regions of the intestine. For example,
an oral formulation can release some chemosensory receptor ligands
in the stomach and later into the intestine. More embodiments are
described under Formulations.
[1202] Administration of chemosensory receptor ligands to certain
regions or locations of the intestine is achieved by any known
method. In certain embodiments, enteral administration of
chemosensory receptor ligands is performed, e.g., in rodents or
man. Intubation/cannulation is performed in lightly anaesthetized
patients with silastic tubing. Tubing is placed in the post-pyloric
region and in the rectum and advanced as deeply as possible. These
locations are explored separately and together as foods sensed in
the upper intestine can provide signals to the lower intestine and
vice versa. In certain embodiments, chemosensory receptor ligands
are formulated in a modified release composition for oral delivery
that delivers the chemosensory receptor ligands to targeted regions
or locations of the intestine. In yet other embodiments,
chemosensory receptor ligands are formulated for rectal delivery as
a suppository, douche, wash, or the like for delivery to targeted
regions or locations of the intestinal tract, e.g., rectum or
colon. In some aspects, the delivery may start anywhere past the
taste buds including partial, substantial, predominant release of
chemosensory receptor ligands in the stomach so that the natural
flow results in the delivery of the chemosensory receptor ligands
to one or more regions of the intestine. This delivery method may
be combined with targeted delivery to a specific region of the
intestine.
[1203] When delivery of chemosensory receptor ligands is to two or
more regions of the gastrointestinal tract, the ligands delivered
may be in any proportion and manner. In some embodiments, certain
chemosensory receptor ligands are be targeted and delivered to
specific regions, such as for example, sweet receptor ligands to
the ileum and umami receptor ligands to the colon or, in another
example, bitter receptor compounds to the stomach, sweet receptor
ligands to the duodenum and bile salts to the colon. In certain
embodiments, chemosensory receptor ligands are delivered in certain
proportions in each region of the gut. In one non-limiting example,
the quantity of one or more chemosensory receptor ligands can be
delivered 20% to the stomach and 80% to intestine, equally in two
or more regions of the intestine or any other contemplated
proportions.
Administration
Combination Therapies
[1204] The compositions of the embodiments described herein may be
co-administered with known therapies for the treatment of any of
the conditions described herein. Co-administration can also provide
for additive or synergistic effects, resulting in the need for
lower dosages of a known therapy, the compositions described
herein, or both. Additional benefits of co-administration include
the reduction in toxicities associated with any of the known
therapies.
[1205] Co-administration includes simultaneous administration in
separate compositions, administration at different times in
separate compositions, or administration in a composition in which
both agents are present. Thus, in some embodiments, compositions
described herein and a known therapy are administered in a single
treatment. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein
and a known therapy are admixed in a resulting composition. In some
embodiments, compositions described herein and the known therapy
are administered in separate compositions or administrations.
[1206] Administration of compositions described herein and known
therapies described herein may be by any suitable means.
Administration of a composition described herein and a second
compound (e.g., diabetes drug or obesity drug) may be by any
suitable means. If the compositions described herein and a second
compound are administered as separate compositions, they may be
administered by the same route or by different routes. If the
compositions described herein and a second compound are
administered in a single composition, they may be administered by
any suitable route such as, for example, oral administration. In
certain embodiments, compositions of chemosensory ligands and
second compounds can be administered to the same region or
different regions of the gastrointestinal tract. For example,
chemosensory ligands can be administered in combination with an
anti-diabetic drug to be delivered to the duodenum, jejunum, ileum,
or colon.
[1207] Therapies, drugs and compounds useful for the treatment of
diabetes, metabolic syndrome (including glucose intolerance,
insulin resistance, and dyslipidemia), and/or diseases or
conditions associated therewith may be administered with the
chemosensory receptor ligands. Diabetic therapies drugs and
compounds include, but are not limited to, those that decrease
triglyceride concentrations, decrease glucose concentrations,
and/or modulate insulin (e.g. stimulate insulin production, mimic
insulin, enhance glucose-dependent insulin secretion, suppress
glucagon secretion or action, improve insulin action or insulin
sensitizers, or are exogenous forms of insulin).
[1208] Drugs that decrease triglyceride level include but are not
limited to ascorbic acid, asparaginase, clofibrate, colestipol,
fenofibrate mevastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, fluvastatin, or
omega-3 fatty acid. Drugs that decrease LDL cholesterol level
include but are not limited to clofibrate, gemfibrozil, and
fenofibrate, nicotinic acid, mevinolin, mevastatin, pravastatin,
simvastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, cholestyrine, colestipol or
probucol.
[1209] In another aspect, compositions of the embodiments described
herein may be administered in combination with glucose-lowering
compounds.
[1210] The medication classes of thiazolidinediones (also called
glitazones), sulfonylureas, meglitinides, biguanides,
alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, DPP-IV inhibitors, and incretin
mimetics have been used as adjunctive therapies for hyperglycemia
and diabetes mellitus (type 2) and related diseases.
[1211] Drugs that decrease glucose level include but are not
limited to glipizides, glyburides, exenatide (Byetta.RTM.),
incretins, sitagliptin (Januvia.RTM.), pioglitizone, glimepiride,
rosiglitazone, metformin, vildagliptin, saxagliptin (Onglyza.TM.),
sulfonylureas, meglitinide (e.g., Prandin.RTM.) glucosidase
inhibitor, biguanides (e.g., Glucophage.RTM.), repaglinide,
acarbose, troglitazone, nateglinide, natural, synthetic or
recombinant insulin and derivatives thereof, and amylin and amylin
derivatives. In certain instances, chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions provided herein are used in combination with
biguanides. Biguanides include metformin, phenformin, buformin and
related compounds. In certain instances, chemosensory receptor
ligand compositions provided herein are used in combination with
metformin.
[1212] When administered sequentially, the combination may be
administered in two or more administrations. In an alternative
embodiment, it is possible to administer one or more chemosensory
receptor ligands and one or more additional active ingredients by
different routes. The skilled artisan will also recognize that a
variety of active ingredients may be administered in combination
with one or more chemosensory receptor ligands that may act to
augment or synergistically enhance the control prevention,
amelioration, attenuation, or treatment of obesity or eating
disorders or conditions.
[1213] According to the methods provided herein, when
co-administered with at least one other obesity reducing (or
anti-obesity) or weight reducing drug, a chemosensory receptor
ligand(s) may be: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered
simultaneously in a combined formulation; (2) delivered by
alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by any
other combination therapy regimen known in the art. When delivered
in alternation therapy, the methods provided may comprise
administering or delivering the active ingredients sequentially,
e.g., in separate solution, emulsion, suspension, tablets, pills or
capsules, or by different injections in separate syringes. In
general, during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each
active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e., serially,
whereas in simultaneous therapy, effective dosages of two or more
active ingredients are administered together. Various sequences of
intermittent combination therapy may also be used.
[1214] In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein may be
used with other commercially available diet aids or other
anti-obesity agents, such as, by way of example, PYY and PYY
agonists, GLP-1 and GLP-1 agonists, a DPP-IV inhibitor, CCK and CCK
agonists, exendin and exendin agonists, GIP and GIP agonists,
amylin and amylin agonists, ghrelin modulators (e.g., inhibitors)
and leptin and leptin agonists. In certain instances, chemosensory
receptor ligand compositions provided herein are used in
combination with amylin, amylin agonists or mimetics. Exemplary
amylin agonists or mimetics include pramlintide and related
compounds. In certain instances, chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions provided herein are used in combination with leptin,
leptin agonists or mimetics. Additional leptin agonists or mimetics
can be identified using the methods described by U.S. Pat. No.
7,247,427 which is incorporated by reference herein. In further
instances, chemosensory receptor ligand compositions provided
herein increase leptin sensitivity and increase effectiveness of
leptin, leptin agonists or mimetics.
[1215] Additional anti-obesity agents for use in the methods
provided that are in current development are also of interest in
the methods of the present invention. Other anti-obesity agents
include alone or any combination of phentermine, fenfluramine,
sibutramine, rimonabant, topiramate, zonisamide bupropion,
naltrexone, lorcaserin, and orlistat. Therapies, drugs and
compounds useful for the treatment of weight loss, binge eating,
food addictions and cravings may be administered with the
compositions described herein. For example, the subject may further
be administered at least one other drug which is known to suppress
hunger or control appetite. Such therapies drugs and compounds
include but are not limited to phenteramines such as Meridia.RTM.
and Xenical.RTM.. Additional therapies, drugs and compounds are
known in the art and contemplated herein.
[1216] As such, in one aspect, the chemosensory receptor ligands
may be used as part of a combination therapy for the control,
prevention or treatment of obesity or eating disorders or
conditions. Compounds used as part of a combination therapy to
treat obesity or reduce weight include, but are not limited to,
central nervous system agents that affect neurotransmitters or
neural ion channels, including antidepressants (bupropion),
noradrenalin reuptake inhibitors (GW320659), selective serotonin 2c
receptor agonists, selective 5HT 2c receptor agonists, antiseizure
agents (topiramate, zonisamide), some dopamine antagonists, and
cannabinoid-1 receptor antagonists (CB-1 receptor antagonists)
(rimonabant); leptin/insulin/central nervous system pathway agents,
including leptin analogues, leptin transport and/or leptin receptor
promoters, ciliary neurotrophic factor (Axokine), neuropeptide Y
and agouti-related peptide antagonists, pro-opiomelanocortin and
cocaine and amphetamine regulated transcript promoters,
.alpha.-melanocyte-stimulating hormone analogues, melanocoritin-4
receptor agonists, and agents that affect insulin
metabolism/activity, which include protein-tyrosine phosphatase-1B
inhibitors, peroxisome proliferator activated receptor-.gamma.
receptor antagonists, short-acting bromocriptine (ergoset),
somatostatin agonists (octreotide), and adiponectin/Acrp30 (Famoxin
or Fatty Acid Metabolic Oxidation Inducer); gastrointestinal-neural
pathway agents, including those that increase cholecystokinin
activity (CCK), PYY activity, NPY activity, and PP activity,
increase glucagon-like peptide-1 activity (exendin 4, liraglutide,
dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors), and those that decrease
ghrelin activity, as well as amylin analogues (pramlintide); agents
that may increase resting metabolic rate (selective (3-3
stimulators/agonist, uncoupling protein homologues, and thyroid
receptor agonists); other more diverse agents, including melanin
concentrating hormone antagonists, phytostanol analogues,
functional oils, P57, amylase inhibitors, growth hormone fragments,
synthetic analogues of dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate, antagonists
of adipocyte 11B-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 activity,
corticotropin-releasing hormone agonists, inhibitors of fatty acid
synthesis (cerulenin and C75), carboxypeptidase inhibitors,
indanone/indanols, amino sterols (trodusquemine/trodulamine), and
other gastrointestinal lipase inhibitors (ATL962); amphetamines,
such as dextroamphetamine; other sympathomimetic adrenergic agents,
including phentermine, benzphetamine, phendimetrazine, mazindol,
and diethylpropion.
[1217] Other compounds include ecopipam; oxyntomodulin (OM);
inhibitors of glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide (GIP);
gastrin-releasing peptide; neuromedin B; enterostatin;
amfebutamone, SR-58611; CP-045598; AOD-0604; QC-BT16; rGLP-1; 1426
(HMR-1426); N-5984; ISIS-113715; solabegron; SR-147778; Org-34517;
melanotan-II; cetilistat; c-2735; c-5093; c-2624; APD-356;
radafaxine; fluasterone; GP-389255; 856464; S-2367; AVE-1625; T-71;
oleoyl-estrone; peptide YY [3-36] intranasal; androgen receptor
agonists; PYY 3-36; DOV-102677; tagatose; SLV-319; 1954 (Aventis
Pharma AG); oxyntomodulin, Thiakis; bromocriptine, PLIVA;
diabetes/hyperlipidemia therapy, Yissum; CKD-502; thyroid receptor
beta agonists; beta-3 adrenoceptor agonist; CDK-A agonists; galanin
antagonist; dopamine D1/D2 agonists; melanocortin modulators;
verongamine; neuropeptide Y antagonists; melanin-concentrating
hormone receptor antagonists; dual PPAR alpha/gamma agonists;
CGEN-P-4; kinase inhibitors; human MCH receptor antagonists; GHS-R
antagonists; ghrelin receptor agonists; DG70 inhibitors; cotinine;
CRF-BP inhibitors; urocortin agonists; UCL-2000; impentamine;
.beta.-3 adrenergic receptor; pentapeptide MC4 agonists;
trodusquemine; GT-2016; C-75; CPOP; MCH-1 receptor antagonists;
RED-103004; aminosterols; orexin-1 antagonists; neuropeptide Y5
receptor antagonists; DRF-4158; PT-15; PTPase inhibitors; A37215;
SA-0204; glycolipid metabolites; MC-4 agonist; produlestan; PTP-1B
inhibitors; GT-2394; neuropeptide Y5 antagonists; melanocortin
receptor modulators; MLN-4760; PPAR gamma/delta dual agonists;
NPY5RA-972; 5-HT2C receptor agonist; neuropeptide Y5 receptor
antagonists (phenyl urea analogs); AGRP/MC4 antagonists;
neuropeptide Y5 antagonists (benzimidazole); glucocorticoid
antagonists; MCHR1 antagonists; Acetyl-CoA carboxylase inhibitors;
R-1496; HOB1 modulators; NOX-B11; peptide YY 3-36 (eligen); 5-HT 1
modulators; pancreatic lipase inhibitors; GRC-1087; CB-1
antagonists; MCH-1 antagonists; LY-448100; bombesin BRS3 agonists;
ghrelin antagonists; MC4 antagonists; stearoyl-CoA desaturase
modulators; H3 histamine antagonists; PPARpan agonists; EP-01492;
hormone-sensitive lipase inhibitors; fatty acid-binding protein 4
inhibitors; thiolactone derivatives; protein tyrosine phosphatase
1B inhibitors; MCH-1 antagonist; P-64; PPAR gamma ligands; melanin
concentrating hormone antagonists; thiazole gastroprokinetics;
PA-452; T-226296; A-331440; immunodrug vaccines; diabetes/obesity
therapeutics (Bioagency, Biofrontera Discovery GmbH); P-7 (Genfit);
DT-011 M; PTP1B inhibitor; anti-diabetic peptide conjugates; KATP
agonists; obesity therapeutics (Lexicon); 5-HT2 agonists; MCH-1
receptor antagonists; GMAD-1/GMAD-2; STG-a-MD; neuropeptide Y
antagonist; angiogenesis inhibitors; G protein-coupled receptor
agonists; nicotinic therapeutics (ChemGenex); anti-obesity agents
(Abbott); neuropeptide Y modulators; melanin concentrating hormone;
GW-594884A; MC-4R agonist; histamine H3 antagonists; orphan GPCR
modulators; MITO-3108; NLC-002; HE-2300; IGF/IBP-2-13; 5-HT2C
agonists; ML-22952; neuropeptide Y receptor antagonists; AZ-40140;
anti-obesity therapy (Nisshin Flour); GNTI; melanocortin receptor
modulators; alpha-amylase inhibitors; neuropeptide Y1 antagonist;
beta-3 adrenoceptor agonists; ob gene products (Eli Lilly &
Co.); SWR-0342-SA; beta-3 adrenoceptor agonist; SWR-0335; SP-18904;
oral insulin mimetics; beta 3 adrenoceptor agonists; NPY-1
antagonists; .beta.-3 agonists; obesity therapeutics (7.TM.
Pharma); 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase (HSD)1 inhibitors;
QRX-431; E-6776; RI-450; melanocortin-4 antagonists; melanocortin 4
receptor agonists; obesity therapeutics (CuraGen); leptin mimetics;
A-74498; second-generation leptin; NBI-103; CL-314698; CP-114271;
beta-3 adrenoceptor agonists; NMI-8739; UCL-1283; BMS-192548;
CP-94253; PD-160170; nicotinic agonist; LG-100754; SB-226552;
LY-355124; CKD-711; L-751250; PPAR inhibitors; G-protein
therapeutics; obesity therapy (Amylin Pharmaceuticals Inc.);
BW-1229; monoclonal antibody (ObeSys/CAT); L-742791;
(S)-sibutramine; MBU-23; YM-268; BTS-78050; tubby-like protein
genes; genomics (eating disorders; Allelix/Lilly); MS-706;
GI-264879A; GW-409890; FR-79620 analogs; obesity therapy
(Hybrigenics SA); ICI-198157; ESP-A; 5-HT2C agonists; PD-170292;
AIT-202; LG-100641; GI-181771; anti-obesity therapeutics (Genzyme);
leptin modulator; GHRH mimetics; obesity therapy (Yamanouchi
Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.); SB-251023; CP-331684; BIBO-3304;
cholesten-3-ones; LY-362884; BRL-48962; NPY-1 antagonists; A-71378;
.RTM.-didesmethylsibutramine; amide derivatives; obesity
therapeutics (Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.); obesity therapeutics
(Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc.); LY-226936; NPY antagonists; CCK-A
agonists; FPL-14294; PD-145942; ZA-7114; CL-316243; SR-58878;
R-1065; BIBP-3226; HP-228; talibegron; FR-165914; AZM-008; AZM-016;
AZM-120; AZM-090; vomeropherin; BMS-187257; D-3800; AZM-131; gene
discovery (Axys/Glaxo); BRL-26830A; SX-013; ERR modulators;
adipsin; AC-253; A-71623; A-68552; BMS-210285; TAK-677; MPV-1743;
obesity therapeutics (Modex); GI-248573; AZM-134; AZM-127; AZM-083;
AZM-132; AZM-115; exopipam; SSR-125180; obesity therapeutics
(Melacure Therapeutics AB); BRL-35135; SR-146131; P-57; AZM-140;
CGP-71583A; RF-1051; BMS-196085; manifaxine; beta-3 agonists; DMNJ
(Korea Research Institute of Bioscience and Biotechnology);
BVT-5182; LY-255582; SNX-024; galanin antagonists; neurokinin-3
antagonists; dexfenfluramine; mazindol; diethylpropion;
phendimetrazine; benzphetamine; amfebutmone; sertraline; metformin;
AOD-9604; ATL-062; BVT-933; GT389-255; SLV319; HE-2500;
PEG-axokine; L-796568; and ABT-239.
[1218] In some embodiments, compounds for use in combination with a
chemosensory receptor ligand composition provided herein include
rimonabant, sibutramine, orlistat, PYY or an analog thereof, CB-1
antagonist, leptin, phentermine, and exendin analogs. Exemplary
dosing ranges include phentermine resin (30 mg in the morning),
fenfluramine hydrochloride (20 mg three times a day), and a
combination of phentermine resin (15 mg in the morning) and
fenfluramine hydrochloride (30 mg before the evening meal), and
sibutramine (10-20 mg). Weintraub et al. (1984) Arch. Intern. Med.
144:1143-1148.
[1219] In further embodiments, compounds for use in combination
with a chemosensory receptor ligand composition provided herein
include GPR119 agonists (e.g., anandamide; AR-231, 453; MBX-2982;
Oleoylethanolamide; PSN-365,963; PSN-632,408;
palmitoylethanolamide), GPR120 agonists (e.g., omega-3 fatty acids
including, but not limited to, .alpha.-linolenic acid,
docosapentaenoic acid, docosahexaenoic acid, eicosatrienoic acid,
eicosatetraenoic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, heneicosapentaenoic
acid, hexadecatrienoic acid, stearidonic acid, tetracosahexaenoic
acid and tetracosapentaenoic acid), and GPR 40 agonists (e.g., free
fatty acids including short-, medium-, and long-chain saturated and
unsaturated fatty acids).
[1220] In some embodiments, a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition provided herein is used as an adjunctive therapy to a
bariatric surgical procedure. Bariatric surgery is a procedure for
weight loss and relates to modifications with the gastrointestinal
tract and includes such procedures as gastric banding, sleeve
gastrectomy, GI bypass procedure (e.g., roux en Y, biliary duodenal
bypass, loop gastric bypass), intragastric balloon, vertical
banded, gastroplasty, endoluminal sleeve, biliopancreatic
diversion, and the like. In certain instances, a chemosensory
receptor ligand composition is adjunctive to gastric banding. In
certain instances, a chemosensory receptor ligand composition is
adjunctive to GI bypass procedures. In yet other instances, a
chemosensory receptor ligand composition is adjunctive to sleeve
gastrectomy. In certain embodiments, a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition as an adjunctive therapy to bariatric surgery is
administered prior to the bariatric procedure. In certain
embodiments, a chemosensory receptor ligand composition as an
adjunctive therapy to bariatric surgery is administered after the
bariatric procedure. In certain instances, when used as adjunctive
therapy, the dosage and amounts of a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition may be adjusted as needed with respect to the bariatric
procedure. For example, amounts of a chemosensory receptor ligand
composition administered as an adjunct therapy to a bariatric
procedure may be reduced by one-half of normal dosages or as
directed by a medical professional.
[1221] Combination therapy can be exploited, for example, in
modulating metabolic syndrome (or treating metabolic syndrome and
its related symptoms, complications and disorders), wherein
chemosensory receptor ligand compositions provided herein can be
effectively used in combination with, for example, the active
agents discussed above for modulating, preventing or treating
diabetes, obesity, hyperlipidemia, atherosclerosis, and/or their
respective related symptoms, complications and disorders.
Formulations
[1222] Formulations for the compositions provided herein include
those suitable for oral or rectal administration, and
administration although the most suitable route can depend upon for
example the condition and disorder of the recipient. The
formulations can conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and
can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of
pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing into association
the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or
more accessory ingredients.
[1223] Formulations suitable for oral administration can be
presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets
each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as
a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous
liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid
emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
[1224] Composition preparations which can be used orally include
tablets, push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed
capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or
sorbitol. Tablets can be made by compression or molding, optionally
with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets can be
prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient
in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally
mixed with binders (e.g., povidone, gelatin, hydroxypropylmethyl
cellulose), inert diluents, preservative, disintegrant (e.g.,
sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium
carboxymethyl cellulose) or lubricating, surface active or
dispersing agents. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a
suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with
an inert liquid diluent. The tablets can optionally be coated or
scored and can be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled
release of the active ingredient therein. Tablets can optionally be
provided with an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of
the gut other than the stomach. All formulations for oral
administration should be in dosages suitable for such
administration. The push-fit capsules can contain the active
ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such
as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate
and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active
compounds can be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such
as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In
addition, stabilizers can be added. Dragee cores are provided with
suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions
can be used, which can optionally contain gum arabic, talc,
polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or
titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents
or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the
tablets or Dragee coatings for identification or to characterize
different combinations of active compound doses.
[1225] For buccal or sublingual administration, the compositions
can take the form of tablets, lozenges, pastilles, or gels
formulated in conventional manner. Such compositions can comprise
the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and
acacia or tragacanth. Such compositions can be formulated to
delivery chemosensory receptor ligands to a desired area in the
gastrointestional system.
[1226] It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients
particularly mentioned above, the compounds and compositions
described herein can include other agents conventional in the art
having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example
those suitable for oral administration can include flavoring
agents.
[1227] The compositions described herein can also contain
chemosensory receptor ligands in a form suitable for oral use, for
example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily
suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or
soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral
use can be prepared according to any method known to the art for
the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions, and such
compositions can contain one or more agents selected from, by way
of non-limiting example, sweetening agents, flavoring agents,
coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide
pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.
[1228] Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with
pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the
manufacture of tablets. These excipients can be, for example, inert
diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose,
calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and
disintegrating agents, such as microcrystalline cellulose, sodium
crosscarmellose, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for
example starch, gelatin, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or acacia, and
lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid
or talc. The tablets can be un-coated or coated by known techniques
to mask the taste of the drug or delay disintegration and
absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a
sustained action over a longer period. For example, a water soluble
taste masking material such as hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose or
hydroxypropylcellulose, or a time delay material such as ethyl
cellulose, or cellulose acetate butyrate can be employed as
appropriate. Formulations for oral use can also be presented as
hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with
an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium
phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active
ingredient is mixed with water soluble carrier such as
polyethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid
paraffin, or olive oil.
[1229] In various embodiments, the chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions provided herein are in liquid form. Liquid forms
include, by way of non-limiting example, neat liquids, solutions,
suspensions, dispersions, colloids, foams and the like. In certain
instances, liquid forms contain also a nutritional component or
base (e.g., derived from milk, yogurt, shake, or juice). In some
aspects, the chemosensory receptor ligands are micronized or as
nanoparticles in the liquid form. In certain instances, the
chemosensory receptor ligands are coated to mask the tastant
properties. In other instances, the chemosensory receptor ligands
are coated to modify delivery to the intestine and colon.
[1230] Aqueous solutions or suspensions contain the active
ingredient(s) in admixture with excipients suitable for the
manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending
agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose,
hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium alginate,
polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or
wetting agents can be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for
example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide
with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or
condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic
alcohols, for example heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation
products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty
acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or
condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived
from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene
sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous solutions or suspensions can also
contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl
p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more
flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as
sucrose, saccharin or aspartame. In certain instances, the
flavoring agents are chemosensory receptor ligands.
[1231] Oily suspensions can be formulated by suspending the active
ingredient(s) in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive
oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid
paraffin. The oily suspensions can contain a thickening agent, for
example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents
such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents can be added to
provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions can be
preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as butylated
hydroxyanisol or alpha-tocopherol.
[1232] Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of
an aqueous solutions or suspension by the addition of water provide
the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting
agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable
dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified
by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for
example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, can also be
present. These compositions can be preserved by the addition of an
anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
[1233] Compositions can also be in the form of an oil-in-water
emulsion. The oily phase can be a vegetable oil, for example olive
oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin
or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents can be
naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean lecithin,
and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol
anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation
products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for
example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions can also
contain sweetening agents, flavoring agents, preservatives and
antioxidants.
[1234] Syrups and elixirs can be formulated with sweetening agents,
for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such
formulations can also contain a demulcent, a preservative,
flavoring and coloring agents and antioxidant.
[1235] Compositions can also be formulated in rectal compositions
such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing
conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter, polyethylene
glycol, or other glycerides. These compositions can be prepared by
mixing the inhibitors with a suitable non-irritating excipient
which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal
temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the
drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin,
hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of
various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene
glycol.
[1236] The composition can, for example, be in a form suitable for
oral administration as a tablet, capsule, cachet, pill, lozenge,
powder or granule, sustained release formulations, solution,
liquid, or suspension. The pharmaceutical composition can be in
unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise
dosages. The pharmaceutical composition will include a conventional
pharmaceutical carrier or excipient and the compound according to
the invention as an active ingredient. In addition, it can include
other medicinal or pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants,
etc.
[1237] Suitable carriers include inert diluents or fillers, water
and various organic solvents. The compositions can, if desired,
contain additional ingredients such as flavorings, binders,
excipients and the like. Thus for oral administration, tablets
containing various excipients, such as citric acid can be employed
together with various disintegrants such as starch or other
cellulosic material, alginic acid and certain complex silicates and
with binding agents such as sucrose, gelatin and acacia.
Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, sodium
lauryl sulfate and talc are often useful for tableting purposes.
Other reagents such as an inhibitor, surfactant or solubilizer,
plasticizer, stabilizer, viscosity increasing agent, or film
forming agent can also be added. Solid compositions of a similar
type can also be employed in soft and hard filled gelatin capsules.
Materials include lactose or milk sugar and high molecular weight
polyethylene glycols. When aqueous suspensions or elixirs are
desired for oral administration the active compound therein can be
combined with various sweetening or flavoring agents, coloring
matters or dyes and, if desired, emulsifying agents or suspending
agents, together with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene
glycol, glycerin, or combinations thereof.
[1238] Also contemplated within the invention are food
compositions, including medical food compositions and formulations
containing the compositions of the invention described herein, as
well as nutritional or dietary supplements incorporating the
compositions of the invention. Foods, such as medical foods,
incorporating chemosensory receptor ligand compositions include
edible forms such as bars, candies, powders, gels, snacks, soups,
and liquids. Chewing gums are also contemplated within the scope of
food compositions. Medical food chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions can be formulated to control the amounts and types of
chemosensory receptor ligand(s) as well as the content of other
edible additives and ingredients (e.g., carbohydrates, proteins,
fats, fillers, excipients). Exemplary medical food compositions
include, but are not limited to, bars with defined and/or limited
chemosensory receptor ligands. Food compositions can be packaged
ready-to-serve or ready-to-consume where a set amount of
chemosensory receptor ligand is present at a predefined dosage.
Examples include frozen food products, yoghurts, shakes and the
like. In another aspect, food compositions can be "semi-finished"
where an individual assembles various components such as
flavorings, sauces, extracts, etc. into a finished consumable
product, e.g., soup base, pre-packaged noodles, dessert gelatin.
The chemosensory receptor ligands can be present in one or more
components of a semi-finished food composition adapted for mixing
in chemosensory receptor ligand(s) during food preparation or
sprinkling them on the finished, prepared food.
Modified Release Formulations
[1239] In various embodiments, the methods and compositions
directed to chemosensory receptor ligand(s) are provided in the
form of controlled, sustained, or extended release formulations,
known collectively as "modified release" formulations. Compositions
can be administered by modified release means or by delivery
devices that are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
Examples include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; 4,008,719;
5,674,533; 5,059,595; 5,591,767; 5,120,548; 5,073,543; 5,639,476;
5,354,556; and 5,733,566. Such dosage forms can be used to provide
modified release of one or more active ingredients using, for
example, hydropropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels,
permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings,
microparticles, liposomes, microspheres, or a combination thereof
to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions.
Suitable modified release formulations known to those of ordinary
skill in the art, including those described herein, can be readily
selected for use with the active ingredients of the invention. The
invention thus encompasses single unit dosage forms suitable for
oral administration such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules,
gelcaps, and caplets that are adapted for controlled- or
sustained-release.
[1240] Many strategies can be pursued to obtain modified release in
which the rate of release outweighs, if any, the rate of metabolism
of the chemosensory receptor ligands and/or the location of the
release is controlled. For example, modified release can be
obtained by the appropriate selection of formulation parameters and
ingredients (e.g., appropriate controlled release compositions and
coatings). Examples include single or multiple unit tablet or
capsule compositions, oil solutions, suspensions, emulsions,
microcapsules, microspheres, nanoparticles, patches, and liposomes.
The release mechanism can be controlled such that the compounds are
released at period intervals, the release could be simultaneous, a
delayed release of one of the agents of the combination can be
affected, when the early release of one particular agent is
preferred over the other, or the location of the release is
controlled (e.g., release in the lower intestine tract, upper
intestine tract, or both, depending upon the number and type of
compositions to be administered, the desired effect of the
compositions, and the desired location of release for each ligand).
Different delivery systems described herein can also be combined to
release at an onset of multiple period intervals (e.g., about 30
minutes, about 120 minutes, about 180 minutes and about 240 minutes
after oral administration) or at different locations (e.g., release
in the lower intestine tract, upper intestine tract, the duodenum,
jejunum, ileum, caecum, colon, and/or rectum) or a combination
thereof. For example, a pH dependent system can be combined with a
timed release system or any other system described herein to
achieve a desired release profile.
[1241] In some embodiments, the modified release systems are
formulated to release a chemosensory receptor ligand(s) at a
duration of about 30 minutes, about 40 minutes, about 50 minutes,
about 60 minutes, about 70 minutes, about 80 minutes, about 90
minutes, about 100 minutes, about 110 minutes, about 120 minutes,
about 130 minutes, about 140 minutes, about 150 minutes, about 160
minutes, about 170 minutes, about 180 minutes, about 190 minutes,
about 200 minutes, about 210 minutes, about 220 minutes, about 230
minutes, about 240 minutes, about 250 minutes, about 260 minutes,
about 270 minutes, about 280 minutes, about 290 minutes, about 300
minutes, about 310 minutes, about 320 minutes, about 330 minutes,
about 340 minutes, about 350 minutes, about 360 minutes, about 370
minutes, about 380 minutes, about 390 minutes, about 400, about
400, about 410, or about 420 minutes subsequent to onset of the
release. In embodiments with multiple releases, modified release
systems are formulated to release at more than one durations of
time at different time points.
[1242] In various embodiments, the chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions(s) are provided in the form of modified release
formulations coupled with an immediate release component in a
unitary dosage form. The immediate release component can be a can
be formulated by any known method such as a layer that envelops the
modified release component or the like. Exemplary ratios of
immediate release ("IR") of an active agent to a modified release
("MR") of an active agent are about 10% IR to about 90% MR, about
15% IR to about 85% MR, about 20% IR to about 80% MR, about 25% IR
to about 75% MR, about 30% IR to about 70% MR, about 35% IR to
about 65% MR, about 40% IR to about 60% MR, about 45% IR to about
55% MR, or about 50% IR to about 50% MR. In certain embodiments,
the immediate release of an active agent to modified release of an
active agent is about 25% IR to about 75% MR. In certain
embodiments, the immediate release of an active agent to modified
release of an active agent is about 20% IR to about 80% MR. Unitary
dosage forms with an IR and MR component include any known
formulation including bilayer tablets, coated pellets, and the
like.
Timed Release Systems
[1243] In one embodiment, the release mechanism is a "timed" or
temporal release ("TR") system that releases an active agent, for
example a chemosensory receptor ligand(s), at certain timepoints
subsequent to administration. Timed release systems are well known
in the art and suitable timed release system can include any known
excipient and/or coating. For example, excipients in a matrix,
layer or coating can delay release of an active agent by slowing
diffusion of the active agent into an environment. Suitable timed
release excipients, include but are not limited to, acacia (gum
arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, alginates (sodium
alginate), sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer,
carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose,
ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum,
guar gum, galactomannan, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin,
mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch,
potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, Glyceryl
behenate (e.g., Compritol 888 ato), Gylceryl distearate (e.g.
Precirol ato 5), polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG 200-4500),
polyethylene oxide, adipic acid, gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose
(e.g., ethyl cellulose 100), ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose,
ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose,
hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose (e.g., K100LV, K4M, K15M),
hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), cellulose
acetate (e.g. cellulose acetate CA-398-10 NF), cellulose acetate
phthalate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate
butyrate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate succinate,
hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, cellulose butyrate,
cellulose nitrate, oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone,
propylene carbonate, polyandrides, methyl vinyl ether/maleic
anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate),
poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose,
hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose
(CMC), silicon dioxide, vinyl polymers, e.g. polyvinyl
pyrrolidones(PVP: povidone), polyvinyl acetates, or polyvinyl
acetate phthalates and mixtures, Kollidon SR, acryl derivatives
(e.g. polyacrylates, e.g. cross-linked polyacrylates, methycrylic
acid copolymers), Splenda.RTM. (dextrose, maltodextrin and
sucralose) or combinations thereof. The timed release excipient may
be in a matrix with active agent, in another compartment or layer
of the formulation, as part of the coating, or any combination
thereof. Varying amounts of one or more timed release excipients
may be used to achieve a designated release time.
[1244] In some embodiments, the timed release systems are
formulated to release a chemosensory receptor ligand(s) at an onset
of about 5 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 20 minutes, about 30
minutes, about 40 minutes, about 50 minutes, about 60 minutes,
about 70 minutes, about 80 minutes, about 90 minutes, about 100
minutes, about 110 minutes, about 120 minutes, about 130 minutes,
about 140 minutes, about 150 minutes, about 160 minutes, about 170
minutes, about 180 minutes, about 190 minutes, about 200 minutes,
about 210 minutes, about 220 minutes, about 230 minutes, about 240
minutes, about 250 minutes, about 260 minutes, about 270 minutes,
about 280 minutes, about 290 minutes, about 300 minutes, about 310
minutes, about 320 minutes, about 330 minutes, about 340 minutes,
about 350 minutes, about 360 minutes, about 370 minutes, about 380
minutes, about 390 minutes, about 400, about 400, about 410, or
about 420 minutes subsequent to administration. In embodiments with
multiple releases, timed release systems are formulated to release
at more than one time point. In certain embodiments, the timed
release systems are formulated to release at an onset of about 10
minutes, about 30 minutes, about 120 minutes, about 180 minutes and
about 240 minutes after administration. In certain embodiments o
the timed release systems are formulated to release at an onset of
about 5 to about 45 minutes, about 105 to about 135 minutes, about
165 to about 195 minutes, about 225 to about 255 minutes or a
combination of times thereof following administration to a
subject.
[1245] In various embodiments, the methods and compositions
directed to chemosensory receptor ligand(s) are provided in the
form of timed release formulations coupled with an immediate
release component in a unitary dosage form. The immediate release
component can be a can be formulated by any known method such as a
layer that envelops the timed release component or the like. The
timed release component can be formulated to release at exemplary
times previously described. Exemplary ratios of immediate release
("IR") of an active agent to a timed release ("TR") of an active
agent are about 10% IR to about 90% TR, about 15% IR to about 85%
TR, about 20% IR to about 80% TR, about 25% IR to about 75% TR,
about 30% IR to about 70% TR, about 35% IR to about 65% TR, about
40% IR to about 60% TR, about 45% IR to about 55% TR, or about 50%
IR to about 50% TR. In certain embodiments, the immediate release
of an active agent to timed release of an active agent is about 25%
IR to about 75% TR. In certain embodiments, the immediate release
of an active agent to timed release of an active agent is about 20%
IR to about 80% TR.
Enteric Coatings and pH Dependent Systems
[1246] The formulation may also be coated with an enteric coating,
which protects an active agent, for example a chemosensory receptor
ligand(s), from degradation in an acidic environment, such as the
stomach, and allows a delayed release into a target area, for
example the duodenum, for uptake.
[1247] The enteric coating may be, as a non-limiting example, wax
or wax like substance, such as carnauba wax, fatty alcohols,
hydrogenated vegetable oils, zein, shellac, sucrose, Arabic gum,
gelatin, dextrin, psyllium husk powder, polymethacrylates, anionic
polymethacrylates, mixtures of poly(methacrylic acid, methyl
methacrylate), polymers or copolymers derived from acrylic and/or
methacrylic acid esters, cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose
acetate trimelliate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate
(HPMCP), cellulose propionate phthalate, cellulose acetate maleate,
polyvinyl alcohol phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate
succinate (HPMCAS), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
hexahydrophthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, mixtures of
poly(methacrylic acid, ethyl acrylate), ethylcellulose,
methylcellulose, propylcellulose, chitosan succinate, chitosan
succinate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PVAP), polyvinyl acetate
polymers carboxymethylethyl cellulose and compatible mixtures
thereof. In addition, an inactive intermediate film may be provided
between the active agent, for example, a chemosensory receptor
ligand(s), and the enteric coating to prevent interaction of the
active agent with the enteric coating.
[1248] The enteric coatings can be formulated to release the active
agent, for example, a chemosensory receptor ligand(s), at a desired
pH using combinations of enteric polymers. It is well-known that
different locations of the gastrointestinal system have specific
pHs. For example, the duodenum may correspond to a pH 5.5
environment and the jejunum may correspond to pH 6.0 environment.
In some embodiments, the enteric coatings are formulated to release
a chemosensory receptor ligand(s) at an onset of a pH including
about pH 1, about pH 1.5, about pH 2, about pH 2.5, about pH 3,
about pH 3.5, about pH 4, about pH 4.5, about pH 5, about pH 5.5,
about pH 6, about pH 6.5, or about pH 7. In embodiments with
multiple releases, the enteric coatings are formulated to release
at an onset of two or more pH values. In certain embodiments, the
enteric coatings are formulated to release at an onset of pH 5.5,
6.0, 6.5 and 7.0. In certain embodiments, the enteric coatings are
formulated to release at an onset of pH 5.5, 6.0 and 6.5. In
certain embodiments, the enteric coatings are formulated to release
at the duodenum, jejunum, ileum, and lower intestine. In yet other
embodiments, the enteric coatings are used in combination with
other release systems such as a timed release system.
[1249] In yet other embodiments, the enteric coatings are used in
combination with an immediate release/modified release unitary
dosage forms. For example, an unitary dosage form, such as a
bilayer tablet with a 20% IR/80% MR component of chemosensory
receptor ligand(s) can be coated with an enteric coating that
releases at pH 6.5 so that the release is delayed until the dosage
form reaches a pH of 6.5, thereby releasing the IR component
immediately and the MR component according to its MR release
properties. In certain instances, the enteric coatings are used in
combination with an immediate release/timed release unitary dosage
forms.
Gastro-Retentive Systems
[1250] Described herein are dosage forms exhibiting extended
gastric residence, possessing some resistance to the pattern of
waves of motility present in the gastrointestinal tract that serve
to propel material through it. This is achieved, in some
embodiments, by simultaneously providing the dosage form with a
combination of gastric residence extending characteristics,
including floatation in gastric fluid, adhesion to the mucosal
surfaces of the gastrointestinal tract, and swelling to a size
which delays passage through the pylorus. In some embodiments,
formation of microgels occurs upon exposure to gastric fluid.
[1251] With the teachings described herein, those of skill in the
art will be able to make and use the compositions encompassed by
the methods of the present invention. In some embodiments,
gastro-retentive (sustained-release) systems described herein are
used in the methods of the present invention.
Floating Systems
[1252] The floating property of the dosage form is designed to have
low density and thus float on gastric fluids until the dosage form
either disintegrates (and the resultant particles empty from the
stomach) or absorbs fluid to the point that it no longer floats and
can pass more easily from the stomach with a wave of motility
responsible for gastric emptying.
[1253] In some of the embodiments described herein, while the
system is floating on the gastric contents, the active ingredient
is released slowly at the desired rate from the system. After
release of active ingredient, the residual system is emptied from
the stomach. The system may require minimum gastric contents (at
least about 200 mL) needed to achieve proper floating principle,
which can be accomplished by taking the dosage form with a cup of
water. Also a minimal level of floating force (F) is required to
keep the dosage form reliably buoyant on the surface of the stomach
contents/meal.
[1254] Depending on the desired properties of the composition, it
may be useful to use one or more of the following systems single-
and multiple-unit hydrodynamically balanced systems (HBS), single
and multiple-unit gas generating systems, hollow microspheres, and
raft-forming systems. Various factors such as gastrointestinal
physiology, dosage form characteristics, and patient-related
factors will influence the dosage form buoyancy. With the knowledge
in the art and the teaching provided herein, skilled artisans will
readily know how to implement these systems.
[1255] The floating dosage forms can be prepared where buoyancy is
created via three possible mechanisms. The first mechanism is the
incorporation of formulation components with sufficiently low
density to enable floating on the stomach contents. Such systems
need not disintegrate into small pieces to empty from the stomach,
but rather slowly erode, gradually losing buoyancy and eventually
being expelled from the stomach. This approach may be especially
useful for active ingredients or other active ingredients
administered in low doses (a few hundred milligrams per day or
less) or having low water solubility. However, these properties
have limited utility where higher doses are required or with highly
water soluble active ingredients. In these instances, large amounts
of polymer would be needed to retard drug or active ingredient
release. Depending on the amount of polymer, a capsule dosage form
may not be practicable due to size constraints. Furthermore,
homogenous distribution of drugs or other active ingredients in a
tablet of this form can be accompanied by an undesirable, rapid
initial release of drug or active ingredient. Again, this is most
often seen with very water soluble drugs or active ingredients.
[1256] The second mechanism is the formation of a bilayer dosage
form where the buoyancy originates from a separate layer to the
active layer. This approach can overcome some of the problems
encountered with the system discussed above.
[1257] The third mechanism is the incorporation of one or more gas
generating agents. Gas generating agents react with gastric fluid
to generate gas. This gas is subsequently entrapped within the
dosage form which results in floatation in the gastric fluid. This
approach may offer improved control over degree, onset time and
persistence of floatation. U.S. Pat. No. 4,844,905, describes a
system with a active ingredient loaded core surrounded by a gas
generating layer, which in turn was surrounded by a polymeric layer
responsible for controlling active ingredient release from the
system. In some embodiments, the gas generating component upon
interaction with gastric fluid generates carbon dioxide or sulfur
dioxide that becomes entrapped within the hydrated microgel matrix
of the gelling agent.
[1258] The gas generating components useful in the compositions
described herein include, but are not limited to, a combination of
one or more of bicarbonate and carbonate salts of Group I and Group
II metals, including sodium, potassium, and calcium water soluble
carbonates, sulfites and bicarbonates such as sodium carbonate,
sodium bicarbonate, sodium metabisulfite, calcium carbonate. The
gas generating component can be present in an amount from about
2-50 wt-%.
[1259] Floating tablets can have a bulk density less than gastric
fluid so that they remain buoyant in the stomach without affecting
the gastric emptying rate for a prolonged period of time.
[1260] Limitations of floating dosage forms include required
administration with a suitable amount of fluid (normal gastric
contents could be as little as a few tens of milliliters) and their
possible posture dependence. A patient sitting upright may ensure
prolonged gastric residence of a buoyant dosage form, whereas a
supine patient might allow ready presentation of the floating
dosage form to the pylorus and thus allow rapid exit of the dosage
form from the stomach (see Timmermans et al, J. Pharm. Sci. 1994,
83, 18-24).
Bioadhesive Systems
[1261] Bioadhesive delivery systems are designed to imbibe gastric
fluid such that the outer layer becomes a viscous, tacky material
that adheres to the gastric mucosa/mucus layer. This increases
gastric retention until the adhesive forces are weakened for
example by continuing hydration of the outer layer of the dosage
form or by the persistent application of shear. Polycarbophil has
been identified as a suitable polymer for adhesion of orally
administered dosage forms to the gastric mucosa, (see Longer et al,
J. Pharm. Sci., 1985, 74, 406-411). It should be noted that the
success observed in animal models with such systems has been found
to be unreliable in translating to humans due to differences in
mucous amounts, consistency and turnover differences between
animals and humans.
[1262] As described herein, the combination of bioadhesiveness with
low density materials (i.e. less dense than gastric fluid) maintain
floating while prolonging the gastric retention time (GRT) by
allowing the composition to float in the upper region of the
stomach. Because the dosage form also has bioadhesive
characteristics, in some embodiments, the dosage form will also
attach itself to gastric mucosa.
[1263] One exemplary bioadhesive system is described in
Lichtenberger et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,763,422, which associates
zwitterionic phospholipids such as dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine
with active ingredients in a covalent or noncovalent manner. The
zwitterionic phospholipids can coat the luminal aspects of the
mucus gel layer of the upper GI tract. It is contemplated that this
formulation results in induced decrease in mucosal hydrophobicity
and barrier properties of for the active ingredient. One
commercially available system of this type is from PLx Pharma under
the trade name PLxGuard.TM..
Swelling Systems
[1264] The compositions described herein should be of a size that
allows the dosage form to be swallowed. After ingestion, the
compositions described herein swell. In some embodiments, the
compositions swell to a size that precludes passage through the
pylorus until after active ingredient release has progressed to a
required degree.
[1265] The dosage forms described herein can comprise hydrophilic
erodible polymers. In these embodiments, upon imbibing gastric
fluid the dosage form swells over a short period of time to a size
that will encourage prolonged gastric retention. This allows for
the sustained delivery of the active ingredient to the absorption
site. In some embodiments, the absorption site of the active
ingredient is in the upper gastrointestinal tract.
[1266] When the dosage forms are made of an erodible, hydrophilic
polymer(s), they readily erode over a reasonable time period to
allow passage from the stomach. The time period of expansion is
such that this will not occur in the esophagus and if the dosage
form passes into the intestine in a partially swollen state, the
erodibility and elastic nature of the hydrated polymer will
eliminate the chance of intestinal obstruction by the dosage
form.
[1267] Various types of polymers are available to provide systems
that will swell and then gradually release active ingredient from
the swollen dosage forms. For example, active ingredient
dissolution dosage forms can comprise linear hydrophilic polymers.
Upon hydration, these linear hydrophilic polymers, which do not
have a covalently cross-linked structure, can form a gelatinous
layer on the surface of the dosage form. The thickness and
durability of this gelatinous layer depends on a number of factors
such as the concentration, molecular weight and viscosity of the
polymer(s) comprising the dosage form. At higher concentrations the
linear polymer chains entangle to a greater degree. This can result
in virtual cross-linking and the formation of a stronger gel layer.
As the swollen linear chains of the hydrophilic polymer dissolve,
the gel layer erodes and the active ingredient is released. In
these embodiments, the rate of dosage form erosion helps control
the release rate of the active ingredient.
[1268] Cross-linked polymers such as polyacrylic acid polymer (PAA)
may be used in the dosage form matrix. In the dry state, dosage
forms formulated with cross-linked polyacrylic acid polymers
contain the active ingredient trapped within a glassy core. As the
external surface of the tablet is hydrated, it forms a gelatinous
layer. It is believed that this layer is different than traditional
matrices because the hydrogels are not entangled chains of polymer,
but discrete microgels made up of many polymer particles. The
crosslink network enables the entrapment of active ingredients in
the hydrogel domains. Because these hydrogels are not water
soluble, they do not dissolve or erode in the same manner as linear
polymers. Instead, when the hydrogel is fully hydrated, osmotic
pressure from within works to break up the structure by sloughing
off discrete pieces of the hydrogel. The active ingredient is able
to diffuse through the gel layer at a uniform rate.
[1269] Though not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it
is postulated that as the concentration of the active ingredient
increases within the gel matrix and its thermodynamic activity or
chemical potential increases, the gel layer around the active
ingredient core acts as a rate controlling membrane, which results
in a linear release of the active ingredient. With these systems,
active ingredient dissolution rates are affected by subtle
differences in rates of hydration and swelling of the individual
polymer hydrogels. These properties of the polymer hydrogels are
dependent on various factors such as the molecular structure of the
polymers, including crosslink density, chain entanglement, and
crystallinity of the polymer matrix. The extent and rate of
swelling is also dependent on pH and the dissolution medium. The
channels that form between the polymer hydrogels are also
influenced by the concentration of the polymer and the degree of
swelling. Increasing the amount of polymer or the swelling degree
of the polymer decreases the size of the channels.
[1270] Cross-linked polyacrylic acid polymers provide rapid and
efficient swelling characteristics in both simulated gastric fluid
(SGF) and simulated intestinal fluid (SIF) and produce dosage forms
of excellent hardness and low friability. Moreover, cross-linked
polyacrylic acid polymers may also provide longer dissolution times
at lower concentrations than other excipients.
[1271] Compound solubility is also important to active ingredient
release from dosage forms comprising cross-linked polyacrylic acid
polymers. Poorly soluble compounds tend to partition into the more
hydrophobic domains of the system, such as the acrylic backbone of
the polymer. Highly water soluble compounds undergo diffusion
controlled-release due to the fast dissolution of the active
ingredient through the water-filled interstitial spaces between the
microgels.
[1272] With the combination of sufficient swelling, floatation
and/or bioadhesion properties, the dosage forms described and
useful in the present invention achieve gastric retention
regardless of whether the subject is in the fed mode or the fasting
mode.
[1273] One means of achieving a swellable particle is to disperse
the active ingredient in a solid matrix formed of a substance that
absorbs the gastric fluid and swells as a result of the absorbed
fluid. (See., e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,007,790, 5,582,837, and
5,972,389, and WO 98/55107.)
[1274] Polymer matrices are useful for achieving controlled release
of the active ingredient over a prolonged period of time. Such
sustained or controlled release is achieved either by limiting the
rate by which the surrounding gastric fluid can diffuse through the
matrix and reach the active ingredient, dissolve the active
ingredient and diffuse out again with the dissolved active
ingredient, or by using a matrix that slowly erodes. (See, e.g.,
U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,915,952, 5,328,942, 5,451,409, 5,783,212,
5,945,125, 6,090,411, 6,120,803, 6,210,710, 6,217,903, and WO
96/26718 and WO 97/18814).
[1275] U.S. Pat. No. 4,434,153, describes the use of a hydrogel
matrix that imbibes fluid to swell to reach a size encouraging
prolonged gastric retention. This matrix surrounds a plurality of
tiny pills consisting of active ingredient with a release rate
controlling wall of fatty acid and wax surrounding each of the
pills.
[1276] U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,007,790 and 5,582,837, and WO 93/18755,
describe a swelling hydrogel polymer with active ingredient
particles embedded within it. These particles dissolve once the
hydrogel matrix is hydrated. The swollen matrix is of a size to
encourage gastric retention but only dissolved active ingredient
reaches the mucosa and this can be delivered in a sustained manner.
Such a system thus does not insult the mucosa with solid particles
of irritant active ingredient and is suitable for delivering active
ingredient to the upper gastrointestinal tract. These systems only
apply in case of active ingredients of limited water
solubility.
Layered Gastroretentive Systems
[1277] The layered gastroretentive active ingredient delivery
systems described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,685,962, can be used in
the sustained release delivery methods described herein. In
general, such delivery systems have an active agent or drug
associated with a matrix that is affixed or attached to a membrane.
The membrane prevents evacuation from the stomach thereby allowing
the active agent/matrix to be retained in the stomach for 3-24
hours.
[1278] The matrix/membrane system can be a multilayer system,
including but not limited to a bilayer system. In addition, the
matrix/membrane may be administered as a folded configuration
within a capsule, including but not limited to a gelatin
capsule.
[1279] The matrix of such delivery systems can be a single- or
multi-layered and have a two- or three-dimensional geometric
configuration. The matrix can comprise a polymer selected from a
degradable polymer, including but not limited to a hydrophilic
polymer which is not instantly soluble in gastric fluids, an
enteric polymer substantially insoluble at pH less than 5.5, a
hydrophobic polymer; or any mixture thereof. In addition, the
matrix can comprise a non-degradable; or a mixture of at least one
degradable polymer and at least one non-degradable polymer.
[1280] The hydrophilic polymers of such delivery systems may be any
hydrophilic polymer, including but not limited to, a protein, a
polysaccharide, a polyacrylate, a hydrogel or any derivative
thereof. By way of example only, such proteins are proteins derived
from connective tissues, such as gelatin and collagen, or an
albumin such as serum albumin, milk albumin or soy albumin. By way
of example only, such polysaccharides are sodium alginate or
carboxymethylcellulose. By way of example only, other hydrophilic
polymers may be polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone or
polyacrylates, such as polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate. In addition,
the hydrophilic polymer may be cross-linked with a suitable
cross-linking agent. Such cross-linking agents are well known in
the art, and include, but are not limited to, aldehydes (e.g.
formaldehyde and glutaraldehyde), alcohols, di-, tri- or
tetravalent ions (e.g. aluminum, chromium, titanium or zirconium
ions), acyl chlorides (e.g. sebacoyl chloride, tetraphthaloyl
chloride) or any other suitable cross-linking agent, such as urea,
bis-diazobenzidine, phenol-2,4-disulfonyl chloride,
1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene, 3,6-bis-(mercuromethyl)-dioxane
urea, dimethyl adipimidate, N,N'-ethylene-bis-(iodoacetamide) or
N-acetyl homocysteine thiolactone. Other suitable hydrogels and
their suitable cross-linking agents are listed, for example, in the
Handbook of Biodegradable Polymers [A. J. Domb, J. Kost & D. M.
Weisman, Eds. (1997) Harwood Academic Publishers].
[1281] The enteric polymer used in such layered delivery systems is
a polymer that is substantially insoluble in a pH of less than 5.5.
By way of example only, such enteric polymers include shellac,
cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate or
methylmethacrylate-methacrylic acid copolymers.
[1282] The non-degradable hydrophobic polymers used in such layered
delivery systems include, but are not limited to, ethylcellulose,
acrylic acid-methacrylic acid esters copolymer, polyethylene,
polyamide, polyvinylchloride, polyvinyl acetate and mixtures
thereof.
[1283] The degradable hydrophobic polymers used in such layered
delivery systems include, but are not limited to,
poly(alpha-hydroxyacids), such as poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic
acid), copolymers and mixtures thereof.
[1284] The membranes used in such layered delivery systems have
substantial mechanical strength and may be continuous or
non-continuous. Such membranes may comprise, by way of example
only, cellulose ethers and other cellulose derivatives such as
cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate or
cellulose acetate propionate; polyesters, such as polyethylene
terephthalate, polystyrene, including copolymers and blends of the
same; polylactides, including copolymers thereof with p-dioxanone,
polyglycolides, polylactidglycolides; polyolefins, including
polyethylene, and polypropylene; fluoroplastics, such as
polyvinylidene fluoride and polytetrafluoroethylene, including
copolymers of the same with hexafluoropropylene or ethylene;
polyvinylchloride, polyvinylidene chloride copolymers, ethylene
vinyl alcohol copolymers, polyvinyl alcohols, ammonium-methacrylate
copolymers and other polyacrylates and polymethacrylates;
polyacrylonitriles; polyurethanes; polyphthalamides; polyamides;
polyimides; polyamide-imides; polysulfones; polyether sulfones;
polyethylene sulfides; polybutadiene; polymethyl pentene;
polyphenylene oxide (which may be modified); polyetherimides;
polyhydroxyalkanoates; tyrosine derived polyarylates and
polycarbonates including polyester carbonates, polyanhydrides,
polyphenylene ethers, polyalkenamers, acetal polymers, polyallyls,
phenolic polymers, polymelamine formaldehydes, epoxy polymers,
polyketones, polyvinyl acetates and polyvinyl carbazoles.
[1285] The active agent or compound associated with the matrix may
be in a particulate form or may be in the form of raw powder, or
soluted, dispersed or embedded in a suitable liquid, semisolid,
micro- or nanoparticles, micro- or nanospheres, tablet, or capsule.
The compound, or mixtures of compounds, in any of such forms, may
be embedded in at least one layer of the matrix of the delivery
system. Alternatively, in a multi-layered matrix, including but not
limited to a bi-layered matrix, the active ingredient may be
entrapped between any two layers, whether in free form or contained
within a compound-containing means such as, by way of example only,
in a tablet or a capsule.
Microcapsule Gastroretentive Systems
[1286] The microcapsules gastroretentive systems described in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 6,022,562, 5,846,566 and 5,603,957, can be used in the
sustained release delivery methods described herein. Microparticles
of an active agent or drug are coated by spraying with a material
consisting of a mixture of a film-forming polymer derivative, a
hydrophobic plasticizer, a functional agent and a
nitrogen-containing polymer. The resulting microcapsules are less
than or equal to 1000 microns (.mu.m) in size, and in certain cases
such microcapsules are between 100 and 500 microns. These
microcapsules remain in the small intestine for at least 5
hours.
[1287] Film-forming polymer derivatives used in such microcapsules
include, but are not limited to, ethylcellulose, cellulose acetate,
and non-hydrosoluble cellulose derivates. The nitrogen-containing
polymers include, but are not limited to, polyacrylamide,
poly-N-vinylamide, poly-N-vinyl-lactam and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
The plasticizer used in such microcapsule include, but are not
limited to, glycerol esters, phthalates, citrates, sebacates,
cetylalcohol esters, castor oil and cutin. The surface-active
and/or lubricating agent used in such microcapsule include, but are
not limited to, anionic surfactants, such as by way of example the
alkali metal or alkaline-earth metal salts of fatty acids, stearic
acid and/or oleic acid, nonionic surfactants, such as by way of
example, polyoxyethylenated esters of sorbitan and/or
polyoxyethylenated esters of sorbitan and/or polyoxyethylenated
derivatives of castor oil; and/or lubricants such as stearates,
such as by way of example, calcium, magnesium, aluminum stearate,
zinc stearate, stearylfumarate, sodium stearylfimarate, and
glyceryl behenate.
Other Modified Release/Gastro-Retentive Systems
[1288] The following exemplary modified release and gastroretentive
systems are useful for chemosensory receptor ligand compositions.
In one non-limiting example, chitosan and mixtures of chitosan with
carboxymethylcellulose sodium (CMC--Na) have been used as vehicles
for the sustained release of active ingredients, as described by
Inouye et al., Drug Design and Delivery 1: 297-305, 1987. Mixtures
of these compounds and agents of the combinations of the invention,
when compressed under 200 kg/cm2, form a tablet from which the
active agent is slowly released upon administration to a subject.
The release profile can be changed by varying the ratios of
chitosan, CMC--Na, and active agent(s). The tablets can also
contain other additives, including lactose, CaHPO.sub.4 dihydrate,
sucrose, crystalline cellulose, or croscarmellose sodium.
[1289] In another non-limiting example, Baichwal, in U.S. Pat. No.
6,245,356, describes sustained release oral, solid dosage forms
that includes agglomerated particles of a therapeutically active
medicament in amorphous form, a gelling agent, an ionizable gel
strength enhancing agent and an inert diluent. The gelling agent
can be a mixture of a xanthan gum and a locust bean gum capable of
cross-linking with the xanthan gum when the gums are exposed to an
environmental fluid. Preferably, the ionizable gel enhancing agent
acts to enhance the strength of cross-linking between the xanthan
gum and the locust bean gum and thereby prolonging the release of
the medicament component of the formulation. In addition to xanthan
gum and locust bean gum, acceptable gelling agents that may also be
used include those gelling agents well known in the art. Examples
include naturally occurring or modified naturally occurring gums
such as alginates, carrageenan, pectin, guar gum, modified starch,
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, methylcellulose, and other cellulosic
materials or polymers, such as, for example, sodium
carboxymethylcellulose and hydroxypropyl cellulose, and mixtures of
the foregoing.
[1290] In another non-limiting formulation useful for the
combinations of the invention, Baichwal and Staniforth in U.S. Pat.
No. 5,135,757 describe a free-flowing slow release granulation for
use as a pharmaceutical excipient that includes from about 20 to
about 70 percent or more by weight of a hydrophilic material that
includes a heteropolysaccharide (such as, for example, xanthan gum
or a derivative thereof) and a polysaccharide material capable of
cross-linking the heteropolysaccharide (such as, for example,
galactomannans, and most preferably locust bean gum) in the
presence of aqueous solutions, and from about 30 to about 80
percent by weight of an inert pharmaceutical-filler (such as, for
example, lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose or
mixtures thereof). After mixing the excipient with a tricyclic
compound/corticosteroid combination, or combination agent, of the
invention, the mixture is directly compressed into solid dosage
forms such as tablets. The tablets thus formed slowly release the
medicament when ingested and exposed to gastric fluids. By varying
the amount of excipient relative to the medicament, a slow release
profile can be attained.
[1291] In another non-limiting example, Shell, in U.S. Pat. No.
5,007,790, describes sustained-release oral drug-dosage forms that
release a active ingredient in solution at a rate controlled by the
solubility of the active ingredient. The dosage form comprises a
tablet or capsule that includes a plurality of particles of a
dispersion of a limited solubility active ingredient in a
hydrophilic, water-swellable, crosslinked polymer that maintains
its physical integrity over the dosing lifetime but thereafter
rapidly dissolves. Once ingested, the particles swell to promote
gastric retention and permit the gastric fluid to penetrate the
particles, dissolve active ingredient and leach it from the
particles, assuring that active ingredient reaches the stomach in
the solution state which is less injurious to the stomach than
solid-state active ingredient. The programmed eventual dissolution
of the polymer depends upon the nature of the polymer and the
degree of crosslinking The polymer is nonfibrillar and
substantially water soluble in its uncrosslinked state, and the
degree of crosslinking is sufficient to enable the polymer to
remain insoluble for the desired time period, normally at least
from about 4 hours to 8 hours up to 12 hours, with the choice
depending upon the active ingredient incorporated and the medical
treatment involved. Examples of suitable crosslinked polymers that
may be used in the invention are gelatin, albumin, sodium alginate,
carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, and chitin. Depending
upon the polymer, crosslinking may be achieved by thermal or
radiation treatment or through the use of crosslinking agents such
as aldehydes, polyamino acids, metal ions and the like.
[1292] In an additional non-limiting example, Silicone microspheres
for pH-controlled gastrointestinal drug delivery have been
described by Carelli et al., Int. J. Pharmaceutics 179: 73-83,
1999. The microspheres are pH-sensitive semi-interpenetrating
polymer hydrogels made of varying proportions of poly(methacrylic
acid-co-methylmethacrylate) (Eudragit L100 or Eudragit S100) and
crosslinked polyethylene glycol 8000 that are encapsulated into
silicone microspheres. Slow-release formulations can include a
coating which is not readily water-soluble but which is slowly
attacked and removed by water, or through which water can slowly
permeate. Thus, for example, the combinations of the invention can
be spray-coated with a solution of a binder under continuously
fluidizing conditions, such as describe by Kitamori et al., U.S.
Pat. No. 4,036,948. Examples of water-soluble binders include
pregelatinized starch (e.g., pregelatinized corn starch,
pregelatinized white potato starch), pregelatinized modified
starch, water-soluble celluloses (e.g. hydroxypropyl-cellulose,
hydroxymethyl-cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose,
carboxymethyl-cellulose), polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol,
dextrin, gum arabicum and gelatin, organic solvent-soluble binders,
such as cellulose derivatives (e.g., cellulose acetate phthalate,
hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose phthalate, ethylcellulose).
[1293] Combinations of the invention, or a component thereof, with
sustained release properties can also be formulated by spray drying
techniques. Yet another form of sustained release combinations can
be prepared by microencapsulation of combination agent particles in
membranes which act as microdialysis cells. In such a formulation,
gastric fluid permeates the microcapsule walls and swells the
microcapsule, allowing the active agent(s) to dialyze out (see, for
example, Tsuei et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,589,194). One commercially
available sustained-release system of this kind consists of
microcapsules having membranes of acacia gum/gelatine/ethyl
alcohol. This product is available from Eurand Limited (France)
under the trade name Diffucaps.TM.. Microcapsules so formulated can
be carried in a conventional gelatine capsule or tabletted. A
bilayer tablet can be formulated for a combination of the invention
in which different custom granulations are made for each agent of
the combination and the two agents are compressed on a bi-layer
press to form a single tablet.
[1294] When desired, formulations can be prepared with enteric
coatings adapted for sustained or controlled release administration
of the active ingredient. A common type of controlled-release
formulation that may be used for the purposes of the present
invention comprises an inert core, such as a sugar sphere, coated
with an inner active ingredient-containing layer and an outer
membrane layer controlling active ingredient release from the inner
layer. Other formulations for targeted release of compounds in the
gastrointestinal tract are also known in the art and contemplated
for use with the invention described herein. Exemplary systems for
targeting delivery of a substance to the upper and/or lower
gastrointestinal tract include the formulations of the TIMERx.RTM.
system. This controlled release formulation system provides for
altered temporal release (SyncroDose.TM.) as well as biphasic
release (Geminex.RTM.). (See, for example, Staniforth &
Baichwal, TIMERx.RTM.: novel polysaccharide composites for
controlled/programmed release of active ingredients in the
gastrointestinal tract, Expert Opin. Drug Deliv., 2(3): 587-89
(2005)). Using formulations such as these for the invention
described herein, compositions can be created which target the
upper gastrointestinal tract, the lower gastrointestinal tract, or
both, in addition to temporally controlling the release of such
compounds in any of these locations.
[1295] One non-limiting example of a lower GI delivery formulation
comprises a tablet for lower GI delivery. The inner composition of
the tablet comprises about 0.01% weight to about 10.0% by weight of
a suitable active ingredient; about 50% by weight to about 98% by
weight of a hydrocolloid gum obtainable from higher plants; and
about 2% by weight to about 50% by weight of a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient such as a binder. Other optional materials may
be present that will assist in establishing the desired
characteristics of the pharmaceutical composition. These include
materials that may enhance absorption of the active ingredient in
the lower GI, may protect the active ingredient against
degradation, may prevent dissolution, and the like. Optionally
surrounding the inner composition of the tablet is a coating that
is preferably of enteric polymeric material.
[1296] The formulation is designed to take advantage of (1) the
protective characteristics of the hydrocolloid obtainable from
higher plants in the upper GI and (2) the disintegrative
characteristics of the hydrocolloid in the lower GI. Thus, the
inner composition of the tablet may be one of several designs: (a)
it may be a matrix of a therapeutically effective amount of the
active ingredient uniformly dispersed throughout in combination
with a high percentage of the hydrocolloid and a generally lesser
amount of other excipients; (b) it may have a core, in which the
active ingredient is concentrated, surrounded by a layer of
material that is free of the active ingredient and that has a high
percentage of the hydrocolloid and a generally lesser amount of
other excipients; (c) it may have a concentration gradient of the
active ingredient such that there is a greater amount in the core
of the tablet with lesser amounts in multiple layers surrounding
the core and very little or no active ingredient in the outer
layer. Whether the design of the tablet is that of (a), (b) or (c)
above, the specificity for regional delivery to the lower GI is
enhanced by enterically coating the tablet with an appropriate
enteric coating material.
[1297] Hydrocolloids are obtainable from higher plants. By "higher
plant" is meant an organism of the vegetable kingdom that lacks the
power of locomotion, has cellulose cell walls, grows by synthesis
of inorganic substances and includes the vascular plants (or
tracheophytes) of the division Spermatophyta, particularly those of
the class Angiospermae. The gums may be extracted from the roots,
legumes, pods, berries, bark, etc. Representative hydrocolloid gums
obtainable from higher plants include guar gum, gum tragacanth,
karaya gum (also referred to as kadaya gum) and locust bean gum
(also referred to as carob). Others may be readily apparent to one
of skill in the art. See, for example, "The Chemistry of Plant Gums
and Mucilages" by Smith and Montgomery from ACS Monograph Series,
No. 141, 1959, Reinhold Publishing Company and the 18th edition of
the Merck Index. A particularly convenient and useful hydrocolloid
is guar gum which is a neutral polysaccharide and consists of long
galactomannan molecules with some side chain attachments. The
hydrocolloids used in the subject invention generally have high
viscosity exhibited upon hydration, are normally linear (at least
about 50% by weight of the compound is the backbone chain), and
will normally have high molecular weight, usually about 3.times.10
5 daltons, more usually greater than about 1.times.10 6 daltons.
Generally, the hydrocolloid comes as a powdered hydrocolloid gum
and exhibits a viscosity at a 1% concentration in a neutral aqueous
solution of at least about 75 centipoise per second (cps) at
25.degree. C. after 24 hours, using a Brookfield viscometer (model
LDF) with a number 3 spindle at 90 rpms, preferably at least
1.times.10 3 cps and most preferably at least about 2.times.10 3
cps. Generally, the viscosity increases with increasing molecular
weight. See Meer Corporation, "An Introduction to
Polyhydrocolloids." Hydrocolloid gums most useful are those where
the hydrocolloid is a polysaccharide hydrocolloid which is
chemically designated as galactomannan. Galactomannans are
polysaccharides consisting of long chains of
(1.fwdarw.4)-.beta.-D-mannopyranosyl units to which single unit
side chains of .alpha.-D-galactopyranosyl are joined by
(1.fwdarw.6) linkages. Galactomannans are found in a variety of
plants but differ in molecular size and the number of D-galactosyl
side chains. The galactomannans useful in this invention are
commonly found in the endosperms of the leguminosae.
[1298] Galactomannan can be obtained, for example, from the
cyamopsis tetragonolobus, commonly referred to as guar. This
exhibits a percentage mannose residue of about 64% with a percent
galactose residue of about 36%. Commercially available guar gum is
about 66-82% galactomannan polysaccharide with impurities making up
the remainder of the composition. According to the National
Formulary (NF) standards the guar gum may contain up to 15% w
water, up to 10% w protein, up to 7% w acid insoluble material and
up to about 1.5% ash. Sources of commercially available guar gum
are Aqualon Company, Wilmington, Del.; Meer Corporation,
Cincinnati, Ohio; Stein Hall & Company and TIC Gums, Inc.,
Belcamp, Md.
[1299] Other hydrocolloids are known in the art. See for example
"The Chemistry of Plant Gums and Mucilages" by Smith and Montgomery
from the A.C.S. Monograph series, #141, 1959, Reinhold Publishing
Co. and the Eighteenth Edition of The Merck Index. In general, the
amount of the hydrocolloid that will be used is an amount that
allows the composition to traverse the upper GI tract without
significant disintegration and without releasing significant
amounts of active ingredient in the upper GI tract, i.e. to provide
a delayed-release profile. Generally, that amount of hydrocolloid
will be more than about 50% but less than about 98%. Depending on
individual variability, whether a subject has eaten or has fasted,
and other factors, a tablet will traverse the stomach and upper
intestinal tract in about 3 to 6 hours. During this time, little
active ingredient (less than 20%, preferably less than 10%) is
released from the tablet of this invention. Once the tablet reaches
the lower GI, the release of the active ingredient is triggered by
enzymatic degradation of the galactomannan gum.
[1300] One non-limiting example of a formulation for upper
gastrointestinal delivery comprises a free-flowing slow release
granulation for use as a pharmaceutical excipient that includes
from about 20 to about 70 percent or more by weight of a
hydrophilic material that includes a heteropolysaccharide (such as,
for example, xanthan gum or a derivative thereof) and a
polysaccharide material capable of cross-linking the
heteropolysaccharide (such as, for example, galactomannans, and
most preferably locust bean gum) in the presence of aqueous
solutions, and from about 30 to about 80 percent by weight of an
inert pharmaceutical-filler (such as, for example, lactose,
dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose or mixtures
thereof). After mixing the excipient with the compounds of the
invention, the mixture is directly compressed into solid dosage
forms such as tablets. The tablets thus formed slowly release the
medicament when ingested and exposed to gastric fluids. By varying
the amount of excipient relative to the medicament, a slow release
profile can be attained.
[1301] One non-limiting example of a sustained gastrointestinal
delivery formulation comprises a plurality of particles of a
dispersion of a limited solubility active ingredient in a
hydrophilic, water-swellable, crosslinked polymer that maintains
its physical integrity over the dosing lifetime but thereafter
rapidly dissolves. Once ingested, the particles swell to promote
gastric retention and permit the gastric fluid to penetrate the
particles, dissolve active ingredient and leach it from the
particles, assuring that active ingredient reaches the stomach in
the solution state which is less injurious to the stomach than
solid-state active ingredient. The programmed eventual dissolution
of the polymer depends upon the nature of the polymer and the
degree of crosslinking The polymer is nonfibrillar and
substantially water soluble in its uncrosslinked state, and the
degree of crosslinking is sufficient to enable the polymer to
remain insoluble for the desired time period. Examples of suitable
crosslinked polymers that may be used in the invention are gelatin,
albumin, sodium alginate, carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl
alcohol, and chitin. Depending upon the polymer, crosslinking may
be achieved by thermal or radiation treatment or through the use of
crosslinking agents such as aldehydes, polyamino acids, metal ions
and the like.
[1302] In another non-limiting example, VIIIa et al., in U.S. Pat.
No. 6,773,720, describes a modified-release system containing an
inner lipophilic matrix where an active ingredient is inglobated
and an outer hydrophilic matrix in which the lipophilic matrix is
dispersed. An active ingredient, such as a chemosensory receptor
ligand(s) is first inglobated in a low melting lipophlilic
excipient or mixture of excipients while heating to soften and/or
melt the excipient itself, which thereby incorporates the active
ingredient by simple dispersion. After cooling at room temperature,
an inert matrix forms, which can be reduced in size to obtain
matrix granules containing the active ingredient particles. The
inert matrix granules are subsequently mixed together with one or
more hydrophilic water-swellable excipients. In this respect, when
the composition is contacted with biological fluids, a high
viscosity swollen layer is formed, which coordinates the solvent
molecules and acts as a barrier to penetration of the aqueous fluid
itself inside the new structure. Said barrier antagonizes the
staring "burst effect" caused by dissolution of the active
ingredient inglobated inside the inert matrix, which is in its turn
inside the hydrophilic matrix. One commercially available system of
this type is from Cosmo Technologies Limited (Italy) under the
trade name MMX.RTM. technology. The lipophilic/hydrophilic matrices
can be further enterically coated for pH specific delivery.
[1303] Formulations for upper intestinal delivery, lower intestinal
delivery or both are known in the art. Targeting of active
ingredients to various regions of the gut is described, e.g., in
The Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, by James Swarbrick
and James Boylan, Informa Health Care, 1999, at pp. 287-308. Any
suitable formulation for gastrointestinal delivery for
site-specific delivery and/or specific temporal delivery (i.e.
delayed, controlled, extended, or sustained release) can be used
with the invention and is contemplated herein. In one non-limiting
example, a single composition comprises a first formulation for
delivery of at least one chemosensory receptor ligand to the upper
gastrointestinal tract and a second formulation for delivery of at
least one chemosensory receptor ligand to the lower
gastrointestinal tract. Thus, a single composition can provide for
delivery of chemosensory receptor ligands to the upper and lower
gastrointestinal tract. Additional non-limiting examples include
compositions having formulations for delivery of at least one
chemosensory receptor ligand to the upper gastrointestinal tract
and compositions having formulations for delivery of at least one
chemosensory receptor ligand to the lower gastrointestinal tract.
As described herein, different combinations of chemosensory
receptor ligands can be formulated for treatment of specific
conditions and for delivery to specific locations in the intestinal
tract.
[1304] Any of the delivery systems described herein may be used in
combination with others to achieve multiple releases and/or
specific release profiles. In some embodiments, the active agent(s)
is in a formulation that achieves multiple releases in the
gastrointestinal locations following administration. In certain
embodiments, the active agent(s) is in a multiple release
formulation that releases at an onset of about 10 minutes, about 30
minutes, about 120 minutes, about 180 minutes, about 240 minutes,
or combinations thereof following administration. In certain
embodiments, the active agent(s) is in a multiple release
formulation that releases at an onset of about 5 to about 45
minutes, about 105 to about 135 minutes, about 165 to about 195
minutes, about 225 to about 255 minutes, or combinations thereof
following administration. In certain embodiments, the active
agent(s) is in a multiple release formulation that releases in the
duodenum, jejunum, ileum, lower intestine or combinations thereof
following administration. In yet other embodiments, the active
agent(s) is in a multiple release formulation that releases at an
onset of about pH 5.5, about pH 6.0, at about pH 6.5, about pH 7.0,
or combinations thereof following administration. In yet other
embodiments, the active agent(s) is in a multiple release
formulation that releases in ranges at about pH 5.0 to about pH
6.0, about pH 6.0 to about pH 7.0, about pH 7.0 to about pH 8.0, or
combinations thereof following administration. In yet other
embodiments, the active agent(s) is in a multiple release
formulation that releases a fraction or portion of the active
agent(s) as an immediate release with the rest of the active
agent(s) released by a modified manner described herein.
Excipients
[1305] Any of the compositions or formulations described herein
include any commonly used excipients in pharmaceutics and are
selected on the basis of compatibility with the active agent(s) and
release profile properties of the desired dosage form. Excipients
include, but are not limited to, binders, fillers, flow
aids/glidents, disintegrants, lubricants, stabilizers, surfactants,
and the like. A summary of excipients described herein, may be
found, for example in Remington: The Science and Practice of
Pharmacy, Nineteeth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company,
1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences,
(Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Co 1975); Liberman, H. A. and
Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (New York, N.Y.:
Marcel Decker 1980); and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug
Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
1999), herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[1306] Binders impart cohesive qualities and include, e.g., alginic
acid and salts thereof; cellulose derivatives such as
carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose (e.g., Methocel.RTM.),
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose,
hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel.RTM.), ethylcellulose (e.g.,
Ethocel.RTM.), and microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., Avicel.RTM.);
microcrystalline dextrose; amylose; magnesium aluminum silicate;
polysaccharide acids; bentonites; gelatin;
polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer; crospovidone;
povidone; starch; pregelatinized starch; tragacanth, dextrin, a
sugar, such as sucrose (e.g., Dipac.RTM.), glucose, dextrose,
molasses, mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol (e.g., Xylitab.RTM.), and
lactose; a natural or synthetic gum such as acacia, tragacanth,
ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g.,
Polyvidone.RTM. CL, Kollidon.RTM. CL, Polyplasdone.RTM. XL-10),
larch arabogalactan, Veegum.RTM., polyethylene glycol, waxes,
sodium alginate, and the like.
[1307] Disintegrants facilitate breakup or disintegration of oral
solid dosage forms after administration. Examples of disintegrants
include a starch, e.g., a natural starch such as corn starch or
potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or
Amijel.RTM., or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel.RTM. or
Explotab.RTM.; a cellulose such as a wood product,
methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avice10, Avicel.RTM. PH101,
Avicel.RTM. PH102, Avicel.RTM. PH105, Elcema.RTM. P100,
Emcocel.RTM., Vivacel.RTM., Ming Tia.RTM., and Solka-Floc.RTM.,
methylcellulose, croscarmellose, or a cross-linked cellulose, such
as cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Ac-Di-Solt),
cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, or cross-linked
croscarmellose; a cross-linked starch such as sodium starch
glycolate; a cross-linked polymer such as crospovidone; a
cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone; alginate such as alginic acid or
a salt of alginic acid such as sodium alginate; a clay such as
Veegum.RTM. HV (magnesium aluminum silicate); a gum such as agar,
guar, locust bean, Karaya, pectin, or tragacanth; sodium starch
glycolate; bentonite; a natural sponge; a resin such as a
cation-exchange resin; citrus pulp; sodium lauryl sulfate; sodium
lauryl sulfate in combination starch; and the like.
[1308] Lubricants are compounds which prevent, reduce or inhibit
adhesion or friction of materials. Exemplary lubricants include,
e.g., stearic acid; calcium hydroxide; talc; sodium stearyl
fumerate; a hydrocarbon such as mineral oil, hydrogenated castor
oil or hydrogenated vegetable oil such as hydrogenated soybean oil
(Sterotex.RTM.); higher fatty acids and their alkali-metal and
alkaline earth metal salts, such as aluminum, calcium, magnesium,
zinc; stearic acid, sodium stearates, magnesium stearates,
glycerol, talc, waxes, Stearowet.RTM. boric acid, sodium benzoate,
sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, a polyethylene glycol or
a methoxypolyethylene glycol such as Carbowax.TM., ethylene oxide
polymers, sodium oleate, glyceryl behenate (E.g. Compritol 888
Ato), glyceryl disterate (Precirol Ato 5), polyethylene glycol,
magnesium or sodium lauryl sulfate, colloidal silica such as
Syloid.TM., Carb-O--Si10, DL-leucine, a starch such as corn starch,
silicone oil, a surfactant, and the like.
[1309] Flow-aids or glidants improve the flow characteristics of
powder mixtures. Such compounds include, e.g., colloidal silicon
dioxide such as Cab-o-sil.RTM.; tribasic calcium phosphate, talc,
corn starch, DL-leucine, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium stearate,
calcium stearate, sodium stearate, kaolin, and micronized amorphous
silicon dioxide (Syloid.RTM.) and the like.
[1310] Plasticizers aid in coating of oral solid dosage forms.
Exemplary plasticizers include, but are not limited to, triethyl
citrate, triacetin (glyceryl triacetate), acetyl triethyl citrate,
polyethylene glycols (PEG 4000, PEG 6000, PEG 8000), Carbowax 400
(polyethylene glycol 400), diethyl phthalate, diethyl sebacate,
acetyltriethylcitrate, oleic acid, glyceralmonosterate, tributyl
citrate, acetylated monoglycerides, glycerol, fatty acid esters,
propylene glycol, and dibutyl phthalate and the like.
[1311] The aforementioned excipients are given as examples only and
are not meant to include all possible choices. Other suitable
excipient classes include coloring agents, granulating agents,
preservatives, anti-foaming agents, solubulizers and the like.
Additionally, many excipients can have more than one role or
function, or can be classified in more than one group; the
classifications are descriptive only, and are not intended to limit
any use of a particular excipient.
[1312] Methods for Evaluating Treatment
Hormonal Profiles
[1313] Administration of chemosensory receptor ligand
composition(s) provided herein modulates hormone concentrations
and/or concentrations of hormones including, but not limited to,
GLP-1, GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin, PYY, CCK, glycentin, insulin,
glucagon, ghrelin, amylin, C-peptide and uroguanylin. Sampling of
hormones can be performed frequently during the administration of
ligands. Test animals and subjects can be studied with and without
systemic inhibition of dipeptidyl-peptidase IV (DPP-IV) to augment
the circulating half-life of the relevant hormones that can be
degraded by DPP-IV.
[1314] By way of example, certain embodiments of the methods
described herein provide for glucose lowering, wherein hormonal
profiles suited for treating elevated blood glucose are composed
of, but not limited to: 1) GLP-1 with circulating concentrations
over 1.5-fold basal concentrations; 2) GIP with circulating
concentrations over 1.5-fold basal concentrations and 3) PYY 3-36
circulating concentrations over 1.5-fold basal concentrations.
[1315] In another example, certain embodiments of the methods
described herein provide for weight loss, wherein hormonal profiles
suited for weight loss are composed of, but not limited to: 1) PYY
with circulating concentrations over 3-fold basal concentrations;
2) Oxyntomodulin with circulating concentrations over 2-fold basal
concentrations; 3) GPL-1 with circulating concentrations over
3-fold basal concentrations; and 4) CCK with circulating
concentrations over 2-fold basal concentrations.
[1316] In another example, certain embodiments of the methods
described, hormonal profiles include: 1) PYY (total) with
circulating concentrations over 3-fold basal concentrations; and 2)
GLP-1 (active) with circulating concentrations over 3-fold basal
concentrations.
[1317] In certain embodiments described herein, methods are
provided for modulating hormone concentrations in a subject
comprising the administration of a composition comprising a
chemosensory receptor ligand, said composition being adapted to
deliver said ligand to one or more regions of the intestine of said
subject. In some embodiments, administration of chemosensory
receptor ligand composition(s) as provided herein modulates
circulating hormone concentrations of at least one, at least two,
at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at
least seven, at least eight, at least nine, at least ten, at least
eleven, at least twelve, or at least thirteen hormones. In certain
embodiments, administration of chemosensory receptor ligand
composition(s) as provided herein increases circulating hormone
concentrations of at least one, at least two, at least three, at
least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least
eight, at least nine, at least ten, at least eleven, at least
twelve, or at least thirteen hormones. In certain embodiments,
administration of chemosensory receptor ligand composition(s) as
provided herein decreases circulating hormone concentrations of at
least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least
five, at least six, at least at least seven hormones. In some
embodiments, administration of chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions modulates GLP-1. In some embodiments, administration
of chemosensory receptor ligand compositions modulates GLP-2. In
some embodiments, administration of chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions modulates GIP. In some embodiments, administration of
chemosensory receptor ligand compositions modulates oxyntomodulin.
In some embodiments, administration of chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions modulates PYY. In some embodiments, administration of
chemosensory receptor ligand compositions modulates CCK. In some
embodiments, administration of chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions modulates glycentin. In some embodiments,
administration of chemosensory receptor ligand compositions
modulates insulin. In some embodiments, administration of
chemosensory receptor ligand compositions modulates glucagon. In
some embodiments, administration of chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions modulates, ghrelin. In some embodiments,
administration of chemosensory receptor ligand compositions
modulates amylin. In some embodiments, administration of
chemosensory receptor ligand compositions modulates insulin. In
some embodiments, administration of chemosensory receptor ligand
compositions modulates C-peptide. In some embodiments,
administration of chemosensory receptor ligand compositions
modulates uroguanylin.
Hormone Assays
[1318] In embodiments, the levels of hormones assayed in
association with the methods of the invention, including, but not
limited to, GLP-1, GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin, PYY, CCK, glycentin,
insulin, glucagon, ghrelin, amylin, uroguanylin, C-peptide and/or
combinations thereof are detected according to standard methods
described in the literature. For example, proteins can be measured
by immunological assays, and transcription products by nucleic acid
amplification techniques. Functional assays described in the art
can also be used as appropriate. In embodiments, samples assayed
comprise cultured cells, patient cell or tissue samples, patient
body fluids, e.g., blood or plasma, etc. Similarly, the levels of
analytes (e.g., glucose, triglycerides, HDL, LDL, apoB and the
like) assayed in association with the methods of the invention are
detected according to any known method.
[1319] For example, immunofluorescence can be used to assay for
GLP-1. Cells can be grown on matrigel-coated cover slips to
confluent monolayers in 12-well plates at 37.degree. C., fixed in
4% paraformaldehyde in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) and
incubated with primary antiserum (e.g., rabbit anti-alpha
gustducin, 1:150; Santa Cruz Biotechnology, and rabbit anti-GLP-1,
Phoenix) overnight at 4.degree. C. following permeabilization with
0.4% Triton-X in PBS for 10 minutes and blocking for 1 hour at room
temperature. Following three washing steps with blocking buffer,
the appropriate secondary antibody is applied (AlexaFluor 488
anti-rabbit immunoglobulin, 1:1000; Molecular Probes) for 1 hour at
room temperature. After three washing steps, the cells can be fixed
in Vectashield medium and the immunofluorescence visualized.
[1320] GLP-1 RNA isolated from cells can be assayed using RT-PCR.
RT-PCR RNA isolation from cells can be performed using standard
methodology. The RT-PCR reaction can be performed in a volume of 50
.mu.l in a Peltier thermal cycler (PTC-225 DNA Engine Tetrad
Cycler; MJ Research), using published primer sequences (Integrated
DNA Technologies). Reverse transcription can be performed at
50.degree. C. for 30 minutes; after an initial activation step at
95.degree. C. for 15 minutes. PCR can be performed by denaturing at
94.degree. C. for 1 minute, annealing at 55.degree. C. for 1 minute
and extension at 72.degree. C. for 1 minute for 40 cycles, followed
by a final extension step at 72.degree. C. for 10 minutes. Negative
controls can be included as appropriate, for example, by
substituting water for the omitted reverse transcriptase or
template. The control can be RNA isolated from, e.g., rat lingual
epithelium. PCR products can be separated in 2% agarose gel with
ethidium bromide, and visualized under UV light.
[1321] Radioimmunoassay (RIA) for total GLP-1 in patient blood
samples can be performed as described in the art, e.g., by
Laferrere, et al., 2007, "Incretin Levels and Effect are Markedly
Enhanced 1 Month after Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass Surgery in Obese
Patients with Type 2 Diabetes, Diabetes Care 30(7):1709-1716 (using
commercially available materials obtained from Phoenix
Pharmaceutical, Belmont, Calif.). The authors describe measuring
the effect of GIP and GLP-1 on secretion of insulin by measuring
the difference in insulin secretion (area under the curve, or AUC)
in response to an oral glucose tolerance test and to an isoglycemic
intravenous glucose test.
[1322] Measurement of plasma concentrations of GLP-1, GIP,
glucagon, insulin, C peptide, pancreatic peptide, nonesterified
fatty acids, glutamic acid decarboxylase antibodies, and islet
antigen antibodies, is described, e.g., by Toft-Nielsen, et al.,
2001, "Determinants of the Impaired Secretion of Glucagon-Like
Peptide-1 in Type 2 Diabetic Patients," J. Clin. End. Met.
86(8):3717-3723. The authors describe the use of radioimmunoassay
for GLP-1 to measure plasma concentrations of amidated
GLP-1-(7-36), using antibody code no. 89390. This assay measures
the sum of GLP-1-(7-36) and its metabolite GLP-1-(9-36). The
authors describe measurement of GIP using C-terminally directed
antibody code no. R65 (RIA), that reacts 100% with a human GIP but
not with 8-kDA GIP.
[1323] GLP-1 and PYY can be directly assayed in the supernatant
from venous effluents as described by, e.g., Claustre, et al.
(1999, "Stimulatory effect of .beta.-adrenergic agonists on ileal L
cell secretion and modulation by .alpha.-adrenergic activation, J.
Endocrin. 162:271-8). (See also Plaisancie' et al., 1994,
"Regulation of glucagon-like peptide-1-(7-36) amide secretion by
intestinal neurotransmitters and hormones in the isolated
vascularly perfused rat colon," Endocrinology 135:2398-2403 and
Plaisancie'et al., 1995, "Release of peptide YY by
neurotransmitters and gut hormones in the isolated, vascularly
perfused rat colon," Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology
30:568-574.) In this method, the 199D anti-GLP-1 antibody is used
at a 1:250 000 dilution. This antibody reacts 100% with
GLP-1-(7-36) amide, 84% with GLP-1-(1-36) amide, and less than 0.1%
with GLP-1-(1-37), GLP-1-(7-37), GLP-2, and glucagon. PYY is
assayed with the A4D anti-porcine PYY antiserum at a 1:800 000
dilution.
[1324] Methods for assaying GLP-1 and GIP are also described
elsewhere in the art, e.g., by Jong, et al., PNAS, 2007.
[1325] PYY can also be assayed in blood using a radioimmunoassay as
described by, e.g., Weickert, et al., 2006, "Soy isoflavones
increase preprandial peptide YY (PYY), but have no effect on
ghrelin and body weight in healthy postmenopausal women" Journal of
Negative Results in BioMedicine, 5:11. Blood is collected in
ice-chilled EDTA tubes for the analysis of glucose, ghrelin, and
PYY. Following centrifugation at 1600 g for 10 minutes at 4.degree.
C., aliquots were immediately frozen at -20.degree. C. until
assayed. All samples from individual subjects were measured in the
same assay. The authors described measuring immunoreactive total
ghrelin was measured by a commercially available radioimmunoassay
(Phoenix Pharmaceuticals, Mountain View, Calif., USA). (See also
Weickert, et al., 2006, "Cereal fiber improves whole-body insulin
sensitivity in overweight and obese women," Diabetes Care
29:775-780). Immunoreactive total human PYY is measured by a
commercially available radioimmunoassay (LINCOResearch, Missouri,
USA), using 125I-labeled bioactive PYY as tracer and a PYY
antiserum to determine the level of active PYY by the double
antibody/PEG technique. The PYY antibody is raised in guinea pigs
and recognizes both the PYY 1-36 and PYY 3-36 (active) forms of
human PYY.
[1326] SGLT-1, the intestinal sodium-dependent glucose transporter
1, is a protein involved in providing glucose to the body. It has
been reported to be expressed in response to sugar in the lumen of
the gut, through a pathway involving T1R3 (Margolskee, et al., 2007
"T1R3 and gustducin in gut sense sugars to regulate expression of
Na.sup.+-glucose cotransporter 1," Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 104,
15075-15080''). Expression of SGLT-1 can be detected as described,
e.g., by Margolskee, et al., for example, using quantitative PCR
and Western Blotting methods known in the art. Measurement of
glucose transport has been described in the literature, e.g., by
Dyer, et al., 1997, Gut 41:56-9 and Dyer, et al., 2003, Eur. J.
Biochem 270:3377-88. Measurement of glucose transport in brush
border membrane vesicles can be made, e.g., by initiating D-glucose
uptake by the addition of 100 .mu.l of incubation medium containing
100 mM NaSCN (or KSCN), 100 mM mannitol, 20 mM Hepes/Tris (pH 7.4),
0.1 mM MgSO.sub.4, 0.02% (wt/vol) NaN.sub.3, and 0.1 mM
D-[U14C]glucose to BBMV (100 .mu.g of protein). The reaction is
stopped after 3 sec by addition of 1 ml of ice-cold stop buffer,
containing 150 mM KSCN, 20 mM Hepes/Tris (pH 7.4), 0.1 mM
MgSO.sub.4, 0.02% (wt/vol) NaN.sub.3, and 0.1 mM phlorizin. A
0.9-ml portion of the reaction mixture is removed and filtered
under vacuum through a 0.22-.mu.m pore cellulose acetate/nitrate
filter (GSTF02500; Millipore, Bedford, Mass.). The filter is washed
five times with 1 ml of stop buffer, and the radioactivity retained
on the filter is measured by liquid scintillation counting.
Evaluation of Treatment of Diabetes
[1327] The effect of a chemosensory receptor ligand treatment of
the invention on aspects of diabetic disease can be evaluated
according to methods known in the art and common practiced by
physicians treating diabetic subjects.
[1328] Efficacy of treatment of diabetes/metabolic syndrome and
diabetes-associated conditions with the compositions and methods
described herein can be assessed using assays and methodologies
known in the art. By way of example, quantitative assessment of
renal function and parameters of renal dysfunction are well known
in the art. Examples of assays for the determination of renal
function/dysfunction include serum creatinine level; creatinine
clearance rate; cystatin C clearance rate, 24-hour urinary
creatinine clearance, 24-hour urinary protein secretion; Glomerular
filtration rate (GFR); urinary albumin creatinine ratio (ACR);
albumin excretion rate (AER); and renal biopsy.
[1329] Quantitative assessment of pancreatic function and
parameters of pancreatic dysfunction or insufficiency are also well
known in the art. Examples of assays for the determination of
pancreas function/dysfunction include evaluating pancreatic
functions using biological and/or physiological parameters such as
assessment of islets of Langerhans size, growth and/or secreting
activity, beta-cells size, growth and/or secreting activity,
insulin secretion and circulating blood levels, glucose blood
levels, imaging of the pancreas, and pancreas biopsy, glucose
uptake studies by oral glucose challenge, assessment of cytokine
profiles, blood-gas analysis, extent of blood-perfusion of tissues,
and angiogenesis within tissues.
[1330] Additional assays for treatment of diabetes and
diabetes-associated conditions are known in the art and are
contemplated herein.
Evaluation of Treatment of Obesity and Eating Disorders
[1331] In treatment of obesity it is desired that weight and/or fat
is reduced in a subject. By reducing weight it is meant that the
subject loses a portion of his/her total body weight over the
course of treatment (whether the course of treatment be days,
weeks, months or years). Alternatively, reducing weight can be
defined as a decrease in proportion of fat mass to lean mass (in
other words, the subject has lost fat mass, but maintained or
gained lean mass, without necessarily a corresponding loss in total
body weight). An effective amount of a chemosensory receptor ligand
treatment administered in this embodiment is an amount effective to
reduce a subject's body weight over the course of the treatment, or
alternatively an amount effective to reduce the subject's
percentage of fat mass over the course of the treatment. In certain
embodiments, the subject's body weight is reduced, over the course
of treatment, by at least about 1%, by at least about 5%, by at
least about 10%, by at least about 15%, or by at least about 20%.
Alternatively, the subject's percentage of fat mass is reduced,
over the course of treatment, by at least 1%, at least 5%, at least
10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, or at least 25%.
[1332] Total body weight and fat content can be measured at the end
of the dietary period. In rats, a frequently used method to
determine total body fat is to surgically remove and weigh the
retroperitoneal fat pad, a body of fat located in the
retroperitoneum, the area between the posterior abdominal wall and
the posterior parietal peritoneum. The pad weight is considered to
be directly related to percent body fat of the animal. Since the
relationship between body weight and body fat in rats is linear,
obese animals have a correspondingly higher percent of body fat and
retroperitoneal fat pad weight.
[1333] In embodiments wherein methods of treating, reducing, or
preventing food cravings in a subject are provided, food cravings
can be measured by using a questionnaire, whether known in the art
or created by the person studying the food cravings. Such a
questionnaire would preferably rank the level of food cravings on a
numerical scale, with the subject marking 0 if they have no food
cravings, and marking (if on a scale of 1-10) 10 if the subject has
severe food cravings. The questionnaire would preferably also
include questions as to what types of food the subject is craving.
Binge eating can be determined or measured using a questionnaire
and a Binge Eating Scale (BES). Binge eating severity can be
divided into three categories (mild, moderate, and severe) based on
the total BES score (calculated by summing the scores for each
individual item). Accordingly, methods are provided for reducing
the BES score of a subject comprising administering to a subject in
need thereof a chemosensory receptor ligand treatment in an amount
effective to reduce the BES score of the subject. In some
embodiments, administration of a chemosensory receptor ligand
treatment changes the BES category of the subject, for example,
from severe to moderate, from severe to mild, or from moderate to
mild.
Pre-Treatment Evaluation of Patient Hormonal Profile
[1334] In some embodiments, patients are pre-evaluated for
expression of metabolic hormones using methods described herein.
The therapy provided to the individual can thus be targeted to his
or her specific needs. In embodiments, a patient's hormonal profile
is pre-evaluated and depending on the changes that the physician
desires to affect, a certain chemosensory receptor
ligand/metabolite combination is administered. The evaluation
process can be repeated and the treatment adjusted accordingly at
any time during or following treatment.
DEFINITIONS
[1335] "Chemosensory receptor" as used herein includes, e.g., the
G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs) that are expressed in the
gastrointestinal tract of a subject. Chemosensory receptors include
the taste receptor family and are further categorized according to
their taste characteristics. They include sweet receptors, umami
receptors (also known as savory receptors), bitter receptors, fat
receptors, bile acid receptors, salty receptors, and sour
receptors. A chemosensory receptor can be any receptor associated
with chemosensory sensation or chemosensory ligand triggered signal
transduction, e.g., via taste receptors or taste related receptors
present in taste bud, gastrointestinal tract, etc. Exemplary
chemosensory receptors include T1R's (e.g., T1R1, T1R2, T1R3),
T2R's, fat receptors, bile acid receptors, sweet receptors, salty
receptors, variants, alleles, mutants, orthologs and chimeras
thereof which specifically bind and/or respond to sweet, umami,
bitter, bile acid, sour, salty, fat, or any other chemosensory
related ligands including activators, inhibitors and enhancers.
Chemosensory receptors also include taste receptors expressed in
humans or other mammals (interspecies homologs), e.g., cells
associated with taste and/or part of gastrointestinal system
including without any limitation, esophagus, stomach, intestine
(small and large), colon, liver, biliary tract, pancreas,
gallbladder, etc. Also, T1R polypeptides include chimeric sequences
derived from portions of a particular T1R polypeptide such as T1R1,
T1R2 or T1R3 of different species or by combining portions of
different T1R5 wherein such chimeric T1R sequences are combined to
produce a functional sweet or umami taste receptor. For example,
chimeric T1R5 may comprise the extracellular region of one T1R,
i.e., T1R1 or T1R2 and the transmembrane region of another T1R,
either T1R1 or T1R2.
[1336] Topologically, certain chemosensory GPCRs have an
"N-terminal domain;" "extracellular domains," a "transmembrane
domain" comprising seven transmembrane regions, and corresponding
cytoplasmic and extracellular loops, "cytoplasmic regions," and a
"C-terminal region" (see, e.g., Hoon et al., Cell 96:541-51 (1999);
Bucket al., Cell 65:175-87 (1991)). These regions can be
structurally identified using methods known to those of skill in
the art, such as sequence analysis programs that identify
hydrophobic and hydrophilic domains (see, e.g., Stryer,
Biochemistry, (3rd ed. 1988); see also any of a number of Internet
based sequence analysis programs, such as those found at
dot.imgen.bcm.tmc.edu). These regions are useful for making
chimeric proteins and for in vitro assays of the invention, e.g.,
ligand binding assays.
[1337] "Extracellular domains" therefore refers to the domains of
chemosensory receptors, e.g., T1R polypeptides that protrude from
the cellular membrane and are exposed to the extracellular face of
the cell. Such regions would include the "N-terminal domain" that
is exposed to the extracellular face of the cell, as well as the
extracellular loops of the transmembrane domain that are exposed to
the extracellular face of the cell, i.e., the extracellular loops
between transmembrane regions 2 and 3, transmembrane regions 4 and
5, and transmembrane regions 6 and 7. The "N-terminal domain"
starts at the N-terminus and extends to a region close to the start
of the transmembrane region. These extracellular regions are useful
for in vitro ligand binding assays, both soluble and solid phase.
In addition, transmembrane regions, described below, can also be
involved in ligand binding, either in combination with the
extracellular region or alone, and are therefore also useful for in
vitro ligand binding assays.
[1338] "Transmembrane domain," which comprises the seven
transmembrane "regions," refers to the domains of certain
chemosensory receptors, e.g., T1R or T2R polypeptides that lie
within the plasma membrane, and may also include the corresponding
cytoplasmic (intracellular) and extracellular loops, also referred
to as transmembrane "regions." "Cytoplasmic domains" refers to the
domains of chemosensory receptors, e.g., T1R or T2R proteins that
face the inside of the cell, e.g., the "C-terminal domain" and the
intracellular loops of the transmembrane domain, e.g., the
intracellular loops between transmembrane regions 1 and 2,
transmembrane regions 3 and 4, and transmembrane regions 5 and 6.
"C-terminal domain" refers to the region that spans from the end of
the last transmembrane region to the C-terminus of the protein, and
which is normally located within the cytoplasm.
[1339] The term "7-transmembrane receptor" includes polypeptides
belonging to a superfamily of transmembrane proteins that have
seven regions that span the plasma membrane seven times (thus, the
seven regions are called "transmembrane" or "TM" domains TM Ito TM
VII).
[1340] The terms "gastrointestinal tract" "and "gut," as used
herein, refer to the stomach and intestine. The "small" or "upper"
intestine includes the duodenum, jejunum and ileum and the "large"
or "lower" intestine includes the caecum, colon and rectum.
[1341] "Activity," or "functional effects" in the context of the
disclosed ligands and assays for testing compounds that modulate a
chemosensory receptor, e.g., enhance a chemosensory receptor family
member mediated signal transduction such as sweet, umami, bitter,
fat, bile acid, sour or salty receptor functional effects or
activity, includes the determination of any parameter that is
indirectly or directly under the influence of the particular
chemosensory receptor. It includes, without any limitation, ligand
binding, changes in ion flux, membrane potential, current flow,
transcription, G protein binding, GPCR phosphorylation or
dephosphorylation, signal transduction, receptor-ligand
interactions, second messenger concentrations (e.g., cAMP, cGMP,
IP3, or intracellular Ca2+), in vitro, in vivo, and ex vivo and
also includes other physiologic effects such as increases or
decreases of neurotransmitter or hormone release and the
measurement of the downstream physiological effects of such
release.
[1342] The term "determining the functional effect" or receptor
"activity" means assays for a compound that increases or decreases
a parameter that is indirectly or directly under the influence of a
chemosensory receptor, e.g., functional, physical and chemical
effects. Such parameters also include secretion of hormones such as
GIP, GLP-1, GLP-2, oxyntomodulin, insulin, glucagon, insulin
peptide C, peptide YY, and CCK. Such functional effects can be
measured by any means known to those skilled in the art, e.g.,
changes in spectroscopic characteristics (e.g., fluorescence,
absorbance, refractive index), hydrodynamic (e.g., shape),
chromatographic, or solubility properties, patch clamping,
voltage-sensitive dyes, whole cell currents, radioisotope efflux,
inducible markers, oocyte chemosensory receptor, e.g., T1R gene
expression; tissue culture cell chemosensory receptor, e.g., T1R
expression; transcriptional activation of chemosensory receptor,
e.g., T1R genes; ligand binding assays; voltage, membrane potential
and conductance changes; ion flux assays; changes in intracellular
second messengers such as cAMP, cGMP, and inositol triphosphate
(IP3); changes in intracellular calcium levels; neurotransmitter
release, and the like. Also included are assays to determine
increases or decreases in hormone or neurotransmitter secretion
and/or activity. Changes in hormone or neurotransmitter secretion
and/or activity can also be determined indirectly by the
physiological effects caused by changes in the secretion of hormone
or neurotransmitter. Functional and physical parameters that can be
used to determine the functional effect or receptor activity
include, but is not limited to, appetite suppression and weight
loss.
[1343] Chemosensory receptor ligands include metabolized
chemosensory receptor ligands that can be metabolized as an energy
source, e.g. food or metabolites, as well as nonmetabolized
chemosensory receptor ligands that are not metabolized as an energy
source, e.g. tastants. The term nonmetabolized chemosensory
receptor ligands, as used herein, includes chemosensory receptor
ligands that are metabolized to a small degree but are not
metabolized substantially. That is, nonmetabolized chemosensory
receptor ligand includes ligands that have insignificant caloric
value. Chemosensory receptor ligands include agonists, antagonists,
modifiers, and enhancers as well as other compounds that modulate
chemosensory receptors. Many chemosensory receptor ligands are
known in the art and have been reported in the literature.
[1344] "Tastants" as used herein refers to any ligand that induces
a flavor or taste in a subject, including sweet, sour, salty,
bitter, umami and others. Tastants are also generally
nonmetabolized in the sense that they have no significant caloric
value.
[1345] "Metabolites" as used herein are metabolized chemosensory
receptor ligands such as, for example, glucose, glutamate salts,
fatty acids and bile acids. In certain aspects, metabolites can be
derived from a food source. Metabolites can be administered as part
of a chemosensory receptor ligand composition or separately.
[1346] Antagonists/inhibitors are compounds that, e.g., bind to,
partially or totally block stimulation, decrease, prevent, delay
activation, inactivate, desensitize, or down-regulate chemosensory
receptor and/or taste transduction. Agonists/activators are
compounds that, e.g., bind to, stimulate, increase, open, activate,
facilitate, enhance activation, sensitize, or up regulate
chemosensory receptor signal transduction.
[1347] Modifiers include compounds that, e.g., alter, directly or
indirectly, the activity of a receptor or the interaction of a
receptor with its ligands, e.g., receptor ligands, and optionally
bind to or interact with activators or inhibitors; G Proteins;
kinases (e.g., homologs of rhodopsin kinase and beta adrenergic
receptor kinases that are involved in deactivation and
desensitization of a receptor); and arresting, which also
deactivate and desensitize receptors. Modifiers include genetically
modified versions of chemosensory receptors, e.g., T1R family
members, e.g., with altered activity, as well as naturally
occurring and synthetic ligands, antagonists, agonists, small
chemical molecules and the like. In the present invention this
includes, without any limitation, sweet receptor ligands, umami
receptor ligands, bitter receptor ligands, fatty acid ligands, bile
receptor ligands, (agonists or antagonists). Modifiers also include
compounds that allosterically bind to a receptor and change
receptor activity. Modifiers also include enhancers. Depending on
the structure, functional and activity properties, modifiers can
enhance, potentiate, induce and/or block the physiological activity
other chemosensory receptor ligands.
[1348] Enhancers as used herein are a type of modifier and refer to
chemosensory receptor ligands that enhance, potentiate or multiply
the effect of another chemosensory receptor ligand. For example, a
sweet receptor enhancer can increase or multiply the sweetness of a
chemosensory receptor ligand composition, when used in combination
with a sweet receptor ligand (e.g., a sweetener, such as sucrose,
fructose, glucose, saccharine, aspartame, sucralose, etc.). While a
sweet receptor enhancer may or may not have sweet properties at
some combinations when used in the absence of a sweet receptor
ligand, sweet receptor enhancement occurs when the sweet receptor
enhancer is used in combination with another sweet receptor ligand
with the result that the resulting sweetness perceived in a subject
is greater than the additive effects attributable to the sweet
receptor enhancer's own sweet properties (if any), plus the
sweetness attributable to the presence of the sweet receptor
ligand.
[1349] "Treating" or "treatment" of any condition, disease or
disorder refers, in some embodiments, to ameliorating the disease
or disorder (i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the
disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof). In other
embodiments "treating" or "treatment" refers to ameliorating at
least one physical parameter, which may not be discernible by the
patient. In yet other embodiments, "treating" or "treatment" refers
to inhibiting the disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g.,
stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g.,
stabilization of a physical parameter) or both. In yet other
embodiments, "treating" or "treatment" refers preventing or to
delaying the onset of the disease or disorder.
[1350] "Therapeutically effective amount" or "effective amount"
means the amount of a composition, compound, therapy, or course of
treatment that, when administered to an individual for treating a
disorder or disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the
disorder or disease. The "therapeutically effective amount" will
vary depending on the composition, the compound, the therapy, the
course of treatment, the disorder or disease and its severity and
the age, weight, etc., of the individual to be treated.
[1351] When the compounds (e.g., compounds of formulae Ito XXVII as
well as other compounds a described chemical structure) described
herein include one or more chiral centers, the stereochemistry of
such chiral centers can independently be in the R or S
configuration, or a mixture of the two. The chiral centers can be
further designated as R or S or R,S or d,D, l,L or d,l, D,L.
Correspondingly, the amide compounds of the invention, if they can
be present in optically active form, can actually be present in the
form of a racemic mixture of enantiomers, or in the form of either
of the separate enantiomers in substantially isolated and purified
form, or as a mixture comprising any relative proportions of the
enantiomers.
[1352] "Alkyl" means a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon
radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched saturated
monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, e.g.,
methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, butyl (including all isomeric
forms), pentyl (including all isomeric forms), and the like. "Me"
means ethyl, "Et" means ethyl, and "iPr" means isopropyl.
[1353] "Aryl" means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic
hydrocarbon radical of 6 to 10 ring atoms e.g., phenyl or
naphthyl.
[1354] "Alkylaryl" means a-(alkylene)-R radical where R is aryl as
defined above.
[1355] "Cycloalkyl" means a cyclic saturated or partially saturated
monovalent hydrocarbon radical (or an alicyclic radical) of three
to ten carbon atoms wherein one or two carbon atoms may be replaced
by an oxo group, e.g., admantanyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,
cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, indanyl and the like.
[1356] "Alkylcycloalkyl" means a-(alkylene)-R radical where R is
cycloalkyl as defined above; e.g., cyclopropylmethyl,
cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, or cyclohexylmethyl, and the
like.
[1357] "Heterocyclyl" or "heterocycloalkyl" means a saturated or
unsaturated monovalent monocyclic group of 4 to 8 ring atoms in
which one or two ring atoms are heteroatom selected from N, O, or
S(O).sub.n, where n is an integer from 0 to 2, the remaining ring
atoms being C. The heterocyclyl ring is optionally fused to a (one)
aryl or heteroaryl ring as defined herein provided the aryl and
heteroaryl rings are monocyclic. The heterocyclyl ring fused to
monocyclic aryl or heteroaryl ring is also referred to in this
Application as "bicyclic heterocyclyl" ring. Additionally, one or
two ring carbon atoms in the heterocyclyl ring can optionally be
replaced by a --CO-- group. More specifically the term heterocyclyl
includes, but is not limited to, pyrrolidino, piperidino,
homopiperidino, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, morpholino,
piperazino, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholino, and the like. When
the heterocyclyl ring is unsaturated it can contain one or two ring
double bonds provided that the ring is not aromatic. When the
heterocyclyl group contains at least one nitrogen atom, it is also
referred to herein as heterocycloamino and is a subset of the
heterocyclyl group. When the heterocyclyl group is a saturated ring
and is not fused to aryl or heteroaryl ring as stated above, it is
also referred to herein as saturated monocyclic heterocyclyl.
[1358] "Alkylheterocycloalkyl" means a-(alkylene)-R radical where R
is heterocyclyl ring as defined above e.g., tetraydrofuranylmethyl,
piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylethyl, and the like.
[1359] "Heteroaryl" means a monovalent monocyclic or bicyclic
aromatic radical of 5 to 10 ring atoms where one or more,
preferably one, two, or three, ring atoms are heteroatom selected
from N, O, or S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon.
Representative examples include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl,
thienyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl,
oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, diazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl,
benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyridinyl,
pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, tetrazolyl, and the like.
[1360] "Heteroalkyl" means an alkyl radical where one, two or three
carbons in the alkyl chain is replaced by --O--, N(H, alkyl, or
substituted alkyl), S, SO, SO.sub.2, Si or CO.
[1361] "Oxo" or "carbonyl" means .dbd.(O) group or CO.dbd.O group,
respectively.
[1362] The term "substituted" means that the referenced group is
substituted with one or more additional group(s) individually and
independently selected from groups described herein. In some
embodiments, an optional substituent is selected from oxo, halogen,
--CN, --NH2, --OH, --NH(CH3), --N(CH3)2, alkyl (including straight
chain, branched and/or unsaturated alkyl), substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, fluoroalkoxy,
--S-alkyl, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2alkyl, --C(.dbd.O)NH((substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl) or (substituted or unsubstituted phenyl)),
--C(.dbd.O)N(H or alkyl).sub.2, --OC(.dbd.O)N(substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl).sub.2, --NHC(.dbd.O)NH((substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl) or (substituted or unsubstituted phenyl)),
--NHC(.dbd.O)alkyl, --N(substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl)C(.dbd.O)(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl),
--NHC(.dbd.O)O(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl),
--C(OH)(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl).sub.2, and
--C(NH2)(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl)2. In some embodiments,
by way of example, an optional substituent is selected from oxo,
fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, --CN, --NH2, --OH, --NH(CH3),
--N(CH3)2, --CH3, --CH2CH3, --CH(CH3)2, --CF3, --CH2CF3, --OCH3,
--OCH2CH3, --OCH(CH3)2, --OCF3, --OCH2CF3, --S(.dbd.O)2-CH3,
--C(.dbd.O)NH2, --C(.dbd.O)--NHCH3, --NHC(.dbd.O)NHCH3,
--C(.dbd.O)CH3, --C(.dbd.O)OH and the like. In some embodiments,
substituted groups are substituted with one, two or three of the
preceding groups. In some embodiments, substituted groups are
substituted with one or two of the preceding groups. In some
embodiments, substituted groups are substituted with one of the
preceding groups. Further, unless stated to the contrary, a formula
with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or
dashed lines contemplates each possible isomer, e.g., each
enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixture of isomers, such as
racemic or scalemic mixtures.
[1363] In some embodiments, a chemosensory receptor ligand compound
(e.g., compounds of formulae I to XXVII as well as other compounds
a described chemical structure) is present in a composition as a
salt. In some embodiments, salts are obtained by reacting a
chemosensory receptor ligand compound with acids. In some other
embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by
reacting a chemosensory receptor ligand compound with a base. In
other embodiments, the therapeutic agents are used as free-acid or
free-base form in the manufacture of the compositions described
herein. The type of salts, include, but are not limited to: (1)
acid addition salts, formed by reacting the free base form of the
compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid, such
as, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric
acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with
an organic acid, such as, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid,
hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic
acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic
acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, tartaric acid, citric
acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic
acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid,
1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid,
benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic
acid, 4-methylbicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid,
glucoheptonic acid, 4,4'-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic
acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary
butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic
acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic
acid, butyric acid, phenylacetic acid, phenylbutyric acid, valproic
acid, and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present
in the parent compound is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali
metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), an alkaline earth ion
(e.g. magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion. In some cases,
chemosensory receptor ligand compounds described herein are reacted
with an organic base, such as, but not limited to, ethanolamine,
diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine,
dicyclohexylamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine. In other cases,
chemosensory receptor ligand compounds described herein form salts
with amino acids such as, but not limited to, arginine, lysine, and
the like. Acceptable inorganic bases used to form salts with
compounds that include an acidic proton, include, but are not
limited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium
hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like. The
term "amino acid" includes any one of the twenty
naturally-occurring amino acids or the D-form of any one of the
naturally-occurring amino acids. In addition, the term "amino acid"
also includes other non-naturally occurring amino acids besides the
D-amino acids, which are functional equivalents of the
naturally-occurring amino acids. Such non-naturally-occurring amino
acids include, for example, norleucine ("Nle"), norvaline ("Nva"),
L- or D-naphthalanine, ornithine ("Orn"), homoarginine (homoArg)
and others well known in the peptide art, such as those described
in M. Bodanzsky, "Principles of Peptide Synthesis," 1st and 2nd
Revised Ed., Springer-Verlag, New York, N.Y., 1984 and 1993, and
Stewart and Young, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis," 2nd Ed., Pierce
Chemical Co., Rockford, Ill., 1984, both of which are incorporated
herein by reference. Amino acids and amino acid analogs can be
purchased commercially (Sigma Chemical Co.; Advanced Chemtech) or
synthesized using methods known in the art.
[1364] In the scope of the embodiments, compounds described herein
(e.g., compounds of formula I-XIV and the like) include further
forms of the compounds such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
solvates (including hydrates), amorphous phases, partially
crystalline and crystalline forms (including all polymorphs),
prodrugs, metabolites, N-oxides, isotopically-labeled, epimers,
pure epimers, epimer mixtures, enantiomers including but not
limited to single enantiomers and enantiomeric diastereomers, meso
compounds, stereoisomers, racemic mixtures and diasteroisomeric
mixtures. Compounds described herein having one or more double
bonds include cis/trans isomers, E/Z isomers and geometric isomers.
Compounds described herein can be prepared as a pharmaceutically
acceptable salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent
compound either is replaced by a metal ion, for example an alkali
metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or
coordinates with an organic base. In addition, the salt forms of
the disclosed compounds can be prepared using salts of the starting
materials or intermediates. In some embodiments, the chemosensory
receptor ligand compounds described herein include solvent addition
forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or
polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or
non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during
the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable
solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed
when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the
solvent is alcohol.
[1365] In some embodiments, the chemosensory receptor ligand
compounds described herein possess one or more stereocenters and
each center exists independently in either the R or S
configuration. The compounds presented herein include all
diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the
appropriate mixtures thereof.
[1366] In some embodiments, sites on chemosensory receptor ligand
compounds disclosed herein are susceptible to various metabolic
reactions. Therefore incorporation of appropriate substituents at
the places of metabolic reactions will reduce, minimize or
eliminate the metabolic pathways. In specific embodiments, the
appropriate substituent to decrease or eliminate the susceptibility
of the aromatic ring to metabolic reactions is, by way of example
only, a halogen, deuterium or an alkyl group. In some embodiments,
chemosensory receptor ligand compounds described herein are
isotopically-labeled, which are identical to those recited in the
various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact
that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic
mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number
usually found in nature. In some embodiments, one or more hydrogen
atoms are replaced with deuterium. In some embodiments, metabolic
sites on the compounds described herein are deuterated. In some
embodiments, substitution with deuterium affords certain
therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability,
such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage
requirements. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents
thereof can be chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable
moieties and compounds.
Synthesis of the Compounds
[1367] Compounds described herein may be synthesized using standard
synthetic techniques known to those of skill in the art or using
methods known in the art in combination with methods described
herein. In additions, solvents, temperatures and other reaction
conditions presented herein may vary according to the practice and
knowledge of those of skill in the art. [1368] The starting
material used for the synthesis of compounds described herein can
be obtained from commercial sources, such as Aldrich Chemical Co.
(Milwaukee, Wis.), Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, Mo.), or the
starting materials can be synthesized. The compounds described
herein, and other related compounds having different substituents
can be synthesized using techniques and materials known to those of
skill in the art, such as described, for example, in March,
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and
Sundberg, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4th Ed., Vols. A and B (Plenum
2000, 2001), and Green and Wuts, PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIC
SYNTHESIS 3rd Ed., (Wiley 1999) (all of which are incorporated by
reference in their entirety). General methods for the preparation
of compound as disclosed herein may be derived from known reactions
in the field, and the reactions may be modified by the use of
appropriate reagents and conditions, as would be recognized by the
skilled person, for the introduction of the various moieties found
in the formulae as provided herein.
[1369] Additional synthesis methods and schemes for the compounds
described herein can be found in U.S. application Ser. No.
12/593,479 (published as U.S. 2010/0130498); U.S. application Ser.
No. 12/593,398 (published as U.S. 2010/0184796); U.S. Pat. No.
7,829,299; U.S. application Ser. No. 11/578,013 (published as U.S.
2010/0056621); U.S. Pat. No. 7,416,867; U.S. application Ser. No.
11/455,693 (published as U.S. 2007/0037212); U.S. Application Ser.
No. 13/059,730 (published as U.S. 2011/0143376), U.S. application
Ser. No. 12/996,670 (published as U.S. 2011/0311991), U.S. Pat. No.
7,811,788; U.S. application Ser. No. 11/182,942 (published as U.S.
2006/0019346); U.S. application Ser. No. 12/993,542 (published as
U.S. 2011/0086138), U.S. application Ser. No. 12/373,235 (published
as U.S. 2010/0055209); International Application Ser. No.
PCT/IL2007/000454 (published as WO 2007/116404); U.S. application
Ser. No. 10/472,056 (published as U.S. 2004/0138189); U.S. Pat. No.
5,891,919; U.S. Pat. No. 6,376,657; U.S. application Ser. No.
11/554,982 (published as U.S. 2007/0104805); U.S. application Ser.
No. 11/926,745 (published as U.S. 2008/0108604); International
Application Ser. No. PCT/CA2009/001688 (published as WO
2010/060198); U.S. application Ser. No. 12/735,557 (published as
U.S. 2010/0330205); International Application Ser. No.
PCT/CA2007/001066 (published as WO 2008/000063); U.S. application
Ser. No. 11/438,204 (published as U.S. 2006/0269617); U.S.
application Ser. No. 10/563,713 (published as U.S. 2006/0172020);
U.S. application Ser. No. 10/902,352 (published as U.S.
2006/0024335); U.S. application Ser. No. 10/538,038 (published as
U.S. 2006/0275765), U.S. application Ser. No. 11/555,617 (published
as U.S. 2008/0187936); U.S. application Ser. No. 12/739,264
(published as U.S. 2010/0316736); U.S. application Ser. No.
12/215,609 (published as U.S. 2009/0042813); U.S. application Ser.
No. 11/893,088 (published as U.S. 2008/0050499); U.S. Pat. No.
7,807,204; U.S. application Ser. No. 11/811,166 (published as U.S.
2008/0003268); U.S. Pat. No. 6,376,657; International Application
Ser. No. PCT/US2011/041183 (published as WO 2011/163183);
International Application Ser. No. PCT/EP2011/059814 (published as
WO 2011/157692); U.S. application Ser. No. 12/790,292 (published as
U.S. 2011/0293753); International Application Ser. No.
PCT/JP2009/071700 (published as WO 2010/076879); U.S. Application
Ser. No. 13/032,530 (published as U.S. 2011/0217394); International
Application Ser. No. PCT/EP2011/000110 (published as WO
2011/085979); International Application Ser. No. PCT/US2010/058467
(published as WO 2011/068814); U.S. Application Ser. No. 13/060,996
(published as U.S. 2011/0152361); U.S. application Ser. No.
12/09,253 (published as U.S. 2011/0124609); U.S. application Ser.
No. 12/687,962 (published as U.S. 2011/0119499); and International
Application Ser. No. PCT/EP2010/004623 (published as WO
2011/012298); each of which are incorporated by reference in their
entirety.
EXAMPLES
Example 1
Example 1a
Upper GI Administration of One Chemosensory Receptor Ligand in
Diabetic Rats
[1370] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes. A
single chemosensory receptor ligand (e.g., sweet) can be assayed
for the treatment of diabetes in this established diabetic rat
model as detailed in the example below.
[1371] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligand (e.g.,
sucralose) for the treatment of diabetes. Animals are grouped
according to dosage, and increasing dosages (range of 0.01-100
mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled
into the animals via silastic tubing inserted into the duodenum
through the mouths of the lightly anesthetized animals.
[1372] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP-IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP-IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1373] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
[1374] The experimental protocol is performed for five chemosensory
receptor ligand types (Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid)
according the above protocol. Exemplary ligands and respective dose
ranges are as follows:
[1375] Sucralose: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1376] MSG: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1377] Fatty acid emulsion: 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over
ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.
[1378] Quinine: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1379] Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC): 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10
ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.
Example 1b
[1380] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligand, if not
metabolized, is administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 1c
[1381] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 2
Example 2a
Lower GI Administration of One Chemosensory Receptor Ligand in
Diabetic Rats
[1382] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes. A
single chemosensory receptor ligand (e.g., sweet) can be assayed
for the treatment of diabetes in this established diabetic rat
model as detailed in the example below.
[1383] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligand (e.g.,
sucralose) for the treatment of diabetes. Animals are grouped
according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose range of
0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are
instilled into the animals via silastic tubing inserted midway up
the descending colon through the rectum of the lightly anesthetized
animals.
[1384] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1385] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, ghrelin, amylin and GLP-2. Assays for
the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured
[1386] GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
[1387] The experimental protocol is performed for five chemosensory
receptor ligand types (Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid)
according the above protocol. Exemplary ligands and respective dose
ranges are as follows:
[1388] Sucralose: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1389] MSG: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1390] Fatty acid emulsion: 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over
ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.
[1391] Quinine: b 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1392] Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC): 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10
ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.
Example 2b
[1393] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligand, if not
metabolized, is administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 2c
[1394] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 3
Example 3a
Upper GI Administration of Two Chemosensory Receptor Ligands in
Diabetic Rats
[1395] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Two
chemosensory receptor ligands can be assayed for the treatment of
diabetes in this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the
example below.
[1396] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands for the
treatment of diabetes and appropriate control perturbations (one
ligand alone, saline alone). Animals are grouped according to
dosage, and increasing dosages are utilized (increasing dose of one
ligand with fixed doses of another ligand). Chemosensory receptor
ligands are instilled into the animals via silastic tubing inserted
into the duodenum through the mouths of the lightly anesthetized
animals.
[1397] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1398] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
[1399] The experimental protocol is performed for combinations of
two chemosensory receptor ligands including chemosensory receptor
ligand types Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid according the
above protocol. Exemplary ligands and respective dose ranges are as
follows:
[1400] Sucralose: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1401] MSG: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1402] Fatty acid emulsion: 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over
ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.
[1403] Quinine: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1404] Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC): 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10
ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.
Example 3b
[1405] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 3c
[1406] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 4
Example 4a
Lower Gi Administration of Two Chemosensory Receptor Ligand in
Diabetic Rats
[1407] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Two
chemosensory receptor ligands can be assayed for the treatment of
diabetes in this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the
example below.
[1408] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of two chemosensory receptor ligands for the
treatment of diabetes. Animals are grouped according to dosage, and
increasing dosages. Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled
into the animals via silastic tubing inserted midway up the
descending colon through the rectum of the lightly anesthetized
animals.
[1409] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1410] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
[1411] The experimental protocol is performed for combinations of
two chemosensory receptor ligands including chemosensory receptor
ligand types Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid according the
above protocol. Exemplary ligands and respective dose ranges are as
follows:
[1412] Sucralose: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1413] MSG: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1414] Fatty acid emulsion: 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over
ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.
[1415] Quinine: b 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1416] Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC): 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10
ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.
Example 4b
[1417] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 4c
[1418] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 5
Example 5a Upper GI administration of three chemosensory receptor
ligands (Sweet, Umami, and
[1419] Fat) in diabetic rats.
[1420] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes.
Three chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, umami, and fat) can be
assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased efficacy over
single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic effects, etc.) in
this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the example
below.
[1421] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the ligands sucralose, monosodium glutamate
(MSG), and a fatty acid emulsion for the treatment of diabetes.
Animals are grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages
(sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/.kg;
fatty acid emulsion (e.g., Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at
0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.) are utilized.
Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the animals via
silastic tubing inserted into the duodenum through the mouths of
the lightly anesthetized animals.
[1422] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1423] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 5b
[1424] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 5c
[1425] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 6
Example 6a
Lower GI Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, and
[1426] Fat) in diabetic rats.
[1427] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes.
Three chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, umami, and fat) can be
assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased efficacy over
single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic effects, etc.) in
this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the example
below.
[1428] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose,
monosodium glutamate (MSG), and a fatty acid emulsion. Animals are
grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose
range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid
emulsion (e.g., Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min
over ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.) are utilized. Chemosensory
receptor ligands are instilled into the animals via silastic tubing
inserted midway up the descending colon through the rectum of the
lightly anesthetized animals.
[1429] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1430] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 6b
[1431] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 6c
[1432] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 7
Example 7a
Upper GI Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, and Bitter) in Diabetic Rats
[1433] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes.
Three chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, umami, and bitter) can
be assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased efficacy over
single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic effects, etc.) in
this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the example
below.
[1434] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the ligands sucralose, monosodium glutamate
(MSG), and Quinine for the treatment of diabetes. Animals are
grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose
range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/.kg; Quinine
range of 0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor
ligands are instilled into the animals via silastic tubing inserted
into the duodenum through the mouths of the lightly anesthetized
animals.
[1435] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1436] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 7b
[1437] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 7c
[1438] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 8
Example 8a
Lower GI Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, and Bitter) in Diabetic Rats
[1439] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes.
Three chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, umami, and bitter) can
be assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased efficacy over
single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic effects, etc.) in
this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the example
below.
[1440] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose,
monosodium glutamate (MSG), and Quinine for the treatment of
diabetes. Animals are grouped according to dosage, and increasing
dosages (sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100
mg/kg; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory
receptor ligands are instilled into the animals via silastic tubing
inserted midway up the descending colon through the rectum of the
lightly anesthetized animals.
[1441] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1442] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 8b
[1443] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 8c
[1444] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 9
Example 9a
Upper GI Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Fat, and Bitter) in Diabetic Rats
[1445] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes.
Three chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, fat, and bitter) can be
assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased efficacy over
single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic effects, etc.) in
this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the example
below.
[1446] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the ligands sucralose, fatty acid emulsion, and
Quinine for the treatment of diabetes. Quinine and fat or fatty
acid ligands do not require a cognate metabolite. Animals are
grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose
range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10
sec.-to 5 min; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/.kg) are utilized.
Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the animals via
silastic tubing inserted into the duodenum through the mouths of
the lightly anesthetized animals.
[1447] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1448] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 9b
[1449] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 9c
[1450] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 10
Example 10a
Lower Gi Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Fat, and Bitter) in Diabetic Rats
[1451] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes.
Three chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, fat, and bitter) can be
assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased efficacy over
single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic effects, etc.) in
this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the example
below.
[1452] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose,
fatty acid emulsion, and Quinine for the treatment of diabetes.
Animals are grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages
(sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10
sec.-to 5 min; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized.
Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the animals via
silastic tubing inserted midway up the descending colon through the
rectum of the lightly anesthetized animals.
[1453] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1454] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 10b
[1455] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 10c
[1456] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 11
Example 11a
Upper GI Administration of Four Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, Fat, and Bitter) in Diabetic Rats
[1457] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Four
chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, MSG, fat, and bitter) can be
assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased efficacy over
single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic effects, etc.) in
this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the example
below.
[1458] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the ligands sucralose, Monosodium glutamate
(MSG), fatty acid emulsion, and Quinine for the treatment of
diabetes. Animals are grouped according to dosage, and increasing
dosages (sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100
mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g., Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution
at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min; Quinine range of
0.01-100 mg/.kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are
instilled into the animals via silastic tubing inserted into the
duodenum through the mouths of the lightly anesthetized
animals.
[1459] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1460] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
[1461] Example 11b
[1462] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 11c
[1463] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 12
Example 12a
Lower Gi Administration of Four Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, Fat, and Bitter) in Diabetic Rats
[1464] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Four
chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, MSG, fat, and bitter) can be
assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased efficacy over
single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic effects, etc.) in
this established diabetic rat model as detailed in the example
below.
[1465] Diabetic rats are and Wistar rats selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose,
Monosodium glutamate (MSG), fatty acid emulsion, and Quinine for
the treatment of diabetes. Animals are grouped according to dosage,
and increasing dosages (sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG
range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10
sec.-to 5 min; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized.
Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the animals via
silastic tubing inserted midway up the descending colon through the
rectum of the lightly anesthetized animals.
[1466] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups or all of the test animals to prevent degradation
of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV inhibition
is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10 mg/kg) at
least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1467] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 12b
[1468] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 12c
[1469] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 13
Example 13a
Upper GI Administration of Five Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid) in Diabetic Rats
[1470] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Five
chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, MSG, fat, bitter, and Bile
acid) can be assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased
efficacy over single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic
effects, etc.) in this established diabetic rat model as detailed
in the example below.
[1471] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the ligands sucralose, Monosodium glutamate
(MSG), fatty acid emulsion, Quinine and Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC)
for the treatment of diabetes. Animals are grouped according to
dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg;
MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10
sec.-5 min; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/.kg; CDC range at 1-50
mMol solution at 1-10 ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.) are
utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the
animals via silastic tubing inserted into the duodenum through the
mouths of the lightly anesthetized animals.
[1472] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10
mg/kg) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1473] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 13b
[1474] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 13c
[1475] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 14
Example 14a
Lower Gi Administration of Five Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid) in Diabetic Rats
[1476] Numerous established and accepted diabetic rat models exist
for the assessment of therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Five
chemosensory receptor ligands (Sweet, MSG, fat, bitter, and Bile
acid) can be assayed for the treatment of diabetes (increased
efficacy over single chemosensory receptor ligands, synergistic
effects, etc.) in this established diabetic rat model as detailed
in the example below.
[1477] Diabetic rats and Wistar rats are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose,
Monosodium glutamate (MSG), fatty acid emulsion, Quinine and
Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC) for the treatment of diabetes. Animals
are grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose
range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid
emulsion (e.g., Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min
over a range of 10 sec.-5 min; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; CDC
range at 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10 ml/min over a range of 10
sec.-5 min.) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are
instilled into the animals via silastic tubing inserted midway up
the descending colon through the rectum of the lightly anesthetized
animals.
[1478] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups or all of the test animals to prevent degradation
of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV inhibition
is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin (10 mg/kg) at
least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor ligand
instillation.
[1479] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays
for the hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies.
Results are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and
other analyte concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate,
are also assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of
the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP,
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic
index are expected to increase.
Example 14b
[1480] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligands
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 14c
[1481] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with industry standard Diet Induced Obese rats and applicable
controls (healthy rats). Parameters unique to the obesity systems
are modified based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are
collected and hormone assays performed as described above.
Additional hormones, such as glycentin and uroguanylin may be
measured.
Example 15
Example 15a
Upper GI Administration of One Chemosensory Receptor Ligand in
Diabetic Human Subjects
[1482] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. A single chemosensory
receptor ligand (e.g., sweet) can be assayed for the treatment of
diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1483] Diabetic human subjects are selected for administration of
the chemosensory receptor ligand (e.g., sucralose) for the
treatment of diabetes. Non-diabetic human subjects are included for
controls. Subjects are grouped according to dosage, and increasing
dosages (e.g., range of 0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory
receptor ligands are instilled into the subjects via specialized
tubing (e.g., Ryle's tube) inserted into the duodenum/jejunal area.
The tubes are introduced nasogastrically and allowed to advance by
peristalsis into the final location.
[1484] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1485] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
[1486] The experimental protocol is performed for five chemosensory
receptor ligand types (Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid)
according the above protocol. Exemplary ligands and respective dose
ranges are as follows:
[1487] Sucralose: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1488] MSG: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1489] Fatty acid emulsion: 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over
ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.
[1490] Quinine: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1491] Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC): 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10
ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.
Example 15b
[1492] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligand, if not
metabolized, is administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 15c
[1493] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 16
Example 15a
Lower Gi Administration of One Chemosensory Receptor Ligand in
Diabetic Human Subjects
[1494] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. A single chemosensory
receptor ligand (e.g., sweet) can be assayed for the treatment of
diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1495] Diabetic and non-diabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligand (e.g.,
sucralose) for the treatment of diabetes. Subjects are grouped
according to dosage, and increasing dosages (e.g., range of
0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are
instilled into the subjects via nasogastric tubing inserted midway
up the descending colon through the rectum of the human
subjects.
[1496] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1497] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
[1498] The experimental protocol is performed for five chemosensory
receptor ligand types (Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid)
according the above protocol. Exemplary ligands and respective dose
ranges are as follows:
[1499] Sucralose: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1500] MSG: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1501] Fatty acid emulsion: 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over
ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.
[1502] Quinine: b 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1503] Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC): 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10
ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.
Example 16b
[1504] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligand, if not
metabolized, is administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 16c
[1505] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 17
Example 17a
Upper GI Administration of Two Chemosensory Receptor Ligands in
Diabetic Human Subjects
[1506] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Two chemosensory receptor
ligands can be assayed for the treatment of diabetes as detailed in
the example below.
[1507] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands for the
treatment of diabetes. Subjects are grouped according to dosage,
and increasing dosages are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands
and cognate metabolites are instilled into the subjects via
specialized tubing (e.g., Ryle's tube) inserted into the
duodenum/jejunal area. The tubes are introduced nasogastrically and
allowed to advance by peristalsis into the final location.
[1508] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1509] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
[1510] The experimental protocol is performed for combinations of
two chemosensory receptor ligands including chemosensory receptor
ligand types Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid according the
above protocol. Exemplary ligands and respective dose ranges are as
follows:
[1511] Sucralose: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1512] MSG: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1513] Fatty acid emulsion: 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over
ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.
[1514] Quinine: b 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1515] Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC): 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10
ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.
Example 17b
[1516] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 17c
[1517] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 18
Example 18a
Lower Gi Administration of Two Chemosensory Receptor Ligands in
Diabetic Human Subjects
[1518] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Two chemosensory receptor
ligands can be assayed for the treatment of diabetes as detailed in
the example below.
[1519] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands for the
treatment of diabetes. Subjects are grouped according to dosage,
and increasing dosages (e.g., range of 0.01-100 mg/kg) are
utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the
subjects via nasogastric tubing inserted midway up the descending
colon through the rectum of the human subjects.
[1520] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1521] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
[1522] The experimental protocol is performed for combinations of
two chemosensory receptor ligands including chemosensory receptor
ligand types Sweet, Umami, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid according the
above protocol. Exemplary ligands and respective dose ranges are as
follows:
[1523] Sucralose: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1524] MSG: 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1525] Fatty acid emulsion: 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over
ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.
[1526] Quinine: b 0.01-100 mg/kg
[1527] Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC): 1-50 mMol solution at 1-10
ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.
Example 18b
[1528] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 18c
[1529] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 19
Example 19b
Upper GI Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, and Fat) in Diabetic Human Subjects
[1530] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Three chemosensory
receptor ligands (Sweet, umami, and fat) can be assayed for the
treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1531] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose, MSG
and fatty acid emulsion for the treatment of diabetes. Subjects are
grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose
range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/.kg; fatty acid
emulsion (e.g., Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min
over ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.) are utilized. Chemosensory
receptor ligands are instilled into the subjects via specialized
tubing (e.g., Ryle's tube) inserted into the duodenum/jejunal area.
The tubes are introduced nasogastrically and allowed to advance by
peristalsis into the final location.
[1532] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1533] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 19b
[1534] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 19c
[1535] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 20
Example 20a
Lower Gi Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, and Fat) in Diabetic Human Subjects
[1536] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Three chemosensory
receptor ligands (Sweet, umami, and fat) can be assayed for the
treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1537] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose, MSG,
and fatty acid emulsion for the treatment of diabetes. Subjects are
grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose
range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/.kg; fatty acid
emulsion (e.g., Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min
over ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.) are utilized. Chemosensory
receptor ligands are instilled into the subjects via nasogastric
tubing inserted midway up the descending colon through the rectum
of the human subjects.
[1538] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test animals to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1539] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 20b
[1540] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 20c
[1541] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 21
Example 21a
Upper GI Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, and Bitter) in Diabetic Human Subjects
[1542] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Three chemosensory
receptor ligands (Sweet, umami, and bitter) can be assayed for the
treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1543] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose, MSG,
and Quinine for the treatment of diabetes. Subjects are grouped
according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose range of
0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/.kg; Quinine range of
0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are
instilled into the subjects via specialized tubing (e.g., Ryle's
tube) inserted into the duodenum/jejunal area. The tubes are
introduced nasogastrically and allowed to advance by peristalsis
into the final location.
[1544] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1545] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 21b
[1546] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 21c
[1547] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 22
Example 22a
Lower Gi Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Umami, and Bitter) in Diabetic Human Subjects
[1548] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Three chemosensory
receptor ligands (Sweet, umami, and bitter) can be assayed for the
treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1549] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose, MSG,
and Quinine for the treatment of diabetes. Subjects are grouped
according to dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose range of
0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/.kg; Quinine range of
0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are
instilled into the subjects via nasogastric tubing inserted midway
up the descending colon through the rectum of the human
subjects.
[1550] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1551] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 22b
[1552] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 22c
[1553] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 23
Example 23a
Upper GI Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Fat, and Bitter) in Diabetic Human Subjects
[1554] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Three chemosensory
receptor ligands (Sweet, fat, and bitter) can be assayed for the
treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1555] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose,
fatty acid emulsion, and Quinine for the treatment of diabetes.
Subjects are grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages
(sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10
sec.-to 5 min.; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized.
Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the subjects via
specialized tubing (e.g., Ryle's tube) inserted into the
duodenum/jejunal area. The tubes are introduced nasogastrically and
allowed to advance by peristalsis into the final location.
[1556] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1557] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 23b
[1558] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 23c
[1559] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 24
Example 24a
Lower Gi Administration of Three Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, Fat, and Bitter) in Diabetic Human Subjects
[1560] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Three chemosensory
receptor ligands (Sweet, fat, and bitter) can be assayed for the
treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1561] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose,
fatty acid emulsion, and quinine for the treatment of diabetes.
Subjects are grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages
(sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10
sec.-to 5 min.; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized.
Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the subjects via
nasogastric tubing inserted midway up the descending colon through
the rectum of the human subjects.
[1562] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1563] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 24b
[1564] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 24c
[1565] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 25
Example 25a
Upper GI Administration of Four Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, MSG, Fat, and Bitter) in Diabetic Human Subjects
[1566] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Four chemosensory receptor
ligands (Sweet, MSG, fat, and bitter) can be assayed for the
treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1567] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligand sucralose, MSG,
fatty acid emulsion, and Quinine for the treatment of diabetes.
Subjects are grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages
(sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/kg;
fatty acid emulsion (e.g., Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at
0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.; Quinine range of
0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are
instilled into the subjects via specialized tubing (e.g., Ryle's
tube) inserted into the duodenum/jejunal area. The tubes are
introduced nasogastrically and allowed to advance by peristalsis
into the final location.
[1568] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1569] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 25b
[1570] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 25c
[1571] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 26
Example 26a
Lower Gi Administration of Four Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, MSG, Fat, and Bitter) in Diabetic Human Subjects
[1572] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Four chemosensory receptor
ligands (Sweet, MSG, fat, and bitter) can be assayed for the
treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1573] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligand sucralose, MSG,
fatty acid emulsion, and Quinine for the treatment of diabetes.
Subjects are grouped according to dosage, and increasing dosages
(sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/kg;
fatty acid emulsion (e.g., Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at
0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10 sec.-to 5 min.; Quinine range of
0.01-100 mg/kg) are utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are
instilled into the subjects via nasogastric tubing inserted midway
up the descending colon through the rectum of the human
subjects.
[1574] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1575] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 26b
[1576] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 26c
[1577] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 27
Example 27a
Upper GI Administration of Five Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, MSG, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid) in Diabetic Human
Subjects
[1578] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Five chemosensory receptor
ligands (Sweet, MSG, fat, bitter, and bile acid) can be assayed for
the treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1579] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose, MSG,
Quinine, fatty acid emulsion, and Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC) for
the treatment of diabetes. Subjects are grouped according to
dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg;
MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10
sec.-to 5 min.; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; CDC range at 1-50
mMol solution at 1-10 ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.) are
utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the
subjects via specialized tubing (e.g., Ryle's tube) inserted into
the duodenum/jejunal area. The tubes are introduced nasogastrically
and allowed to advance by peristalsis into the final location.
[1580] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1581] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 27b
[1582] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 27c
[1583] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 28
Example 28a
Lower Gi Administration of Five Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
(Sweet, MSG, Fat, Bitter, and Bile Acid) in Diabetic Human
Subjects
[1584] Diabetic human subjects can be assessed for the efficacy of
therapies for the treatment of diabetes. Five chemosensory receptor
ligands (Sweet, MSG, fat, bitter, and bile acid) can be assayed for
the treatment of diabetes as detailed in the example below.
[1585] Diabetic and nondiabetic human subjects are selected for
administration of the chemosensory receptor ligands sucralose, MSG,
Quinine, fatty acid emulsion, and Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDC) for
the treatment of diabetes. Subjects are grouped according to
dosage, and increasing dosages (sucralose range of 0.01-100 mg/kg;
MSG range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; fatty acid emulsion (e.g.,
Intralipid.RTM.) of 10% solution at 0.5-10 ml/min over ranges of 10
sec.-to 5 min.; Quinine range of 0.01-100 mg/kg; CDC range at 1-50
mMol solution at 1-10 ml/min over a range of 10 sec.-5 min.) are
utilized. Chemosensory receptor ligands are instilled into the
subjects via nasogastric tubing inserted midway up the descending
colon through the rectum of the human subjects.
[1586] Optionally, Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP IV) is inhibited in
designated groups, or all, of the test subjects to prevent
degradation of the target hormones by endogenous peptidases. DPP IV
inhibition is accomplished via co-administration of sitagliptin
(100 mg/subject) at least one hour prior to chemosensory receptor
ligand instillation.
[1587] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives.
Samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed
using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for
efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand administration for the
treatment of diabetic humans. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin and insulinogenic index are
expected to increase.
Example 28b
[1588] Alternatively, the chemosensory receptor ligands, if not
metabolized, are administered with a cognate metabolite in the
experimental protocol above. For example in an alternative
protocol, sucralose is administered along with glucose. The ligand
may be administered in increasing doses with respect to a fixed
dose of the cognate metabolite and vice versa.
Example 28c
[1589] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with obese human subjects or overweight human subjects and
applicable controls (healthy human subjects). Parameters unique to
the obesity systems are modified based on known standard assay
conditions. Samples are collected and hormone assays performed as
described above. Additional hormones, such as glycentin and
uroguanylin may be measured.
Example 29
Dose-Response Studies for Individual and Combinations of
Chemosensory Receptor Ligands
[1590] Chemosensory receptor ligands corresponding to each of the
chemosensory receptor (Sucralose, MSG, Quinine, fatty acid
emulsion, and Chenodeoxycholic acid) and optionally cognate
metabolites are individually administered in diabetic rat upper GI
and lower GI systems as well as diabetic human upper GI and lower
GI systems (see previous examples for administration protocols for
the rat and human systems in both the upper GI and lower GI) to
determine the optimal doses for each chemosensory receptor ligand
as well as the optional cognate metabolite (e.g., glucose).
Subjects are administered sitagliptin (DPP IV inhibitor) at 10
mg/kg or 100 mg/subject in rats and humans respectively at least 60
minutes prior to chemosensory receptor ligand and optional cognate
metabolite infusion.
[1591] Chemosensory receptor ligands and optional cognate
metabolites are administered individually at increasing amounts
(mg/kg/min), where each subject is administered a set mg/kg/min
dose and the dose is maintained at this set level for a 30 minute
period. Blood samples are collected at frequent intervals (e.g.,
every 1, 2, or 5 minutes) throughout the 30 minute period and
assayed for hormone levels. Hormones assayed include CCK, GIP,
GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY
3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, glycentin, uroguanylin,
ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed using
standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for efficacy of
chemosensory receptor ligand and optional cognate metabolite
administration for the treatment of diabetic rats and humans.
Metabolites and other analyte concentrations, including glucose,
free fatty acids, triglycerides, calcium, potassium, sodium,
magnesium, phosphate, are also assessed. Circulating concentrations
of at least one of the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, glycentin,
uroguanylin, amylin and insulinogenic index are expected to
increase and change according to the dosages given.
[1592] 50% of maximal response dose and 50% of the maximum
tolerated dose are determined for each chemosensory receptor
ligand. Optionally, 25% of maximal response dose is determined for
a cognate metabolite.
[1593] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with Diet Induced Obese rats, obese human subjects or overweight
human subjects, and applicable controls (healthy rat or human
subjects). Parameters unique to the obesity systems are modified
based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are collected and
hormone assays performed as described in Examples 1-28, above.
Example 30
[1594] Experiments to determine the effect of optional cognate
metabolite co-administration with the chemosensory receptor ligands
are performed using the human and rat systems described in Example
29.
[1595] Subjects (rats and humans, in both upper GI and lower GI)
are administered sitagliptin (DPP IV inhibitor) at 10 mg/kg or 100
mg/subject in rats and humans, respectively, at least 60 minutes
prior to chemosensory receptor ligand and glucose co-infusion. The
chemosensory receptor ligands are individually co-administered at
the 50% of maximal response dose with glucose at the 25% of maximal
response dose.
[1596] Blood samples are collected at frequent intervals (e.g.,
every 1, 2, or 5 minutes) throughout the 30 minute period and
assayed for hormone levels via standard ELISA methodologies
including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin,
glycentin, uroguanylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones
are performed using standard ELISA methodologies. Results are
analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand and cognate
metabolite administration for the treatment of diabetic rats and
humans. Metabolites and other analyte concentrations, including
glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides, calcium, potassium,
sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also assessed. Circulating
concentrations of at least one of the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1
(active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK,
amylin, glycentin, uroguanylin and insulinogenic index are expected
to increase and change according to the dosages given.
[1597] The effect of co-administration of a cognate metabolite
(glucose) with each chemosensory receptor ligand, as well as 50% of
maximal dose and 50% of maximum tolerated dose is thus
determined.
[1598] Alternatively, the experimental protocol above is performed
with Diet Induced Obese rats, obese human subjects or overweight
human subjects, and applicable controls (healthy rat or human
subjects). Parameters unique to the obesity systems are modified
based on known standard assay conditions. Samples are collected and
hormone assays performed as described in Examples 1-28, above.
Example 31
[1599] Experiments to determine the effect of the administration of
combinations of chemosensory receptor ligands are performed in rat
and human systems as described in Examples 1-28.
[1600] Each chemosensory receptor ligand of the combinations found
in Examples 1-28 is administered at the 50% of maximal response
dose (determined as described in Examples 28 and 29). Duplicate
experiments are performed where optional cognate metabolites (e.g.,
glucose) is co-administered at the 25% of maximal response
(determined as described in Examples 29 and 30).
Rat Blood Sample Collection
[1601] Blood samples are collected via cannulation of the tail
vein, and samples are withdrawn at baseline, 15, 30, 60 and 120
minutes post-instillation. Blood samples are collected in
collection tubes containing standard cocktails of peptidase
inhibitors and preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree.
C. until assayed. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
hormones related to insulin regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1
(total), GLP-1 (active), oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, amylin, glycentin, uroguanylin,
ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the hormones are performed using
standard ELISA methodologies. Results are analyzed for efficacy of
chemosensory receptor ligand and cognate metabolite administration
for the treatment of diabetic rats. Metabolites and other analyte
concentrations, including glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides,
calcium, potassium, sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also
assessed. Circulating concentrations of at least one of the
measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin,
PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK, amylin, glycentin, uroguanylin and
insulinogenic index are expected to increase and change according
to the dosages given.
Human Blood Sample Collection
[1602] Blood samples are collected at baseline, at 15 minute
intervals for the first hour post-instillation, and at 30 minute
intervals for hours 2-4 post-instillation. Blood samples are
collected in collection tubes containing standard cocktails of
protease inhibitors (e.g., Sigma P8340-1/100 dilution and valine
pyrrolidine--100 .mu.M final concentration) and preservatives, and
samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until assayed. Blood samples
are assayed for the presence of hormones related to insulin
regulation, including CCK, GIP, GLP-1 (total), GLP-1 (active),
oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide,
amylin, glycentin, uroguanylin, ghrelin, and GLP-2. Assays for the
hormones are performed using standard ELISA methodologies. Results
are analyzed for efficacy of chemosensory receptor ligand and
cognate metabolite administration for the treatment of diabetic
humans. Metabolites and other analyte concentrations, including
glucose, free fatty acids, triglycerides, calcium, potassium,
sodium, magnesium, phosphate, are also assessed. Circulating
concentrations of at least one of the measured GLP-1 (total), GLP-1
(active), GLP-2, GIP, oxyntomodulin, PYY (total), PYY 3-36, CCK,
amylin, glycentin, uroguanylin and insulinogenic index are expected
to increase and change according to the dosages given.
Example 32
Exemplary Composition Weighted to Sweet Receptor Ligands and its
Administration
TABLE-US-00003 [1603] Composition A Chemosensory Per oral solid
B.i.d. Daily Receptor Ligand dosage form (mg) Dose (mg) Total
Rebaudioside A 200 800 1600 Stevioside 100 400 800 Sucralose 100
400 800 Quinine 2 8 16 L-Glutamine 50 200 400 Oleic Acid 50 200
400
[1604] A single oral solid dosage form (e.g., tablet, pill,
capsule, and the like) includes the listed chemosensory receptor
ligand components. A single dose for administration is a set of 4
units of the oral solid dosage form (e.g., 4 tablets or 4
capsules). Each of the 4 units contains identical chemosensory
receptor ligand components; however each individual unit is
formulated for release 80% of the chemosensory receptor ligand
components at a different pH: pH 5.5, pH 6.0, pH 6.5, and pH 7.0
respectively. 20% of the chemosensory receptor ligand components
are released immediately. B.i.d. dosing occurs at 30 minutes to 1
hour prior to breakfast or the first meal of the day and 30 minutes
to 1 hour prior to lunch or the second meal of the day.
Alternatively, other dosing occurs, depending on the time of day
during which food intake is desired to be reduced, for example,
b.i.d. dosing 30 minutes to 1 hour prior to lunch or the second
meal of the day and30 minutes to 1 hour prior to dinner or the
third meal of the day, or t.i.d. dosing 30 minutes-1 hour before
each meal of the day.
Example 33
Exemplary Composition Weighted to Sweet Receptor Ligands and its
Administration
TABLE-US-00004 [1605] Composition B Chemosensory Per oral solid
B.i.d. Daily Receptor Ligand dosage form (mg) Dose (mg) Total
Rebaudioside A 200 800 1600 Stevioside 100 400 800 Sucralose 100
400 800 Quinine 2 8 16 L-Glutamine 50 200 400
[1606] A single oral solid dosage form (e.g., tablet, pill,
capsule, and the like) includes the listed chemosensory receptor
ligand components. A single dose for administration is a set of 4
units of the oral solid dosage form (e.g., 4 tablets or 4
capsules). Each of the 4 units contains identical chemosensory
receptor ligand components; however each individual unit is
formulated for release at a different pH: pH 5.5, pH 6.0 or pH 6.5.
One unit releases approximately 20% of its components in about 15
to about 60 mins after encountering an intestinal pH of
approximately 5.5, and releases the remaining 80% of its components
in about 2 hrs. Another unit releases approximately 20% of its
components in about 15 to about 60 mins after encountering an
intestinal pH of approximately 6.0, and releases the remaining 80%
of its components in about 4 hrs. A third unit releases
approximately 20% of its components in about 15 to about 60 mins
after encountering an intestinal pH of approximately 6.5, and
releases the remaining 80% of its components in about 4 hrs. A
fourth unit releases approximately 20% of its components in about
15 to about 60 mins after encountering an intestinal pH of
approximately 6.0, and releases the remaining 80% of its components
in about 7 hrs. B.i.d. dosing occurs at 30 minutes to 1 hour prior
to breakfast or the first meal of the day and 30 minutes to 1 hour
prior to lunch or the second meal of the day.
Example 34
Formulation of Composition B
[1607] The chemosensory receptor ligands of Composition B
(Rebaudioside A, stevioside, sucralose, quinine and L-glutamine)
are formulated into bilayer tablet cores with the excipients as
indicated in the following table (expressed in proportional
units).
TABLE-US-00005 IR CR7 CR4 CR2 Stevioside 13.3 16.0 16.0 16.0
Sucralose 13.3 16.0 16.0 16.0 Quinine sulfate 0.29 0.4 0.4 0.4
dihydrate L-Glutamine 6.7 8.0 8.0 8.0 Reb A 26.7 32.0 32.0 32.0
Prosol HD90 28.71 9.6 12 15.6 Pruv 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Croscarmelose
4.0 -- -- -- Sodium Methocel K4M -- 11.0 8.6 5.0 Klucel EXF 4.0 4.0
4.0 4.0
[1608] The IR column of the above table refers to 20% of the mass
of the bilayer tablet that releases its contents in about 15 to
about 60 minutes. CR2, CR4, and CR7 refer to the remaining 80% of
the components that release over approximately 2, 4 or 7 hrs. A
bilayer tablet core has an IR compound and one of the CR, CR4 or
CR7 components. With the exception of stevioside (>90 purity),
the purity of all ingredients is >99.8% and the concentrations
of all impurities for all ingredients are significantly below the
limits set under International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH)
guidance.
[1609] The bilayer tablet cores are coated with the following
coating compositions for release at the indicated pH in the
following table (expressed in proportional units).
TABLE-US-00006 Composition IR/CR IR/CR IR/CR IR/CR 2 hr 4 hr 4 hr 7
hr pH 5.5 pH 6.0 pH 6.5 pH 6.0 Eudragit L30 D55 833.4 750.06 625.05
750.06 Eudragit FS 30D 0 83.34 208.35 83.34 Talc 125.0
Triethylcitrate 25.0 Water 1016
Example 35
Assessing Efficacy of Composition B as Described in Example 33 and
34 in Obese Human Subjects
[1610] The objective of this study is to assess the efficacy of a
composition and administration as described in Examples 33 and 34
on weight loss and gylcemic control in obese human subjects. The
study design is a placebo-controlled, randomized, double blinded
trial at three testing centers and a duration of 16 weeks.
[1611] Total subject population: N=300. Patients are selected based
on a body mass index of greater than or equal to 30.20% of the
subject population can be diabetic (D&E, or stable
metformin).
[1612] The dietary instruction is given at randomization only and
excludes hypocaloric diets. Patients are assessed monthly with
weight measurements and blood sampling along with a subject
questionnaire. Blood samples are assayed for the presence of
metabolic hormones including CCK, GIP, GLP-1, oxyntomodulin,
Peptide YY, insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, ghrelin and GLP-2 as well
as plasma glucose via A1C (glycated hemoglobin) concentrations.
Example 36
Assessing the Effects of Composition B as Described in Example 33
and 34 in Healthy Human Subjects
[1613] The objective of this study is to assess the effect of a
composition and administration as described in Examples 33 and 34
on hormone excursions following two meals in healthy human
subjects. The study design is a 8-day placebo-controlled,
cross-over trial. Healthy subjects are divided into two groups that
receive either placebo or the composition described in Example 33
on Days 1-3 twice daily, 30 minutes to 1 hour prior to breakfast
and lunch. On Day 4, blood samples are collected prior to
administration of the composition and at 15 minute intervals
post-meal for 2 hours. Blood samples are collected in collection
tubes containing standard cocktails of protease inhibitors and
preservatives, and samples are stored at -25.degree. C. until
assayed. The process is repeated for Days 5-8 with the placebo
group receiving the composition and the composition group now
receiving the placebo.
[1614] Blood samples are assayed for the presence of metabolic
hormones including CCK, GIP, GLP-1, oxyntomodulin, Peptide YY,
insulin, glucagon, C-peptide, ghrelin and GLP-2 as well as plasma
glucose via A1C (glycated hemoglobin) concentrations. Positive
subject outcome and response to the study is defined as an increase
in GLP-1, GIP, Peptide YY, or oxyntomodulin plasma AUC with the
composition as described in Example 33 over placebo and/or a
decrease in glucose AUC with the composition as described in
Example 33 over placebo. A 20% increase of the hormone, or a 20%
decrease in glucose is defined as very significant.
Example 37
An 8-Day, Randomized, Cross-Over, Blinded, Placebo-Controlled,
Single Center Study Assessing the Efficacy of Composition B as
Described in Examples 33 and 34 on Meal-Driven Hormone Levels in
the Circulation of Obese Volunteers
[1615] An 8-day clinical study was designed to examine the effect
of Composition B as described in Examples 33 and 34 on meal-driven,
gut hormone profiles in overweight volunteers.
Indication
[1616] The effect of Composition B versus Placebo was compared on
gut hormone release.
Rationale
[1617] Study: To examine Composition B's effect on gut hormone
release and therapeutic possibility in the treatment of
obesity.
[1618] Sitagliptin (Januvia): Because gut hormones GLP-1 and PYY as
well as others are rapidly broken down by the peptidase DPP-IV,
subjects were asked to ingest 100 mg of the DPP-IV inhibitor
sitagliptin (Januvia) an approved medication for the treatment of
diabetes on the morning of each meal test day (day 4 and 8).
Objectives
[1619] Primary: To assess the effects of Composition B on GLP-1,
PYY and other gut hormone concentrations in the bloodstream before,
and during, a standard breakfast and lunch after administration of
Composition B or Placebo.
[1620] Secondary: To assess the effects of Composition B on plasma
glucose, insulin, and triglycerides serum concentrations, before,
and during, a standard breakfast and lunch after administration of
Composition B or Placebo.
Trial Design
[1621] The trial was a double-blind, randomized, single center
study using a cross-over design. Male and female subjects with
obesity were included in this study. Approximately 10 eligible
subjects who had given their informed consent to participate were
randomized to one of the following treatments:
[1622] Composition B
[1623] Placebo
[1624] Subjects were randomized in equal groups (N=5 each) to one
of two treatment sequences (Period 1: Placebo, Period 2:
Composition B or Period 1: Composition B, Period 2: Placebo.
Subjects were asked to take their assigned test product
(Composition B or Placebo) by mouth 30-60 minutes prior to
breakfast and lunch or the first and second meal of the day for 3
days. The test product was composed of 4 tablets packaged together
in a sealed pouch. After 3 days of therapy with the test product,
subjects returned to the clinic early on the morning of the 4th day
(visit 3) where they took the test product and ingested 100 mg of
sitagliptin (Januvia) 60 minutes prior to a standardized breakfast.
A second dose of assigned therapeutic product was administered 185
minutes after the first dose and a standardized lunch was consumed
60 minutes later. Blood was drawn from an indwelling catheter for
various hormone and analyte measurements at various timepoints
throughout the day. After day 4, subjects on Placebo and
Composition B were crossed over to the other therapy and asked to
ingest the test product on days 5-7 30-60 minutes prior to
breakfast and lunch on days 5-7. On day 8 (visit 4), subjects
returned to the clinic early on the morning of the 8th day where
they took the test product and 100 mg of sitagliptin, and
subsequently received the standard breakfast and lunch and blood
draws, similarly to day 4.
Inclusion Criteria
[1625] Male/female [1626] All races [1627] Impaired fasting
glucose/Prediabetes (fasting blood glucose 100-125 mg/dl) [1628]
Diabetes (fasting blood glucose>126 mg/d1) if fasting blood
glucose is less or equal to 140 [1629] mg/dl on no current diabetes
treatment [1630] Smokers allowed (but not smoking during the study
period) [1631] BMI 27-40 inclusive [1632] Healthy with no health
problems requiring medications [1633] Willingness to take 4 pills
twice per day [1634] Willingness to adhere to protocol
Exclusion Criteria
[1634] [1635] Age<18 and >65 years [1636] BMI less than 27
[1637] BMI over 40 [1638] Any current drug treatment (prescription
or over-the-counter medications, including any antacids such as
Rolaids or Pepsid). Subjects may take acute intermittent
over-the-counter medications (such as Tylenol), if needed. [1639]
Any nutritional supplement for weight loss [1640] Any chronic
disease requiring medication [1641] Surgery of any kind 6 months
prior [1642] History of gastrointestinal surgery [1643] History of
weight-loss within 3 months of screening [1644] History of major
weight loss (>20% body weight) [1645] Current infections [1646]
Inability to swallow 8 pills per day [1647] History of diabetes
requiring drug therapy [1648] Blood pressure>160 mmHg systolic
or 95 mmHg diastolic [1649] Resting heart rate>90 BPM [1650]
Pregnancy or desire to become pregnant during the study [1651]
Excessive alcohol intake (more than 14 drinks/week)
Trial Treatments
[1652] Subjects were randomized in a 1:1 ratio to one of the
following treatment sequences:
[1653] Period 1: Placebo, Period 2: Composition B or Period 1:
Composition B, Period 2: Placebo.
[1654] At screening (Visit 1), inclusion/exclusion was
assessed.
[1655] At randomization (Visit 2), subjects were assigned to one of
two treatment sequences Period 1: Placebo, Period 2: Composition B
or Period 1: Composition B, Period 2: Placebo. Each treatment was
taken for 4 days per the sequence schedule. At Visit 3 subjects
assigned to Placebo were switched to Composition B, and subjects
assigned to Composition B were switched to Placebo and subjects
took their newly assigned treatment for an additional 4 days.
Activity Schedule
TABLE-US-00007 [1656] Screening Randomization/Day 1 Day 4 Day 8
(Visit 1) (Visit 2) Day 2 Day 3 (Visit 3) Day 5 Day 6 Day 7 (Visit
4) Clinic Visit X X X X Informed Consent X Vital Signs X X X X
Height/Weight X X X X Med/Surg Hx X X X X or changes Con Meds X X X
X Demographics X AEs X X Chemistry Panel X Pregnancy Test X Glucose
X X X Insulin X X X Triglycerides X X X GLP-1 (active and total) X
X X PYY (active and total) X X X Amylin (active and total) X X X
Ghrelin (active and total) X X X C-Peptide X X X Oxyntomodulin X X
X GIP (total) X X X CCK X X X Placebo/Composition B X X X X X X X X
dosing Januvia dosing X X Meal Test X X
Volunteer Instructions
[1657] During the period of study, volunteers were instructed to go
about their usual daily lives. They were discouraged from engaging
in strenuous exercise or changing their usual lifestyle. Volunteers
were instructed not to smoke or drink coffee during the study
period. They were to report any side effects, or changes in how
they feel. If they had the need to take acute medication during the
trial such as aspirin, acetaminophen, or allergy medications they
were instructed to report it but they were told that it would not
disqualify them from the study.
Study Procedures
[1658] Screening (Visit 1) assessed subjects for
inclusion/exclusion.
[1659] Randomization--Day 1 (Visit 2) [1660] Volunteers reported to
the clinic fasting prior to 8:00 AM. [1661] Vital signs, height,
weight, baseline bloods (fasting and post-prandial insulin,
glucose, triglyceride, GLP-1 (active and total), PYY (active and
total), GIP, ghrelin (active and total), amylin (active and total),
C-Peptide, CCK and oxyntomodulin) were taken. [1662] Assigned
treatment arm (randomization) [1663] Composition B or Placebo
tablets was provided for 4 days of treatment (8 packets, each
containing 4 tablets). [1664] Volunteers took 4 tablets (one
packet) approximately 30-60 minutes prior to breakfast and lunch or
the first and second meal of the day. [1665] First dose (4 tablets)
was taken on visit 1 [1666] Volunteers were allowed to have
breakfast after their fasting blood draws and after taking their
first dose (4 tablets) [1667] Volunteers were discharged from the
clinic and instructed to take their tablets each day 30-60 minutes
prior to breakfast and lunch on days 1,2 and 3. [1668] Volunteers
were instructed to return to the clinic on day 4 fasting
[1669] Day 2 [1670] Volunteers took 4 tablets (one packet)
approximately 30-60 minutes prior to breakfast and lunch or the
first and second meal of the day.
[1671] Day 3 [1672] Volunteers took 4 tablets (one packet)
approximately 30-60 minutes prior to breakfast and lunch or the
first and second meal of the day.
[1673] Day 4 (Visit 3)--Meal Profiles [1674] Volunteers showed up
to clinic fasting prior to 8:00 AM. [1675] Blood drawing access was
established via an indwelling catheter. [1676] Vital signs, height,
weight were taken [1677] At t=-90 minutes baseline 1 bloods were
drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte (fasting and
post-prandial insulin, glucose, triglyceride, GLP-1 (active and
total), PYY (active and total), GIP, ghrelin (active and total),
amylin (active and total), C-Peptide, CCK and oxyntomodulin).
[1678] At t=-60 minutes one dose (4 tablets) of Composition B or
Placebo was administered by mouth along with one tablet of Januvia
100 mg (sitagliptin 100 mg) with a 4 oz glass of water. [1679] At
t=-5 minutes baseline bloods were drawn and processed as
appropriate for each analyte. [1680] At t=0 breakfast was provided
to be consumed over at most 20 minutes. Breakfast was 600 [1681]
Kcal, composed with a caloric distribution of 60% carbohydrate, 15%
protein and 25% fat. [1682] At t=30 minutes bloods were drawn and
processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1683] At t=60 minutes
bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte.
[1684] At t=90 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as
appropriate for each analyte. [1685] At t-120 minutes bloods were
drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1686] At
t=180 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate for
each analyte. [1687] At t=185 minutes, one dose (4 tablets) of
Composition B or Placebo was administered by mouth with 4 oz of
water. [1688] At t=235 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as
appropriate for each analyte. [1689] At t=240 minutes lunch was
provided to be ingested over at most 20 minutes [1690] Lunch was
provided to be consumed over at most 20 minutes. Lunch was 1000
Kcal, composed with a caloric distribution of 60% carbohydrate, 15%
protein and 25% fat. [1691] At t=270 minutes bloods were drawn and
processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1692] At t=300 minutes
bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte.
[1693] At t=330 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as
appropriate for each analyte. [1694] At t=360 minutes bloods were
drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1695] At
t=420 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate for
each analyte. [1696] At t=480 minutes bloods were drawn and
processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1697] After the 480
minute blood draw the volunteer was eligible for discharge. [1698]
Upon discharge the volunteer was provided with 4 days of the
crossover treatment (8 packets). [1699] Volunteers were discharged
from the clinic and instructed to take their tablets each day 30-60
minutes prior to breakfast and lunch on days 1, 2 and 3. [1700]
Volunteers were instructed to return to the clinic on day 8
fasting.
[1701] Day 5 [1702] Volunteers took 4 tablets (one packet)
approximately 30-60 minutes prior to breakfast and lunch or the
first and second meal of the day.
[1703] Day 6 [1704] Volunteers took 4 tablets (one packet)
approximately 30-60 minutes prior to breakfast and lunch or the
first and second meal of the day.
[1705] Day 7 [1706] Volunteers took 4 tablets (one packet)
approximately 30-60 minutes prior to breakfast and lunch or the
first and second meal of the day.
[1707] Day 8 (Visit 4)--Meal Profiles [1708] Volunteers showed up
to clinic fasting prior to 8:00 AM. [1709] Blood drawing access was
established via an indwelling catheter. [1710] Vital signs, height,
weight are taken. [1711] At t=-90 minutes baseline 1 bloods were
drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1712] At
t=-60 minutes one dose (4 tablets) of Composition B or Placebo was
administered by mouth along with one tablet of Januvia 100 mg
(sitagliptin 100 mg) with a 4 oz glass of water. [1713] At t=-5
minutes baseline-2 bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate
for each analyte. [1714] At t=0 breakfast was provided to be
consumed over at most 20 minutes. Breakfast was 600 [1715] Kcal,
composed with a caloric distribution of 60% carbohydrate, 15%
protein and 25% fat. [1716] At t=30 minutes bloods were drawn and
processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1717] At t=60 minutes
bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte.
[1718] At t=90 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as
appropriate for each analyte. [1719] At t=120 minutes bloods were
drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1720] At
t=180 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate for
each analyte. [1721] At t=185 minutes, one dose (4 tablets) of
Composition B or Placebo was administered by mouth with 4 oz of
water. [1722] At t=235 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as
appropriate for each analyte. [1723] At t=240 lunch was provided to
be consumed over at most 20 minutes. Lunch was 1000 [1724] Kcal,
composed with a caloric distribution of 60% carbohydrate, 15%
protein and 25% fat. [1725] At t=270 minutes bloods were drawn and
processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1726] At t=300 minutes
bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte.
[1727] At t=330 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as
appropriate for each analyte. [1728] At t=360 minutes bloods were
drawn and processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1729] At
t=420 minutes bloods were drawn and processed as appropriate for
each analyte. [1730] At t=480 minutes bloods were drawn and
processed as appropriate for each analyte. [1731] After the 480
minutes blood draw the volunteer was eligible for discharge.
Results
[1732] It was observed that the circulating hormone concentrations
of at least GLP (total), GLP (active), insulin, PYY (total) and PYY
3-36 were increased with Composition B as compared to the
circulating hormone concentrations with a placebo composition.
Example 38
Satiety Study
[1733] Satiety and satiation studies are performed in the
population of interest (e.g. healthy lean, overweight, obese,
morbidly obese, patients with type 2 diabetes) in a controlled
setting appropriate for such studies. Studies are conducted in a
randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled fashion to evaluate
the effect of compositions provided herein, including Composition B
and/or B. Patients are asked to complete a satiety questionnaire
and visual analog scales (VAS) to determine their level of hunger
prior to food intake and satiation after food intake. Also they are
probed regarding food preferences and cravings. Volunteers have
access to a buffet and are free to access as much food as desired.
The food is weighed or otherwise quantitated so as to determine the
total caloric value of the food ingested. A satiety quotient is
calculated (i.e. VAS for satiety divided by the amount of calories
ingested. Subjects in active arms of the studies report an increase
the satiety index, i.e., produce greater satiety at a lower caloric
intake when compared to placebo.
Example 39
Exemplary Metformin Composition and its Administration
TABLE-US-00008 [1734] Composition C Chemosensory Per oral solid
B.i.d. Daily Receptor Ligand dosage form (mg) Dose (mg) Total
Metformin HCl 50 200 400
[1735] A single oral solid dosage form (e.g., tablet, pill,
capsule, and the like) includes the listed component(s). A single
dose for administration is a set of 4 units of the oral solid
dosage form (e.g., 4 tablets or 4 capsules). Each of the 4 units
contains identical active component(s); however each individual
unit is formulated for release at a different pH: pH 5.5, pH 6.0 or
pH 6.5. One unit releases approximately 20% of its components in
about 15 to about 60 mins after encountering an intestinal pH of
approximately 5.5, and releases the remaining 80% of its components
in about 2 hrs. Another unit releases approximately 20% of its
components in about 15 to about 60 mins after encountering an
intestinal pH of approximately 6.0, and releases the remaining 80%
of its components in about 4 hrs. A third unit releases
approximately 20% of its components in about 15 to about 60 mins
after encountering an intestinal pH of approximately 6.5, and
releases the remaining 80% of its components in about 4 hrs. A
fourth unit releases approximately 20% of its components in about
15 to about 60 mins after encountering an intestinal pH of
approximately 6.0, and releases the remaining 80% of its components
in about 7 hrs. B.i.d. dosing occurs at mealtime, typically
breakfast or the first meal of the day and dinner or the third meal
of the day.
Bilayer tablet of Composition C
[1736] The chemosensory receptor ligand of Composition C
(metformin) are formulated into bilayer tablet cores with the
excipients as indicated in the following table (expressed in
proportional units).
TABLE-US-00009 IR CR7 CR4 CR2 Metformin HCl 60.29 65.2 65.2 65.2
Prosol HD90 28.71 9.6 12.0 15.6 Pruv 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Croscarmelose
4.0 -- -- -- Sodium Methocel K4M -- 11.0 8.6 5.0 Klucel EXF 4.0 4.0
4.0 4.0
[1737] The IR column of the above table refers to 20% of the mass
of the bilayer tablet that releases its contents in about 15 to
about 60 minutes. CR2, CR4, and CR7 refer to the remaining 80% of
the components that release over approximately 2, 4 or 7 hrs. A
bilayer tablet core has an IR compound and one of the CR, CR4 or
CR7 components. The purity of all ingredients is >99.8% and the
concentrations of all impurities for all ingredients are
significantly below the limits set under International Conference
on Harmonisation (ICH) guidance.
[1738] The bilayer tablet cores are coated with the following
coating compositions for release at the indicated pH in the
following table (expressed in proportional units).
TABLE-US-00010 Composition IR/CR IR/CR IR/CR IR/CR 2 hr 4 hr 4 hr 7
hr pH 5.5 pH 6.0 pH 6.5 pH 6.0 Eudragit L30 D55 833.4 750.06 625.05
750.06 Eudragit FS 30D 0 83.34 208.35 83.34 Talc 125.0
Triethylcitrate 25.0 Water 1016
Example 40
[1739] Exemplary metformin composition combined with additional
chemosensory receptor ligands and its administration.
TABLE-US-00011 Composition D Chemosensory Per oral solid B.i.d.
Daily Receptor Ligand dosage form (mg) Dose (mg) Total Rebaudioside
A 200 800 1600 Stevioside 100 400 800 Sucralose 100 400 800
Metformin HCl 25 100 200 L-Glutamine 50 200 400
[1740] A single oral solid dosage form (e.g., tablet, pill,
capsule, and the like) includes the listed components. A single
dose for administration is a set of 4 units of the oral solid
dosage form (e.g., 4 tablets or 4 capsules). Each of the 4 units
contains identical active components; however each individual unit
is formulated for release at a different pH: pH 5.5, pH 6.0 or pH
6.5. One unit releases approximately 20% of its components in about
15 to about 60 mins after encountering an intestinal pH of
approximately 5.5, and releases the remaining 80% of its components
in about 2 hrs. Another unit releases approximately 20% of its
components in about 15 to about 60 mins after encountering an
intestinal pH of approximately 6.0, and releases the remaining 80%
of its components in about 4 hrs. A third unit releases
approximately 20% of its components in about 15 to about 60 mins
after encountering an intestinal pH of approximately 6.5, and
releases the remaining 80% of its components in about 4 hrs. A
fourth unit releases approximately 20% of its components in about
15 to about 60 mins after encountering an intestinal pH of
approximately 6.0, and releases the remaining 80% of its components
in about 7 hrs. B.i.d. dosing occurs at mealtime, typically
breakfast or the first meal of the day and dinner or the third meal
of the day.
[1741] Bilayer Tablet of Composition D
[1742] The chemosensory receptor ligands of Composition D
(Rebaudioside A, stevioside, sucralose, Metformin HCl and
L-glutamine) are formulated into bilayer tablet cores with the
excipients as indicated in the following table (expressed in
proportional units).
TABLE-US-00012 IR CR7 CR4 CR2 Stevioside 12.65 13.72 13.72 13.72
Sucralose 12.65 13.72 13.72 13.72 Metformin HCl 3.17 3.43 3.43 3.43
L-Glutamine 6.35 6.86 6.86 6.86 Reb A 25.38 27.45 27.45 27.45
Prosol HD90 28.71 9.6 12.0 15.6 Pruv 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Croscarmelose
4.0 -- -- -- Sodium Methocel K4M -- 11.0 8.6 5.0 Klucel EXF 4.0 4.0
4.0 4.0
[1743] The IR column of the above table refers to 20% of the mass
of the bilayer tablet that releases its contents in about 15 to
about 60 minutes. CR2, CR4, and CR7 refer to the remaining 80% of
the components that release over approximately 2, 4 or 7 hrs. A
bilayer tablet core has an IR compound and one of the CR, CR4 or
CR7 components. With the exception of stevioside (>90 purity),
the purity of all ingredients is >99.8% and the concentrations
of all impurities for all ingredients are significantly below the
limits set under International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH)
guidance.
[1744] The bilayer tablet cores are coated with the following
coating compositions for release at the indicated pH in the
following table (expressed in proportional units).
TABLE-US-00013 Composition IR/CR IR/CR IR/CR IR/CR 2 hr 4 hr 4 hr 7
hr pH 5.5 pH 6.0 pH 6.5 pH 6.0 Eudragit L30 D55 833.4 750.06 625.05
750.06 Eudragit FS 30D 0 83.34 208.35 83.34 Talc 125.0
Triethylcitrate 25.0 Water 1016
Example 41
Exemplary Metformin Bilayer Tablet Composition and its
Administration
TABLE-US-00014 [1745] Composition E Per layer Total B.i.d.
Chemosensory IR Layer/Enteric Dose Daily Receptor Ligand layer (mg)
(mg) Total Metformin HCl 50/200 250 500
[1746] The chemosensory receptor ligand of Composition E
(metformin) is formulated into bilayer tablet cores with the
excipients as indicated in the following table (expressed in
proportional units).
TABLE-US-00015 IR CR4 Metformin HCl 60.29 65.2 Prosol HD90 28.71
12.0 Pruv 3.0 3.0 Croscarmelose 4.0 -- Sodium Methocel K4M -- 8.6
Klucel EXF 4.0 4.0
[1747] The IR column of the above table refers to the immediate
release component of the bilayer tablet that releases its contents
(20% metformin) in about 15 to about 60 minutes. CR4 refer to the
remaining 80% of the metformin that release over approximately 4
hrs. The purity of all ingredients is >99.8% and the
concentrations of all impurities for all ingredients are
significantly below the limits set under International Conference
on Harmonisation (ICH) guidance.
[1748] Both the immediate release and extended release tablet cores
of the bilayer tablet are coated with the one of following coating
compositions for release at the indicated pH in the following table
(expressed in proportional units).
TABLE-US-00016 Composition pH 5.5 pH 6.0 pH 6.5 pH 6.0 Eudragit L30
D55 833.4 750.06 625.05 750.06 Eudragit FS 30D 0 83.34 208.35 83.34
Talc 125.0 Triethylcitrate 25.0 Water 1016
Example 42
A Randomized, Single Blind Controlled, Cross-Over Study Assessing
the Effects of a Bitter Composition on Circulating Gut Satiety
Hormone Concentrations in Overweight and Obese Subjects
Objectives
[1749] To evaluate the effects of a bitter combination composition
on circulating concentrations of Glucagon-like Peptide-1 (GLP-1)
and Peptide YY (PYY).
Study Design
[1750] Eleven overweight or obese human subjects (BMI 25.0 to 35.0
kg/m2 inclusive) participated in a randomized, single blind,
controlled, crossover study to assess the effects of bitter
receptor ligands on nutrient stimulated circulating concentrations
of Glucagon-like Peptide-1 (GLP-1) and Peptide YY (PYY). Subjects
received a combination of 2.5 g gentian root (Gentiana scabs)
extract and 2.5 g bitter melon (Momordica charantia, also known as
bitter gourd) extract mixed into 45 mL of bottled drinking water or
a water control in a randomized crossover design. Study test
article (bitter combination or water control) was administered into
the stomach via a nasogastric tube as a bolus infusion of 22.5 mL
over one minute (min) beginning at t=0 min, followed by a constant
infusion of 0.15 mL/min from t=1 min to t=151 min. Subjects orally
ingested a 780 kcal liquid mixed meal between t=30 min and t=35 min
on both study days (bitter and water test article days). Blood
samples were collected over the 150 minute test period.
Measurements of total PYY and active GLP-1 were performed by
Millipore Corporation (St Charles, Mo.).
Results
[1751] As shown in FIG. 1, infusion of bitter tastants to the
stomach enhanced the nutrient stimulated PYY area under the curve
(AUC) by 27% and the nutrient stimulated GLP-1 AUC by 89% compared
to the water control. With 11 subjects, the paired t-tests
indicated statistical trends for both PYY and GLP-1 (p=0.14 and
p=0.07 for PYY and GLP-1 respectively).
[1752] An L-cell index was calculated by adding the PYY and GLP-1
AUCs together in units of pmol/L*mins). Biter tastant infusion
resulted in a 28% increase in the L-cell index compared to the
water control (FIG. 2); a difference that was statistically
significant (p=0.05).
Example 43
[1753] A Randomized, Double Blind, Cross-over, Study Assessing the
Effects of Ph 6.5 Enteric Coating of Metformin on Pharmacokinetics
and Changes in Fasting and Postprandial Circulating
Gastrointestinal Hormone Concentrations in Healthy Subjects
Objectives
[1754] Primary: To compare the effects of pH 6.5 enteric-coating
versus no coating of metformin (metformin hydrochloride) on the
change from baseline in fasting and postprandial circulating
gastrointestinal hormone (PYY, GLP-1) concentrations.
[1755] Secondary: (1) To compare the effects of pH 6.5
enteric-coating versus no coating of metformin on pharmacokinetics.
(2) To compare the effects of pH 6.5 enteric-coating versus no
coating of metformin on the change from baseline in fasting and
postprandial circulating glucose and insulin.
Study Design
[1756] The study is a randomized, double-blind, 2-period crossover
study. The study includes two 5-day treatment periods which are
separated by 7-14 washout days. There are 5 study visits: one
screening visit (Visit 1) to assess eligibility followed by 2
treatment visits per treatment period (Visits 2 and 3 in Period 1,
and Visits 4 and 5 in Period 2). A sufficient number of individuals
is screened to ensure that approximately 18 individuals complete
the study. On Visit 2 following confirmation of eligibility,
subjects are to be enrolled and randomized to one of 2 treatment
sequences: AB or BA. [1757] Treatment A=immediate release metformin
tablet [1758] Treatment B=pH 6.5 enteric-coated metformin
tablet
[1759] For Sequence AB, Period 1 is 500 mg BID Treatment A for Days
1 and 2; 1000 mg BID Treatment A for Days 3 and 4; and 1000 mg
Treatment A for Day 5. Treatment Period 2 is 500 mg BID Treatment B
for Days 1 and 2; 1000 mg BID Treatment B for Days 3 and 4; and
1000 mg Treatment B for Day 5. The interval between Visits 3 and 4
(washout between treatment periods) is to be at least 7 days, but
not more than 14 days
[1760] For Sequence BA, Period 1 is 500 mg BID Treatment B for Days
1 and 2; 1000 mg BID Treatment B for Days 3 and 4; and 1000 mg
Treatment B for Day 5. Treatment Period 2 is 500 mg BID Treatment A
for Days 1 and 2; 1000 mg BID Treatment A for Days 3 and 4; and
1000 mg Treatment A for Day 5.
[1761] Each treatment period includes a baseline (Visits 2, 4) and
end of treatment period (Visits 3, 5) standardized breakfast mixed
meal challenge (.about.1000 kcal, with an approximate caloric
distribution of 55% carbohydrate, 20% protein, and 25% fat). During
each treatment period, 1 tablet of randomized study medication
(e.g., Treatment A or B) is to be administered twice a day (BID),
once in the morning and once in the evening, for 2 days followed by
a dose escalation to 2 tablets (1000 mg Treatment A or B) BID for 2
days, and a final dose of 2 tablets to be administered during an
end of treatment period visit (Visit 3 for treatment period 1 and
Visit 5 for treatment period 2).
[1762] The total study duration is approximately 18 to 39 days
depending on the number of treatment and washout days.
[1763] At Visits 2 and 4, subjects arrive at the clinic the evening
prior to the standardized meal challenge and fast overnight for at
least 8 hours. The Visit 2 and Visit 4 meal challenges occur prior
to the first administration of study medication assigned for that
treatment period. At t=0 min, subjects begin consumption of a 1000
kcal standardized breakfast which is completely consumed within 20
minutes. Fourteen 6-mL blood samples are collected for plasma PYY,
GLP-1, glucose, insulin, and triglycerides measurements at each of
the following time points: t=-15, -5, 45, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150,
180, 210, 240, 270, 300, and 330 min relative to the start time of
the standardized breakfast. The first dose of randomized study
medication (1 tablet of Treatment A or B) is administered by site
personnel following completion of the baseline meal challenge at
Visit 2 and Visit 4. Subjects self-administer the assigned study
medication until they return to the clinic for their end of
treatment period visit as follows: 1 tablet in the evening before
bedtime of that first day of the treatment period, 1 tablet (500 mg
Treatment A or B) BID (1 tablet in the morning and 1 tablet in the
evening) for the second day of the treatment period, 2 tablets
(1000 mg Treatment A or B) BID for the third day of the treatment
period, and 2 tablets on the morning of the fourth day of the
treatment period. The investigator may decide not to dose escalate,
or revert to the starting dose after dose escalation for individual
subjects based on tolerability or safety concerns.
[1764] At Visits 3 and 5, subjects arrive at the clinic before the
evening dose on the fourth day of that treatment period and fast
overnight for at least 8 hours. Subjects are administered the
evening dose on the fourth day of study medication after dinner at
the study site. The final dose of study medication for each
treatment period is administered by site personnel four hours prior
to the start of the standardized breakfast on the fifth day of the
treatment period. At t=0 min, subjects begin consumption of a
.about.1000 kcal standardized breakfast which is completely
consumed within 20 minutes. Fourteen 6-mL blood samples are
collected for plasma PYY, GLP-1, glucose, insulin, and
triglycerides measurements at each of the following time points:
t=-15, -5, 45, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, 240, 270, 300, and
330 min relative to the start time of the standardized breakfast.
Eighteen 2-mL blood samples are collected for plasma metformin
measurements at the following time points: t=-245, -120, -5, 30,
45, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210, 240, 270, 300, 330, 360, 420, and
480 min relative to the start time of the standardized
breakfast.
Study Population
[1765] Males and females, 18 to 65 years of age that are generally
healthy with a body mass index (BMI) of 25.0 to 35.0 kg/m.sup.2
(inclusive) at screening
Study Methods
[1766] A standardized breakfast is administered at t=0 min at
Visits 2, 3, 4, and 5. Blood is sampled between t=-15 min and 330
minutes on Visits 2 and 4, and between t=-245 and 480 min on Visits
3 and 5, relative to administration of the standardized breakfast.
Circulating plasma GLP-1, PYY, glucose, insulin, triglycerides, and
metformin concentrations are determined by analytical methods.
Study Measurements
[1767] Measurements of circulating GLP-1, PYY, glucose, insulin,
and triglycerides concentrations are taken over approximately 5.75
hours at four visits. Measurements of circulating metformin
concentrations over approximately 12 hours at two visits.
[1768] While certain embodiments of the present invention have been
shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in
the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only.
Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to
those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It
should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments
of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the
invention. It is intended that the following claims define the
scope of the invention and that methods and structures within the
scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.
* * * * *